Home

Specs 1.3 MB - Cedar Electric Inc.

Contents

1. A Perform work in accordance with Utility Company written requirements B Maintain one copy of each document on site deed REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Conform to requirements of ANSI NFPA 70 B Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc or testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown 1 8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A Verify that field measurements are as indicated PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 UTILITY METERS A eters will be furnished by Utility Company 22 UTILITY METER BASE A eter base will be provided by the Contractor 2 3 ETERING TRANSFORMER CABINET A anufacturers s Provided by Contractor per Utility Company approval list when applicable PART 3 EXECUTION 341 EXAMINATION A Verify conditions under provisions of Section 260010 B Verify that servic quipment is ready to be connected and energized 3 2 PREPARATION A Make arrangements with Utility Company to obtain permanent electric service to the Project B Coordinate location of Utility Company s facilities to ensure proper access is available 343 INSTALLATION A Install service entrance conduits in concrete envelope from Utility Company s terminal pole to building service entrance equipment Utility Company will connect secondary service lateral conductors to pole mount transformers UTILITY
2. RLFEXT 4 dB PSELFEXT 5 dB Return Loss 2 dB UTP CABLES FOR DATA A Manufacturers T Hubbell Premise Wiring 2 Berk Tek Inc Bis Amp Inc 4 Superior Essex Inc Ds Mohawk 6 General Ta Hitachi Cable B Basis of Design Hubbell Premise Wiring NEXTSPEED Category 6 Plenum UTP Cable Cx Design Requirements l Cable construction shall be four twisted pairs of 23 AWG insulated solid conductors with a ripcord surrounded by a tight outer jacket 2s Cable shall be manufactured with an X shaped pair divider along the center to maintain separation of individual pairs 3 Conductor diameters shall be 0 0224 0003 solid copper 4 Conductor insulation diameter shall be 0 039 0005 high performance fluoro copolymer Di Twist lay of each pair shall vary in a manner to optimize noise immunity and minimize crosstalk 6 A pair divider along the cable center to maintain separation of individual pairs shall be optional Ty Outer jacket diameter shall be 0 220 008 low smoke PVC with a nominal wall thickness of 0 015 8 Ripcord shall be directly underneath the outer jacket 9 UL ETL or CSA agency certification or verification markings shall be marked on the cable jacket according to the certifying agency s requirements 10 Color coding of the pairs shall be as follows a Pair 1 White Blue Blue b Pair 2 White Orange Orange G
3. G Provide all devices outlet boxes junction boxes etc with the appropriate type cover plate H Provide junior or jumbo size plates as required of the same series and type for all outlets installed in masonry walls PART 3 EXECUTION Zel EXAMINATION A Coordinate all device rough in heights and locations with all other trades and finished room schedules as applicable Report any conflicts EO Architect Engineer before rough in B Verify conditions prior to beginning work Gs Verify that outlet boxes are installed at proper height Ds Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates 3 2 PREPARATION A Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface B Clean debris from outlet boxes 3133 INSTALLATION A Install in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation except for mounting heights Refer to Section 260010 for mounting heights B Devices termination may not be used to carry continuity of the branch circuit All branch circuit wiring must be spliced and tailed out to devices Ga Install devices and assemblies plumb and level D Install switches with OFF position down E Install ganged wall dimmers as recommended by manufacturer to achieve full rating specified F Install dedicated neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers G Install receptacles with grounding pole on top H Group adjace
4. ANSI NFPA 70 National Electrical Code NECA Standard of Installation NEMA RN 1 Polyvinyl Chloride PVC Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit NEMA TC 2 Electrical Plastic Tubing EPT and Conduit EPC 40 and EPC 80 NEMA TC 3 PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing NEMA TC 12 Corrugated Polyvinyl Chloride Coilable Plastic Utilities Duct UL 94 Vertical Flame Test NEMA FB 1 Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies NEMA OS 1 Sheet steel Outlet Boxes Device Boxes Covers and Box Supports RAC 260533 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health EWAYS AND BOXE S N NEMA OS 2 Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes Device Boxes O NEMA 250 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment 1000 Volts Maximum DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A Conduit Size ANSI NFPA 70 QUALITY ASSURANC Gl A Fire rated pathways shall bear the UL Classification marking Bs Pathways shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E814 ANSI UL1479 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A Submit a letter stating that all equipment is in compliance with the specifications SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A Submit under provisions of Section 260010 B Accurately record actual routing of conduits larger than 1 which are installed underground or under a slab on grade REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
5. Cy Exposed Area Type Tye Type Standard upright type with guard where indicated 23 Head Finish Brass 3 Fusible Link Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard 4 Wet ae Quick Response Type D Sidewall Type 1 Type Standard or Semi recessed horizontal sidewall type with matching escutcheon plate and guard where indicated 2i Head Finish Chrome plated or enamel in color as selected by Architect 3 Escutcheon Plate Finish Chrome plated or enamel in color as selected by Architect 4 Fusible Link Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard 5 Wet or dry as indicated on the plans 6 Quick response type E Extended coverage sprinkler heads may be used if approved by all authorities having jurisdiction 2 LO PIPING SPECIALTIES A Wet Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve Check type valve with divided seat ring rubber faced clapper to automatically actuate hydraulically operated alarms with pressure retard chamber and variable pressure trim electrical pressure flow switch drain gauges testing apparatus and accessories B Water Motor Alarm Hydraulically operated impeller type alarm with aluminum alloy red enameled gong and motor housing nylon bearings and inlet strainer Gs Water Flow Switch Vane type switch for mounting horizontal or vertical with two contacts 115 volt AC Dis Fire Department Connection Lt Type Bronze finish Siamese o
6. SILENCING NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE RESOUND and SYSTEM RESET These operations shall be protected in order that onl to these functions Trouble Sequence of Operation Any ly personnel with equipment keys have access TROUBLE condition in the system shall cause the following system operations dew Indicate an alphanumeric message on the Main Control Unit and all Remote Annunciators of the specific trouble condition ae Cause an audible trouble signal and trouble Lamp or LED to operate on the Main Control Unit and all Remote Annunciators The audible trouble signal may be silenced but the visual signal shall remain on until the trouble is corrected and the system is reset Si Cause a trouble signal to be transmitted to the Supervising Station K Alarm Sequence o Bis Cause an Alarm Lamp or LI e Alarm f Operation Remote Annunciators Th device and system is reset 33 Cause all notification applia specifications and or drawi notification appliances 4 Cause an Alarm signal to be remain operated u signal shall Unit or Remote Annunciators Di Operate the following control a Elevator recall to main AHJ b C unit fan to shutdown Allow all doors held ope zone in alarm If a duct detector is in alarm cause it s respective air handling The duct detector in alarm shall be programmed Any ALARM
7. Tet SECTION INCLUDES A Grounding Electrodes and Conductors B Equipment Grounding Conductors Crs Bonding D Telecommunication Equipment Grounding ts Service Entrance Equipment Grounding T2 REFERENCES A ANSI NFPA 70 National Electrical Code B NPFA 99 Health Care Facilities Cc NETA ATS Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment International Electrical Testing Association 1 3 GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM A Metal underground water pipe if present B Metal frame of the building C Rod electrode 1 4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Grounding System Resistance 5 ohms for equipment operation at 601 volts or higher 25 ohms for equipment operating at 600 volts or less LeS SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A Submit a letter stating that all equipment is in compliance with the specifications B Test Report Indicate overall resistance to ground 1 6 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A Submit under provisions of Section 260010 B Accurately record actual locations of grounding electrodes GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 1 7 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experienc 1 8 RE
8. The Contractor shall protect all material and equipment from damage until final acceptance as installed He shall close all openings during construction with temporary plugs and replace all damaged items with ones of exact sameness at his expense He shall schedule material and systems for delivery in such a pattern that critical pieces of equipment may be stored within the building protected from weather Where materials are stored outside they must be protected from the elements and damage This Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the procurement of specified materials and equipment being supplied by his sub contractors and suppliers SCAFFOLDING AND HOISTING The Contractor shall furnish and erect all scaffolding hoists shoring platforms railings ladders and other devices required by local state and federal laws to install his systems and equipment Scaffolding and all other equipment shall be removed at completion of the work Contractor shall hoist or rig his own material and equipment into place or arrange for the rigging of it by others at his expense FOREMAN Contractor must provide a competent foreman subject to approval of the Architect The foreman shall be deemed the agent of the Contractor and must be on duty at the building during all working hours Any instructions or notices given to the foreman shall have the same force as if given to the C
9. ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS 266030 3 E 11 054 00 Palmyra Borough Municipal Building B Coordinate requirements for power supply conduit disconnect switches and wiring C3 Coordinate dryer installation with application of wall finishes 82 EXAMINATION A Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared B If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding BAS INSTALLATION A Comply with manufacturer s written installation instructions and approved shop drawings B Provide a ground fault breaker to feed all hand dryers Crs Mount hand dryers at 37 from floor to dryer bottom edge D Install dryers with recess mounting kits such that maximum projection from wall surface is 4 inches in compliance with ICC ANSI A117 1 3 4 CLEANING TESTING AND DEMONSTRATING A Remove protective wrappings Clean surfaces with mild soap solution Do not use abrasives B Inspect installed dryers to verify mounting is rigid and electrical connections are proper Test each dryer to verify operation and performance Correct deficiencies Cre Protect dryers from remaining construction activities Immediately remov and replace dryers that are damaged D Demonstrate operation and maintenance to Owner s representative An PROTECTION A Protect installed products until completion of project B Touch up repair or replac
10. monitoring systems specified VPR rating Reports will clearly show that tests wer on a COMPLETE device including all necessary fusing disconnects and performed Sis Provide data confirming that the device is capable of surviving the specified number of repetitive ANSI IEEE Category C3 10kA impulses without failure or performance degradation of more than 10 4 Provide test documentation demonstrating that the device is capable of surviving the specified short circuit current rating D Verification of minimum 10 year warranty SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A Submit under provisions of Section 260010 B Record actual locations of equipment E Maintenance Data DISTRIBUTION SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 264313 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 2 ira T Routing preventive maintenance schedul 2 Lists of special tools maintenance materials and replacement parts 3 Repair instructions for procedures to check repair and test equipment during typical malfunctions 4 Recommended cleaning methods frequency and materials WARRANTY Provide the warranty specified in Section 260010 PRODUCTS GENERAL Units shall consist of parallel connections only Series components are optional All MOV s shall be individually fused to provide system redundancy The surge protective device must be UL listed under the UL
11. PLUMBING FIXTURES amp EQUIPMENT 230440 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health factory supplied AGA rated temperature and pressure relief valve Tank shall have a coating of high temperature porcelain enamel and furnished with a magnesium anode rod rigidly supported and a boiler type hand hole cleanout Water heater shall meet or exceed th nergy factor requirements of ASHRAE Standard 90 1b 1992 Tanks shall have a working pressure rating of 150 psi and shall be completely factory assembled including a pressure regulator properly adjusted for operation on natural gas with a cast iron burner Controls will be arranged for safety shutoff in event of pilot failure Complete unit shall be insulated with rigid polyurethane foam insulation Water heater shall be covered by a 10 year limited warranty against tank leaks B Provide PVC inlet and flue per manufacturers requirements 2 8 WATER COOLER P 11 A Furnish and install Barrier Fr Universal Split Level Versacooler Water Cooler as manufactured by Ebco Model P8ASCL Oasis or equal by Sunroc to cool at least 7 8 gph of water entering at 80 F and leaving at 50 F with room temperature of 90 F Unit shall have 3 push pad activation stainless steel top heavy gauge galvanized steel frame and a high efficiency cooling tank and c
12. LOCATION OF EQUIPMEN All locations of plumbing HVAC and fire protection equipment and pipe connections thereto shall be verified by the Owner and Architect The contractor shall verify locations sufficiently in advance of the installation to allow uninterrupted progress of the work of all trades When so directed by the Architect the Contractor shall prepare dimensioned arrangement drawings at a scale of 1 4 1 0 Layouts represented by these drawings shall be coordinated with all other trades This contractor shall obtain approval of all arrangement drawings before continuing his work MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 10 SLL 2 SL 14 lS MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT All materials and equipment unless otherwise specified shall be new and of the best quality approved for their specific application This Contractor shall provide when required by the Architect labeled samples of materials to be used on the project Samples shall be submitted for approval by the Architect prior to their installation All materials and equipment installed by the Contractor shall be securely and rigidly supported from or attached to the building structure WORKMANSHIP All workmanship shall be done according to the best practices of the trade by qualified and competent tradesmen PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT
13. System UL Listed Conform to National Electrical Code QUALITY ASSURANC Pl Manufacturer Company headquartered in the United States and doing business for no less than five years specializing in CCTV systems SUBMITTALS Submittal must be provided for all equipment so that it shall be determined that all equipment meets specification standards Shop Drawings Indicate layout wiring diagrams and dimensions Product Data Submit data sheets for each item of quipment quipment ratings and for finishes Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Indicate installation instructions Manufacturer s Certificate Certify that system meets or exceeds specified requirements CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Accurately indicate actual location of equipment Operation and Maintenance Data Include operating instructions and maintenance and repair procedures WARRANTY Provide one year equipment warranty VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Provide a complete and operational closed circuit television surveillance system with the performance criteria detailed in this specification System shall be inclusive of necessary functionality cabling quipment te as detailed herein and on the contract documents Contact Sage Technology Solutions Inc Mr Charlie Mowrer 717 653 6641
14. DRAWINGS A The accompanying drawings are a part of these specifications and are intended to show approximate and relative locations of services and equipment They shall not be scaled to determine exact positions locations and clearances Be Due to the diagrammatic layout and small scale of the drawings certain piping and duct rises drops offsets valves and related specialties are not shown The Contractor shall provide all ductwork piping fittings valves and specialties required to insure a complete installation without additional cost to the Owner Cc All drawings and specifications pertaining to general construction plumbing HVAC electrical and other work shall be carefully examined Where physical interferences with his work occur because of his failure to consult other trades this Contractor shall rearrange his work at his own expense MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health t SUBMISSION OF SHOP DRAWINGS EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS The Contractor shall submit with a letter of transmittal to the Architect the quantity of sets of shop drawings specified in Division 1 containing all capacities performances features options accessories and technical data of all materials and equipment listed herein All submittals shall be made within 45 days after awarding of the contract Refer to Section 010300 All disap
15. GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 10 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Healt h PART 1 t t G ENI ERAL S Pipe and S E Single Phase Three Phase Nameplates Tags Stencils Pipe Markers Vibratio ER ENCES ASME B40 1 AS AS E77 lashing and Sealing ECTION INCLUDES leeves and Seals Electric n Isolation S ECHANICAL G ECTION 230100 EN ERAL EQUIPM ENT Equipment Bases and Supports Motors Electric Motors Gages El Specification for AST Verification and Cal Pressur Equipment Hangers and Supports Equipment and Pipe Stacks Indicating Dial Type M Thermometers Element Elastic Libration of Liquid in Glass Thermometers UL 393 Indicating Pressure Gages for Fire and Protection Services ASTM F708 Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe M ECHANICAL G SS SP58 Pipe SS SP69 Pipe SS SP89 Pipe NFPA 13 Instal NFPA 14 Install NEMA MG 1 Motors and Generators NFPA 70 National Electrical Code Hangers and Supports Materials lation of Sprinkler Systems Hangers Design and Manufacturer Hangers and Supports Selection and Application Hangers and Supports Fabrication and Installation Practices ation of Standpipe and Hose Systems EN
16. N Q ws O zZ t EE Te was Heater Total Connected Load KVA Phase Totals PANELBOARD SCHEDULES 262420 6 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health us 25A Main Lugs Additional Panel Notes 20 208V 3PH 4w 100 Neutral with Ground Bus L P 3 2 Integral TVSS L2 0 000 urface 2 fo a y nd Dryer Rm 120 tility Center Power Rm 113 hair Power Rm 112 hair Power Rm 111 tility Center Power Rm 111 tility Center Power Rm 111 ecurity System Panels Load is o o x o Ma Q W S 318 O X 4 Kej Washer Dryer Receptacle Rm 12 oor Hardware Packages ire Alarm Panel hair Power Rm 110 hair Power Rm 110 hair Power Rm 109 tility Center Power Rm 109 hair Power Rm 118 tility Center Power Rm 118 Oo O Ooo pare QO E EEL EEL LE oO o Q oa oO N oO NININININININININININININININ oO oO oO CDJLOJSOJOSOSOlOlOsOsSOLOsSOsOsoOsoO oO n O IJI oO E ojo Q oO oO 2 9 o o C O Cc Cc O Cc oO 1 0 Q Cc G Cc oO Q G ENEN Cc ojo oO VICO 10 VICC 0 5 n oO D r o Z ajaja o D n oO oO oO oO oO wn TH D O wn Amp Pole 30 2 a 20 1 IC BKIB OlW O W O NINIM Nh gt alr NLOLOIMD IBRIM OlO M JBRIM O CO Ms BRINM O EE 11 0 Phase Totals Total Connected Load KVA 31 0 KVA PANELBOA
17. REFERENCES ASTM A 90 Weight of Coating on Zinc Coated Articles ASTM A 525 General Requirements for Steel Sheet the Hot Dip Process ASTM A 527 Steel Sheet Zinc Coated Forming Quality Galvanized Iron or Steel Zinc Coated Galvanized by Galvanized by Hot Dip Process Lock ASTM B209 Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate NFPA 90A Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems NFPA 96 Installation of Equipment for the Removal of Smoke and Grease Laden Vapors from Commercial Cooking Equipment SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards DUCTWORK SYSTI 2308 90 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health EMS Metal and Flexible PART 2 SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards UL 181 Factory Made Air Ducts and Connectors UL 33 Heat Responsive Links for Fire Protection Service UL 555 Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers ASHRAE Handbook Systems Volume Chapter Sound and Vibration Control ASHRAE 70 Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with provisions of Section 230010 Ductwork Ta Shop Drawings a Indicate duct fittings particulars such as gages sizes welds and configuration prior to start of work for kitchen hood exhaust systems b The contractor shall submit for
18. Ra Submit manuals indicating enclosures accessories and spare parts Record actual locations of outlets and sizes of pathways QUALIFICATIONS Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experienc Supplier Authorized or Franchised distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum three years documented experienc Installer Authorized or franchised installer of specified manufacturers with five years documented experienc Provide two references of network installation which exceeded 200 drops and were completed within the last 12 months Installer must be able to identify and correct non compliance in structured cabling systems Provide the name of a fulltime RCDD employed by the installing company Provide satisfactory evidence of a fully equipped service organization capable of furnishing adequate inspection and service to the system including standard replacement parts within 50 miles of the project site Perform all terminations at device and headend locations using the hereby qualified installation firm Supervise and approve all cable pulls in accordance with warranty requirements of the certifying company REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc or a testing firm acceptab
19. All thermostats indicated shall be protected by tamperproof metal protective guards with keylocks supplied and installed by the Contractor The system shall be installed complete by the ATC Sub Contractor All automatic dampers shall be furnished and installed by the Mechanical Contractor or his sheetmetal subcontractor All electrical control wiring required for the temperature control system including electrical interlock wiring shall be provided by the Contractor All wiring for temperature control system as herein specified shall be in accordance with all National and Local Electrical Code requirements The Scope of Work to be performed under this Contract shall be used as a guide only and will not be considered as the limit of this contract Any additional items which are not specifically called for but which are required by the specification shall be furnished and installed by the contractor without additional cost SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with provisions of Section 230010 Shop Drawings i Indicate trunk cable schematic showing programmable control unit locations and trunk data conductors 2s List of connected data points including connected control unit and input device ATC SYSTEMS 230900 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 2 Sig System graphics indicating monitored systems data connected and calculated point addresses and operato
20. DUCTWORK SYSTEMS 230890 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health t Aluminum Ducts ASTM B209 aluminum sheet alloy 3003 H14 Aluminum Connectors and Bar Stock Alloy 6061 T6 or of equivalent strength Insulated Flexible Ducts Lg Manufacturers a Johns Manville Model Micro Aire J FLXSL b Wiremold Model M KH Cc Automation Industries Flexible Tubing Div Model Thermaflex 2 Flexible round ductwork shall consist of a vinyl coated spring steel helix bonded to a vinyl coated fiberglass liner wrapped with fiberglass wool insulation providing a thermal conductance of 0 23 Btu hr sq ft 0 F Outer jacket shall be reinforced metalized mylar neoprene laminate Ducts shall be Thermaflex as manufactured by Automation Industries Flexible Tubing Division Type M KH or type VTKC as manufactured by the Wiremold Company suitable for an operating temperature from O F to 180 F and 2 wg Clamps connectors and the installation shall be as recommended by the manufacturer Ducts shall be listed by UL under their UL 181 standards as Class 1 air duct and comply with NFPA Standard No 90A DUCTWORK FABRICATION Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible and as indicated Provide duct material gages reinforcing and sealing for operating pressures indicated Construct T s bends and elbows with radius of not less than 12 times width of duct on cent
21. E7 WARRANTY A Provide the warranty specified in Section 260010 PART 2 PRODUCTS Ze POWER CONDUCTORS A Description Single conductor insulated wire B Conductor Copper 98 conductivity minimum C Insulation Voltage Rating 600 volts D Insulation ANSI NFPA 70 Type THHN THWN or XHHW insulation for feeders and branch circuits Ded METAL CLAD CABLE See Wiring Methods Paragraph 3 3 of this Section for Restrictions A Description ANSI NFPA 70 Type MC B Conductor Copper Cr Insulation Voltage Rating 600 volts Dis Insulation Temperature Rating 75 C E Insulation Material Thermoplastic FE Armor Material Steel or Aluminum G Armor Design Interlocked metal tape H Jacket None 223 WIRING CONENCTORS AND SPLICES A UL listed factory fabricated wiring connectors of size ampacity rating material and type and class for application and for service indicated Bx All wire connectors shall be manufactured in full compliance with UL 486A PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather B Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABL 260519 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ir n ga ti PREPARATION Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire
22. Cable Routing Route cable for all device wiring within accessible ceiling cavities Install cable supports at 4 spacing maximum or in cable tray where applicable No cabling is to lie on or attach to ceiling tile ducts pipes conduits or ceiling suspension wires rods or structural members Provide conduit stubs from devices and panels to the ceiling cavities Use cable tray for support when it is shown on the drawings Route all system wiring from system equipment within metallic conduit up into nearby ceiling cavity and connect to the wiring system indicated in A and B above Provide bushings at conduit ends Refer to individual sections for methods specific to that system ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260010 12 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT US ti J PART 3 E EXECUTION MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATION Outlets controls and system components shall be mounted at the heights listed below unless otherwise indicated Heights shall be measured to the centerline of the box from the finished floor unless otherwise noted 1 Wall Switches 42 2 Receptacle Outlet General 1 6 unless indicated otherwise 3s Receptacle Outlet Mechanical Storage Electrical Unfinished Rooms 42 4 Telephone Outlet 1 6 unless indicated otherwise De Data
23. Description NEMA TC 2 Schedule 40 PVC Fittings and Conduit Bodies NEMA TC 3 WIREWAY Description Lsa Indoor Use General Purpose 23 Where Indicated Oil tight and Dust tight sR Outdoor Use Rain tight Knockouts Manufacturer s Standard Size Size and length as indicated or required for installation Cover Hinged or screw covers Provide full gasketing on oil tight wireways Connector Slip in or flanged Fittings Lay in type with removable top bottom and sides Finish Rust inhibiting primer coating with gray enamel finish or pre galvanized FIRE RATED PATHWAYS Manufacturers 1 Specified Technologies Inc a EZ PATH Fire Rated Pathway single double and triple Pathways le Cables passing through fire rated floors or walls shall pass through fire rated wiring devices which contain an intumescent insert material that adjusts automatically to cable additions or subtractions 23 The device shall have an F rating equal to the rating of the barrier in which the device is installed 3 Wiring devices shall be capable of allowing a 0 to 100 percent visual fill of cables 4 Wire devices shall be of a sufficient size to accommodate the quantity and size of electrical wires and data cables required Dee Wire devices to be provided with steel wall plates allowing for single or multiple devices to be ganged together OUTLET BOXES Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes NEMA
24. Manufacturers L Nibco Dek Approved equal Up to and including 2 Bronze one piece body brass ball Teflon seats and stuffing box ring lever handle threaded ends with union BUTTERFLY VALVES Manufacturers A ie Nibco 2 2 Jamesbury 3y Grinnell Cast or ductile iron body chrome plated ductile iron disc resilient replaceable EPDM seat lug type extended neck handwheel and gear drive and integral indicating device and built in tamper proof switch rated at 115 volt AG CHECK VALVES Manufacturers Ty Nibco 2 Mueller 35 Grinnell Up to and including 3 Bronze swing disc screwed ends Over 3 Iron body bronze trim swing disc renewable disc and seat flanged ends or wafer style DRAIN VALVES Manufacturers les Nibco 2 Crane 3s Stockham Bronze compression stop with hose thread nipple and cap Brass ball valve with cap and chain 3 4 hose thread SPRINKLER HEADS Manufacturers 1 Viking 2 Grinnell 3 Central Suspended Ceiling Jre Type Concealed pendant type with white coverplate 2 Head Finish N A 3 Escutcheon Plate Finish N A 4 Fusible Link Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard Wet or dry type as indicated in plans Quick Response Type anu FIRE PROTECTION 230300 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health
25. tid Telecommunications Cabling Standard and BICSI S Telecommunication Distribution Methods Manual current edition Install all cables only when the temperature is between 32 F to 122 F Wiring Method Wiring shall be installed in EMT conduit within walls and above inaccessible ceilings Wiring shall be installed in cable tray where it is present Wiring installed above accessible ceilings between ceiling mounted devices or conduit stub ups and the cable tray shall be exposed and supported by J hooks spaced a maximum of 5 0 on center with minimum 1 flat bearing surface Provide conduit sleeves bushings and fireproofing through all wall penetrations All wiring not in EMT conduit shall be kept a minimum of 6 away from all lighting fixtures motors and transformers Cables cannot be ty wrapped or stapled to ceiling or structural supports conduit or other items Test each cable as detailed in specification Include patch cord in test channel Identify all cables with a neatly typed label as detailed in specification Provide horizontal and vertical cable management in all racks on all backboards and any other location cabling is not routed in conduit or cable tray Size cable management for 50 additional cables For buildings with floors in excess of two provide a 2 diameter service loop with 3 loops in all between floor fiber optic cables Locate one servic lo
26. Lamps E General Electric 23 Philips 3 Osram Sylvania Ballasts INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health t Ty Osram Sylvania 2 Advance 3 Universal Dimming Ballasts 1s Lutron 2 Osram Sylvania 36 Advance 4 Universal LUMINAIRES AND COMPONENTS GENERAL Metal Parts Free of burrs sharp corners and edges Sheet Metal Components Steel unless otherwise indicated Form and support to prevent warping and sagging Doors Frames and Other Internal Access Smooth operating free from light leakage under operating conditions and arranged to permit relamping without use of tools Arrange doors frames lenses diffusers and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in operating position Reflecting surfaces shall be minimum reflectance as follows 1 White 85 2 Specular 83 Se Diffusing Specular 75 4 Laminated Silver Metalized Film 90 Lenses Diffusers Covers and Globes lee 100 virgin acrylic plastic high resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging heat and UV radiation a Lens Thickness At least 0 125 in minimum b UV Stabilized Bis Glass Annealed crystal glass unless otherwise indicated Luminaires subject to damage shall be equipped with approved heavy duty metal guards Luminaires exposed to weather shall be weatherproof gasketed provided with aluminum boxes a
27. ASTM B88 Seamless Copper Water Tub ASTM C564 Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings ASTM D3033 Type PSP Poly Vinyl Chloride PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM D3034 Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM F477 Elastomeric Seals Gaskets for Joining Plastic Pipe AWWA C111 Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings AWWA C651 Disinfecting Water Mains CISPI 301 Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Hubless Cast Iron Sanitary Systems NFPA 54 National Fuel Gas Code SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with provisions of Section 230010 Product Data specialties and Provide data accessories on pipe Provide materials pipe fittings valves manufacturers catalog information Indicate valve data and ratings PRODUCTS SANITARY SEWER PIPING Cast Iron Its 2 PVC Pipe ASTM D2729 1 2 SANITARY SEWER PIPING ABOVE BURIED Pipe ASTM A74 service weight Fittings Cast iron Joints Hub and spigot CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets Fittings Joints ASTM D2855 if approved by local authority Schedule 40 solid wall PVC solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement GRADE DRAIN AND VENT Cast Iron Pipe ASTM A74 service weight 1 Fittings Cast iron 2 Joints ASTM C564 neoprene gasket system Cast Iron Pi
28. Qos Where defects in the material equipment and or workmanship become evident within this guarantee period the Contractor shall be responsible for providing new manufacturer approved material and equipment and or correcting the defective workmanship without any costs to the Owner whet INSPECTION A Inspections of electrical work will be made by an agency hired by the Contractor B Contractor shall pay all inspection fees and submit 3 copies of final wiring certificates to Architect E2 VISIT TO THE SITE A Prior to submission of bid the Contractor is requested to visit the site to become acquainted with existing conditions Bids as submitted will be interpreted to include all costs and changes made necessary by such conditions Refer to the pre bid meeting schedule in invitation to bid pe es COORDINATION OF WORK A Coordination and meetings Coordinate the installation of all interior and exterior products and systems specified for this construction project including those specified under multiple prime contracts in accordance with Division 1 B Coordination with Various Trades Contractor shall coordinate space and installation requirements of all work including underground utilities which is indicated diagrammatically on drawings with the project manager respectiv ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260010 7 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 14 eS 16 17 18 contractors and Ut
29. gt gt alr NJOLO M HIM O O M KR NM O oO Ms R M oO CKT EE o P PANELBOARD SCHEDULES 262420 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PANEL us 25A Main Lugs Additional Panel Notes 20 208V 3PH 4w 100 Neutral with Ground Bus LP 4 Integral TVSS L2 0 000 urface eceptacles Rm 121 eceptacles Rm 121 eceptacles Rm 122 eceptacles Rm 122 eceptacles Rm 122 eceptacles Rm 122 eceptacles Rm 122 eceptacles Rm 123 eceptacles Rm 123 eceptacles Rm 119 eceptacles Rm 119 ceptacles Rm 120 eceptacles Rm 108 Load D Se Q Q A q pare pare i o n v3 0 N P 0 N 0 4 DID DID D D D Pa oO eceptacles Rm 108 0 4 pare pare n n ae a n v3 Ko oO Oo Oo Oo o N P P P P wn n n P 10 86 Phase Totals Total Connected Load KVA 43 7 KVA Z 0 o n Amp Pole 20 1 ae ia Od Sd Od ed ed Od IS Sd Od Od Bd Sd Dd Od Od Dd el ie D S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S 3 NINININI N OJO SKO LO URU EN ENEN 69 TA N N N oa oa PANELBOARD SCHEDULES 262420 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health n 2 Zz Oo Cc A T Q 3 lt lt A D a amp lt x re N A w i Ww Z lt x A 100 Neutral with Ground Bus 120 208V 3PH 4W 10 000 Surface m a 2 ce a gt e ooo as aa o N Ke Z
30. 2 Atlas Soundolier 3 Ortronics 4 Hoffman B Basis of Design Middle Atlantic Products Ls Model WRK 44 32 2 Type 19 inch gangable equipment rack 3s Compliance a EIA TIA 310D b Seismic Certified Seismic certified to 1997 UBC and 2001 CBC Seismic Zone 4 and 2000 IBC 2003 IBC 2002 ASCE Standard 7 and 2003 NFPA 5000 Seismic Use Group III lateral force requirements for protecting 900 pounds of essential equipment in upper floor installations when used with optional WRK Z4 seismic floor anchor brackets with Ip value of 1 5 4 UL Listed US Js Overall Dimensions a Height 83 13 inches b Width 24 25 inches Cx Depth 32 63 inches 6 Useable Dimensions a Height 77 13 rackspaces Bi Depth 30 75 inches 7 Construction Fully welded 8 UL Listed Weight Capacity 2 500 pounds static load capacity is 10 000 1b 9i Materials a Top and Bottom 14 gauge steel b Horizontal Braces 16 gauge steel welded to integral structural side panels of 16 gauge steel giving 1 8 inch thick structure Cs Rear Door 18 gauge steel 10 Finish of Structural Elements Black textured powder coat 11 Rackrail a b G Two pairs of fully adjustable 11 gauge steel rackrail with tapped 10 32 mounting holes in universal EIA spacing Finish Black e coat Rackspaces Numbered 12 Top and Bottom Vertical slotted vent pattern TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 12 13 0303 00
31. 260010 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 4 Bind with each set a typed cover sheet showing the date project name project location Engineer s name Contractor s name Specification Section and an index of all items included Dis Provide space on th cover sheet for the approval stamps of the Subcontractor Contractor Engineer and Architect Apply Contractor s stamp signed or initialed certifying that review approval verification of Products required field dimensions adjacent construction work and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents 6 Clearly mark each page in the submittal set to show the manufacturer s name See When a page shows more than one item or catalog number mark the item and catalog number which is proposed for use Show all accessories options and appurtenances which are required or which the Contractor desires to use 8 Improperly prepared submissions will be returned without action Gu All disapproved submittals shall be corrected as directed by the Architect Engineer and resubmit the same quantity as originally submitted until approved No work involving any materials or equipment covered by shop drawings shall be started until the respective shop drawings are approved Dy All items requiring shop drawing review shall not be installed until final approval has been given by the Architect Engine
32. 281300 13 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 ti SECTION 281600 INTRUSION DETECTION SYST eal Z GENERAL T GENERAL It is the intent of these specifications to describe the minimum requirements for the furnishing and installation of an automatic Security and reporting system as described in these specifications The system shall include but in no way by limitation to the following Combination Security Central Station Reporting System Alpha Numeric Keypads Perimeter Door Contacts Motion Detectors Internal and External Audible Alarms Conduit Wire Outlet Boxes Complete Installation System Setup Programming and Operator Training Interface to Card Access Equipment w T a e w OPERATION The Security System shall be an addressable type wher ach motion detector each protected single and overhead door location and other monitored devices shall report as individual points to the system Each security device location shall be capable of being programmed into a group of devices or partitions to allow these groups to be armed disarmed and controlled through specific passwords on any of the keypads The system shall allow for programming of individual partitions to be automatically armed and disarmed by 1 Time of day 2 Day of week 3 Holidays 4 Manually armed or disarmed to override program through the Keypad Up to 200 individ
33. Bypass damper control is accomplished by a communicating sensor bypass control assembly that includes a Unit Control Module Rectangular Damper Actuator The rectangular damper actuator is a synchronous motor driven actuator with a 3 wire connection terminal strip and is factory installed This non spring return actuator has a 53 lb in running torque anda 1 minute 90 travel time The coupler fits over the round shaft of the damper The actuator requires 2 5 VA at the nominal 24 VAC 50 60 Hz System Communications The Unit Control Module sends and receives data from a VariTrac Central Control Panel via twisted wire pair serial communications The Central Control Panel issues override commands to the Unit Control Module Override commands include Ls Drive damper to minimum position Heat outputs are enabled 2 Drive damper fully open Heat outputs are disabled 3 Drive damper fully closed Heat outputs are disabled 4 Drive damper to maximum position Heat outputs are enabled for hot water reheat and disabled for staged electric reheat oy Disable unit reheat hot water and staged electric reheat only CENTRAL CONTROL PANELS Program Options Each central control panel shall be individually configurable as either an air conditioner controller or gas heat controller for a VariTrac system Outputs Binary outputs optional relay board contacts rated at 0 5A 30 VAC 12 VA pilot duty
34. Fixed position cameras with variable focus lenses shall be provided as indicated All camera locations shall be cabled and prepared for future pan tilt zoom type camera Cameras shall be in vandal and tamper resistant housings SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Indoor and outdoor cameras and housing shall be provided and wired as indicated VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 2 System shall be equipped for the number of cameras as indicated including control video storage and power supply equipment Cameras shall be provided as indicated PRODUCTS Video Management System Software overview Basic Architecture Th xacqVision Video Management System VMS software shall be used to view live and recorded video from IP cameras and video encoders connected to local and wide area networks The VMS software shall have a Client Server based architecture that can be configured as a standalone VMS system with the Client software running on the server hardware and or the Client running on any network connected TCP IP PC workstation Multiple client workstations shall be capable of simultaneously viewing live and or recorded video from one or more servers Multiple servers shall also be able to simultaneously provide live and or recorded video to one or more workstations Included in the cost of the software shall be an unlimited number of client software applications IP
35. Install non addressabl devices only where the location exceeds the environmental ratings of the addressabl devices For each non addressabl device provide an addressabl interfac module in an accessible location within the listed environmental conditions of the module and as close as possible to the device 2 Fixed Temperature Rate of Rise Detectors Fixed temperatur lement shall be rated for 135 or 200 F and 15 per minute rate of rise Coverage area shall be 2500 square feet Se Fixed Temperature Detectors Fixed temperatur lement shall be rated for 135 or 200 F Coverage area shall be 625 square feet 4 Rate Compensation Fixed Temperature Detectors Self restoring and rated either 135 or 200 F Coverage area shall be 2500 square feet Detectors shall be totally enclosed and weatherproof for installation in extremely dusty wet or humid locations Die Other non addressabl thermal detectors may need to be provided for locations requiring higher temperature ratings DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS Description Addressable photoelectric type with sampling tube of design and dimensions as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific duct size and installation conditions Duct smoke detectors shall include the following 1 Duct mounted smoke detectors shall be provided with the same capabilities and functions as the spot type smoke detectors
36. NFPA 72 and locally enforced codes B Furnish products listed and classified by UL FM or testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and indicated Gs Interconnecting equipment initiation devices notification appliance circuit extenders and annunciating devices shall be UL listed to operate as a unit although manufacturers may differ MAINTENANC G1 SERVICE A Inspection and Testing Agreement As required for U L Certificating a Remote Supervising Station System the Equipment Supplier shall furnish a full service Testing and Maintenance Agreement to support the system during the first year of operation or for one year from Date of first beneficial use of the system During this period the Equipment Supplier shall provide the following at no additional cost to the Owner Ty Required Inspections and Testing 2 Emergency Service during normal working hours 3 Certificating the system for Remote Supervising Station service 4 First Year monitoring service through a U L Listed Supervising Station or other Supervising Station approved by the local AHJ or Owner Dis Repair or replacement of any required parts provided they have not been abused or misused by abnormal conditions such as vandalism fire water damage lightning damage or other abnormal conditions B Service Not Covered By Above lsi Service or labor desired by the Owner outside norm
37. RTAC 1 2 General The units shall be convertible airflow The operating range shall be between 115 F and O F in cooling as standard from the factory for units with microprocessor controls Operating range for units with electromechanical controls shall be between 115 F and 40 F Cooling performance shall be rated in accordance with ARI testing procedures All units shall be factory assembled internally wired fully charged with R 410A and 100 percent run tested to check cooling operation fan and blower rotation and control sequence befor leaving the factory Wiring internal to the unit shall be colored and numbered for simplified identification Units shall be UL listed and labeled classified in accordance to UL 1995 CAN CSA No 236 M90 for Central Cooling Air Conditioners Canadian units shall be CSA Certified Casing Unit casing shall be constructed of zinc coated heavy gauge and galvanized steel Exterior surfaces shall be cleaned phosphatized and finished with a weather resistant baked enamel finish Unit s surface shall be tested 672 hours in a salt spray test in compliance with ASTM B117 Cabinet construction shall allow for all maintenance on one side of the unit All exposed vertical panels and top covers in the indoor air section shall be insulated with a cleanable foil faced fire retardant permanent odorless glass fiber material All insulation edges shall be either captured or sealed The unit s b
38. Remove jacket of cable and untwist individual UTP conductors the minimum amounts required to terminate on jacks and patch panels Cable fill in conduit is 40 maximum as follows Ta 3 4 4 UTP Cables TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 16 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health AA BB Cc 2 1 7 UTP Cables Bh 11 4 12 UTP Cables 4 1 1 2 16 UTP Cables 5g 2 22 UTP Cables 6 2 1 2 36 UTP Cables 7 3 50 UTP Cables 8 3 1 2 Not recommended Ors 4 Not recommended 10 Provide larger conduits than recommended for cable fill if indicated on the Drawings Pull cables without exceeding cable manufacturer s recommended pulling tensions I Pull cables simultaneously if more than one is being installed in the same raceway 2y Use pulling compound or lubricant if necessary Use compounds that will not damage conductor or insulation Ba Use pulling means including fish tape cable rope and basket weave wire cable grips that will not damage media or raceway Install exposed cable parallel and perpendicular to surfaces or exposed structural members and follow surface contours where possible Secure and support cable at intervals not exceeding 5 0 and not more than 1 0 from cabinets boxes fittings outlets racks frames and terminals Wiring within IDF MDF and Enclosures Provide a
39. WIRING METHODS Concealed Dry Interior Locations Use only power conductors type THHN THWN or XHHW insulation in raceway Exposed Dry Interior Locations Use only power conductors type THHN THWN or XHHW insulation in raceway Above Accessible Ceilings l Home Runs Use only power conductors Type THHN THWN or XHHW insulation in raceway 2s In Corridors and for Circuits which extend to other rooms Use only power conductors type THHN THWN or XHHW insulation in raceway 3 Branch Circuits which do not extend beyond the walls of the room Use power conductors type THHN THWN or XHHW insulation in raceway or metal clad cable Wet or Damp Interior Locations Use only power conductors type THHN THWN or XHHW insulation in raceway Underground Installations Use only power conductors type XHHW in raceway Exterior Locations Use only power conductors type THHN THWN or XHHW insulation in raceway Wiring methods indicated on Drawings supersede the General Statements in this Section MC cable is specifically prohibited to penetrate walls to other spaces and also prohibited above corridor ceilings other than short 10 or less connections from raceway junction boxes to light fixtures and equipment Throughout new installation all raceways and boxes shall be installed so that they are concealed in new construction Any exceptions shall be approved by Architect before ins
40. group of events within any selectable time period The report printer shall be capable of producing a hard copy of any report that the system may generate Reports shall include historical events defined by any combination of the following events Trs All events 2a Location S Point number Access Control System 281300 8 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 4 Event type i e intrusion door open etc 5i Point status i e off alarm normal shunted etc 6 anagement reports of transactions history by card number cardholder data reader number time period or invalid attempts Ts Audit trail reports The A SM system shall incorporate a minimum of 100 preprogrammed reports Such preprogrammed reports shall be capable of point and click selections at the A SM computer The A SM system shall provide for display and or reporting of user generated custom reports Sorts and queries for custom reports shall be by any field or combination of fields of the cardholder card reader alarm input point and control output point databases Custom report generators shall be user friendly and shall not require the knowledge of high level programming languages The A SM system shall provide the ability for the emailing of report outputs The A SM system shall allow the exporting of report outputs to a delimited text file or HTML file he A SM system shall allow the exporting of report outputs directly to another datab
41. installed in the fire alarm and detection system Upon request a current letter provided within the past 30 days shall be provided to the Architect Engineer of the Authorized relationship between the Manufacturer and the Equipment Supplier In addition the Equipment Supplier shall have the following minimum certifications and listings 1 A minimum of one individual who works full time with the local office of the Equipment Supplier supporting this project who is NICET Certified in Fire Alarm Systems at Level IV or higher A copy of a current Certification Certificate shall be included in the Submittal Data required above 2 The Equipment Supplier shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc U L under category UUJS for Protective Signaling Systems or Factory Mutual Research Approved FM for Fire Alarm Service Local Companies under Standard 3011 A copy of a current Listing or Approved Certificate shall be included in the Submittal Data required above C Installer Company specializing in installing the products specified in this section with minimum 3 years documented experience Certified by the state and or local governments as fire alarm installer when required by law In lieu of the installers being certified when required by local AHJ the Equipment Supplier shall be responsible for certifying the installation REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Conform to requirements of NFPA 70
42. not in alarm the LED shall be illuminated green Activation of any switch will change the LED to red and activate the audible alarm A monitor only state shall also be available In this state the LED shall turn yellow when the remote switch opens with no audible alarm The LED s shall not illuminate for inputs that are not used PLUMBING PIPING amp SPECIALTIES 230410 6 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Each 10 signel annunciator module shall contain an independent normal abnormal ED green for normal and red for abnormal indicating the overall status of all signals on that module F The control module shall include a Silence Enter button a Test Shift button an Up button and a Down button These buttons shall be used to silence the audible alarm set up the alarm panel and to test the alarm panel The test button shall test all modules one at a time A LED on the control module shall illuminate green to indicate power on G The power supply shall be installed in the backbox Power supply shall include an On Off rocker switch and fuse holder H The alarm audio tone shall pulsate 90 dBa at 2 meters minimum The audio signal shall be cancelled only by the alarm silence button or fault corrections Regardl
43. tablet or gas form throughout system to obtain 50 to 80 mg L residual Bleed water from outlets to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15 of outlets Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg L repeat treatment Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water or 1 0 mg L Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing from outlets and from water entry and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651 OPERATING ADJUSTMENTS All flush valves shall be adjusted for quiet operation and to pass the required amount of water for the proper flushing action PLUMBING PIPING amp SPECIALTIES 230410 9 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 34 5 TEST OF WATER SUPPLYING SYSTEM A At the completion of the work the water supply system must be tested to doa hydrostatic pressure of 50 pounds over the working pressure but not less than 100 pounds to the square inch B Any water piping run in chases in walls or in any way concealed by structural work must be tested to above pressure and proven tight before the pipes ar concealed 3 6 TESTS OF PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS A Th ntire system of soil waste drain and vent piping must be tested with water or air as hereinafter described and proved tight to the satisfaction of representatives of Architect Eng
44. 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti ts Certificates of Approval in triplicate for rough and finished wiring froma Certified Inspection Service must be delivered to the Engineer before final payment can be authorized Perform all work in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry Federal Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration and any other national state or local authority having jurisdiction Perform all Construction design fabrication tests rating and installation in compliance with the regulations of all local state or national agencies having jurisdiction over the project Pay all costs involved in work necessary to comply with these regulations The Contractor assumes all responsibility and liability for any code violations damage or injury which occurs as a result of a deviation from or a change to the requirements of these plans and specifications which has not been approved in writing by the Engineer Consider the National Electrical Code and the other codes and standards cited herein as providing the minimum construction standards for this project Conform to all additional requirements and limitations contained in these plans and specifications as indicated The intent of these drawings and specifications is to define the scope of work and standards of quality for the project T
45. 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti ts Leave systems in proper working order replacing belt guards closing access doors closing doors to electrical switch boxes and restoring thermostats to specified settings Recheck points or areas as selected and witnessed by the Owner AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply return and exhaust air quantities Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures fr from objectionable drafts and noise Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extend that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds Provide drive changes required Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units including filter and coil pressure drops and total pressure across the fan Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters Adjust outside air automatic dampers outside air return
46. 230900 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti Sh Heat Control When configured as a heat controller the binary outputs are designated as follows a Fan b Gas Furnace Gs Auxiliary Heat VAV BOX CONTROL DDC Sequence of Operation The unit controller continuously monitors the zone temperature against its setpoint and varies the primary airflow as required to meet zone setpoints Airflow is limited by minimum and maximum airflow setpoints DDC Controls Option DD04 DD14 DD44 Basic Operation On Off staged Electric Heat Normally open Outputs DDC UCM A voltage signal from the zone sensor indicates the zone temperature is used by the unit controller to determine an error from the setpoint This error as well as primary flow differential pressure is used to determine damper position within minimum and maximum cooling airflow setpoints As th zon temperatur drops to the heating setpoint primary airflow is controlled to minimum heating flow setpoint Staged electric heat is energized DDC Zone Sensor with Setpoint amp Occupancy This electronic device utilizes a thermistor to vary the voltage output in response to changes in the zone temperature Wiring to the U C M controls must be 18 to 22 awg shielded twisted pair wiring The setpoint adjustment range is 50 F 88 F This sensor is provided with an externally adjustable setpoint a timed override button and a timed override cancel button An op
47. 265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Interior Luminaires and Accessories Ballasts Lamps Exit Signs Fixture Support Components REFERENCES t ANSI C78 379 Electric Lamps Incandescent and High Intensity Discharge Reflector Lamps Classification of Beam Patterns ANSI C82 1 Ballasts for Fluorescent Lamps Specifications ANSI C82 4 Ballasts for High Intensity Discharge and Low Pressure Sodium Lamps Multiple Supply Type NEMA WD 6 Wiring Devices Dimensional Requirements NFPA 70 National Electrical Code NFPA 101 Life Safety Code ANSI IESNA 500 1998 Recommended Practice for Installing Interior Lighting Systems SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW Submit under provisions of Section 260010 Substitutions Substitutions will be considered only if submitted no later than 10 days prior to bid Shop Drawings The following items shall be submitted for review and approval 13 Submittal booklet to include the following a Reference to Specification Section b A list of all fixtures arranged in order of fixture designation Cs Factory issued fixture data sheets to indicate features finishes and dimensions with the specific items or model number highlighted Photocopies with handwriting are not acceptable d Factory issued accessory sheets to indicate optional items added to the fixtures with the specific
48. 271400 7 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti oO 10 Ll 12 Category 6 patch cords shall meet or exceed Category 6 component transmission requirements for connecting hardware as specified in ANSI TIA EIA 568 C 2 standard The manufacturer shall provide Category 6 component compliance certificates from third party testing organization upon request Patch cords shall be cUL and UL LISTED 1863 Patch cords shall exceed IEEE 802 3 DTE Power specification to 4 times the rated current limits with no degradation of performance or materials Patch cords shall be third party verified rror fr Gigabit Ethernet performance to IEEE 802 3 standard Jacks shall exceed 4 Gb s data transmission capacity within the bandwidth of 1 250 MHz when configured in a 4 connector channel Category 6 patch cords shall meet or xceed th 4 connector channel transmission performance requirements of Category 6 per ANSI TIA EIA 568 C 2 standard he 4 connector channel test configuration shall utilize Category 6 patch panels blocks and jacks with Category 6 patch cords all from the same m anufacturer with qualified Category 6 cable he 4 connector channel performance margins in the table below shall be guaranteed provided the configuration satisfies requirement No 9 above Category 6 patch cords shall meet the current draft 10 Gb s transmission performance requirements of TSB 15
49. ERAL ENT 230100 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health EQUIPM PART 2 ASME A13 1 Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems PERFORMANC LJ REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING EXPANSION COMPENSATION Provide structural work and quipment required to control expansion and contraction of piping Verify that anchors guides and expansion joints provided adequately protect system Expansion Calculations alee Installation Temperature 50 F 2a Hot Water Heating 210 F Sy Domestic Hot Water 140 F 4 Safety Factory 30 SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with provisions of Section 230010 Product Data lee Gages and Meters Provide list which indicates use operating range total range and location for manufactured components 2 Supports and Anchors Provide manufacturers catalog data including load capacity Bis Motors Provide wiring diagrams with electrical characteristics and connection requirements 4 Mechanical Identification Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required Dis Vibration Isolation Provide schedule of vibration isolator type with location and load on each Shop Drawings Indicate inertia bases and locate vibration isolators with static and dynamic load on each REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Conform to applicable electrical code Products Requiring Electrical Connection Listed and c
50. Front shall have cylindrical tumbler type lock with catch and spring loaded stainless steel door pull All lock assemblies shall be keyed alike One 1 key shall be provided with each lock A clear plastic directory cardholder shall be mounted on the inside of door INT ie 13 0303 EGRATED SURGE SUPPRESSION DEVICE SPD PANELBOARDS Integral Surge Suppressor SPD shall be component recognized in accordance with UL 1449 Third Edition to include Section 37 3 highest fault current category SPD shall be UL 1283 listed SPD shall be installed by and shipped from the electrical distribution equipment manufacturer s factory The surge protection devices shall be bus mounted between the main and branch devices Surge protection devices bussed off the end of the panelboard are not allowed Panelboards with SPDs will accommodate thru feed lugs and sub feed circuit breakers in single section and multi section panelboards SPD shall provide surge current diversion paths for all modes of protection L N L G N G in WYE Systems SPD shall be modular in design Each mode including N G shall be fused with a 200k AIR UL recognized surge rated fuse and incorporate a thermal cutout device Audible diagnostic monitoring shall be by way of audible alarm This alarm shall activate upon a fault condition An alarm on off switch shall be provided to silence the alarm An alarm push to test switch shal
51. G Heater Nichrome wir lement mounted inside plenum housing with dual level safety protection automatic resetting thermostat to open when air flow is restricted and close when air flow is resumed with back up one use thermal CULOEE D Dryer Controls Three 3 position motor control and ON OFF heater control to customize air performance dry time energy efficiency sound level and user comfort as desired E Intake air filter to prevent debris from entering sensitive dryer components and improve serviceability and life F Sound Level at 2 Meters No Hands 68 dBA Motor Setting Hi 63 dBA Motor Setting MED 59 dBA Motor Setting Low G Automatic Activation Active infrared sensor 30 second vandal shut off H Surface Treatment Steritouch patented anti bacterial technology I Ingress Protection Rating IP24 Jy Mounting Provide surface mounted units K Mounting Mount recessed units in compliance with ADA guidelines L Voltage 120v with dedicated 15 amp ground fault circuit breaker M Recess Kit 16 GA 18 8 type 304 stainless steel recessing kits with brushed finish for SMARTdri electric hand dryer N Warranty 5 YR Limited Warranty PART 3 EXECUTION ZL COORDINATION A Coordinate requirements for blocking to ensure adequate means for support and installation of hand dryers ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS 266030 2 11 054 00 Palmyra Borough Municipal Building
52. Install panelboards plumb Install recessed panelboards flush with wall finishes Provide supports in accordance with Section 260529 Gs Refer to Section 260010 for mounting heights D Provide breaker closures for unused spaces in panelboards ga Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads See also Paragraph 1 4 C F Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 260553 1 Indicate the panel designation voltage phase wire and the designation and location of the panel switchboard or disconnect device which feeds the panelboard G Provide spare conduits out of each recessed panelboard to an accessible location above ceiling Minimum spare conduits 1 empty 1 per 4 poles of spare breakers and spaces Identify each as SPARE H Ground and bond panelboard enclosure in accordance with Section 260526 Ts Provide a dedicated 3 pole branch circuit breaker to feed TVSS unit only when required by manufacturer Circuit breaker size and wire size shall be per manufacturer recommendation Connect leads to load side of the circuit breaker 842 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Perform field inspection and testing PANELBOARDS 262416 6 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Inspect for physical damage proper alignment anchorage and grounding Check proper installation and
53. Manuals Paper Copy Submit manuals in the form of hard copy bound and labeled volumes Je Binders Heavy duty three ring vinyl covered loose leaf binders in thickness necessary to accommodate contents sized to hold 1 1 2 x 11 paper with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets aa If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components Cross reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system b Identify each binder on front and spine with printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Project title or name and subject matter of contents Indicate volume number for multiple volume sets Page Dividers Heavy paper dividers with plastic covered tabs for each section of the manual Mark each tab to indicate contents Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider cross referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260010 6 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 33 Protective Plastic Sleeves Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computer
54. Modules a Faceplate Modules shall be constructed of high impact UL94 V 0 rated thermoplastic Ds Modules shall be compatible with IMF Series Faceplates raceway floor boxes poke throughs surface mount boxes patch panels furniture plates and service poles TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 11 n Ridge Oral Health 13 0303 00 Lebano Q mh O Modules shall snap firmly into front of faceplate and position flush to outer plate surface for field installation in any of the specified mounting hardware devices and media configurations Single gang IMF Series Faceplate shall accept 3 1U modules Double Gang IMF Series Faceplate shall accept 6 1U modules 1 Unit Modules shall be available for 1 and 2 Port Keystones Blanks and SVGA punched blanks to support the following connections per work area requirements 1 RJ 45 Category 6 jack per ANSI TIA EIA 568 C 2 ST fiber optic connector per EIA TIA 604 3 3 SC fiber optic connector per EIA TIA 604 3 4 S video Gold Jack 5 RCA Gold Jack color coded 6 BNC connector straight mount 7 8 9 Gold F connector straight mount SVGA female 3 5 Mini Stereo Jack 10 Gold Speaker Post 11 USB connector 12 Blank filler plate FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE CLOSED TYPE ENCLOSURE A Manufacturers 1 Middle Atlantic Products
55. OS 1 galvanized steel T s Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes Shape and size shall suit the type of fixture or canopy and be rated for weight of equipment supported include 1 2 male fixture studs where required 25 Minimum Depth 2 1 8 Sie Concrete Ceiling Boxes Concrete type 4 Provide 4 square boxes for fire alarm signaling devices and similar devices RACEWAYS AND BOX 260533 4 El n 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health B Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes NEMA OS 2 Cc Cast Boxes NEMA FB 1 Type FD aluminum or cast feralloy Provide gasketed cover by box manufacturer Provide boxes with threaded hubs D Use cast outlet boxes in exterior and wet locations 10 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A Sheet Metal Boxes NEMA OS 1 galvanized steel e Cover Furnish with machine screws B Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box NEMA 250 Type 4 flat flanged surface mounted junction box Te Material Galvanized cast iron or Cast aluminum 2 Cover Furnish with ground flange neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws veces HINGED COVER ENCLOSURES A Manufacturers Ls Square D 2h Hoffman Engineering 3 Hammond Manufacturing B Construction NEMA 250 galvanized steel Cs Covers Continuous hinge held closed by perimeter clamps operated by screws D Provide interior metal panel for mounting terminal blocks and electrical components finish
56. Outlet 1 6 unless indicated otherwise 6 Fire Alarm Devices Refer to Fire Alarm Section Te Receptacles above counters or benches with full height or no backsplashes 0 8 above countertop 8 Dryer Outlet Verify location and mounting height with Architect before roughing in 9 Water Cooler Outlet Verify location and mounting height with Plumbing Contractor before roughing in Equipment shall be mounted as follows 1 Safety Switch 5 0 to top of enclosure 2 Enclosed circuit breakers 5 0 to top of enclosure 3 Enclosed Motor Controllers 5 0 to top of enclosure 4 Enclosed Contactors 5 0 to top of enclosure 5 Time Controls 5 0 to top of enclosure 6 Combination Starters 5 6 6 0 to top of enclosure 7 Panelboards 6 6 to top of enclosure When specifically detailed in the Architectural or Electrical drawings mounting heights are to be as indicated Consult architectural plans and elevations for individual areas where device locations may conflict with other work In general coordinate all device locations with approved Casework Drawings Architectural Elevation and Drawings Mechanical Plumbing approved Kitchen and Room Equipment Drawings and other applicable drawings In lavatories or rooms with casework or fixed cabinets coordinate mounting heights and locations in the field with architectural elevations and adjust as required to avoid conflicts with mirrors back splashes fixtures a
57. SERVICE ENTRANC 260583 2 E 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health B The Contractor shall furnish and install via the underground ducts the secondary service conductors from the pole mount transformers to the building servic quipment and make final connections at the service entrance equipment END OF SECTION 260583 UTILITY SERVICE ENTRANCI 260583 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health E PART 1 SECTION 260923 LIGHTING CONTROLS GENERAL SECTION INCLUD Gl n Time Controls Photoelectric Relays SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW Submit under provisions of Section 260010 Shop Drawings The following items shall be submitted for review and approval Tx Submittal booklet to include the following a Reference to Specification Section b A list of all equipment to be provided and installed in the system on Data sheets of all items to be provided with the specific item or model number highlighted SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT Submit under provisions of Section 260010 Record actual locations of dimmer outlets and circuiting arrangements in project record documents Operation Data Ls Instructions for operating lighting control system 2 Instructions for operating system under unusual conditions when emergency life safety conditions exist 3 Operating limits which may result in hazardous or unsafe conditions or i
58. Si Audible and Visual Notification Appliances Special Circumstances a Multipurpose Room 96 above finished floor DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111 12 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health b Library 96 above finished floor but not less than 6 below ceilings and soffits ag Minimum Wire Size Use 16 AWG minimum size conductors for fire alarm detection and signal circuit conductors Ds Color Coded Wires Provide fire alarm circuit conductors with insulation color coded or use colored tape at each conductor termination and in each junction box Numbered wires may be substituted for color coded wires Show numbers or color code on system wiring diagram End of Line Devices Mount nd of line devic in box with last device or separate box adjacent to last device in circuit Indicate the exact location of th nd of line device on the as built drawings Ps Connections to Auxiliary Devices Provide conduit and wiring connections to door release devices door hardware packages fire suppression system control panels motorized smoke dampers and security systems G Trim Rings Provide trim rings where flush mounted initiating and signaling devices do not completely cover the opening in the wall or ceiling surface H Telephone Lines Provide two telephone lines directly to telephone terminal board for direct connections to outside lines for connection of the DACT
59. Standalone Player Double clicking on the executable Standalone Player shall start the application and open the video and or audio files The Standalone Player shall have the following features 1 Screen Layouts a l camera layout full screen layout b 4 camera 2x2 layout simultaneous multi camera playback eF 9 camera 3x3 layout simultaneous multi camera playback d 16 camera 4x4 layout simultaneous multi camera playback 2 Video Playback Controls includes the following playback controls cF Play video in reverse fast double speed b Play video in reverse in normal speed om Stop video play VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 9 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ak Play video forward in normal speed e Play video forward in fast speed Play video forward one frame at a time g Play video backward one frame at a time 3 Scrub Bar and Scrub Handle used to quickly scrub back and forth through video 4 amera and Audio Tree used to select video and audio for playback 5 File a Open b Save Image Cys Copy to Clipboard as Save as AVI PS or QuickTime e Print ees Exit 6 Options a Show Camera Name b Show Timestamp Cn Show Status Boarder d Time lapse Playback Interval e Show Camera Tree f Show Full Screen g Font 7 Tools a Authenticate used to verify the video hasn t been tampered with or corrupted b A keyed Hash Message Authent
60. Station Jy Bypass Audible Notification Appliances 4 Bypass Visual Notification Appliances Dis Bypass Door Holders 6 Bypass all Smoke Detectors Tog through 12 programmed per th requirements of the specifications drawings local AHJ requirements or Building Owner 8 Operation of any of the above function switches shall cause a trouble condition on all Remote Annunciators and cause a report to the Supervising Station The function switch operation shall be accessible through locked cabinet doors or other acceptable protection to limit access to authorized personnel only Control Equipment Display All Remote Annunciators shall contain a minimum 80 character alphanumeric display for indicating all system alarm supervisory trouble and system functions A minimum of 32 characters shall be capable of being custom programmed for displaying alarm supervisory and trouble conditions MANUAL PULL STATIONS Description Addressable single action pull lever type with integral addressable module arranged to communicate manual station status normal alarm or trouble to the FACP Fabricated of plastic and finished in red with molded raised letter operating instructions of contrasting color Station shall show a visual indication of alarm UL 38 Listed Station Reset Key or wrench operated switch Mounting Semi flush where possible or surface mounted Provide manufacturer s standard backbox for surfac
61. UL and Canadian UL listed as a room air terminal unit UL Control 9N65 Trane terminal units shall be AHRI 880 98 certified General Unit Clearance Allow adequate clearance to meet NEC on control box side of unit to meet NEC A minimum of one and one half duct diameters of straight ductwork upstream of the air inlet connection should be present for optimum airflow measurement performance Upstream ductwork should be the same diameter as the primary inlet connection 1 Foil Faced Insulation The interior surface of the unit casing shall be acoustically and thermally lined with 1 1 5 lb cu ft density glass fiber with foil facing The insulation shall be UL listed and meet NFPA 90A UL 181 standards and bacteriological standard ASTM C665 The insulation R value shall be 4 1 All cut edges of insulation shall be completely encapsulated in metal to prevent erosion Provide air valve size 05 06 08 10 as noted Air Valve Round The air inlet connection shall be an 18 ga galvanized steel cylinder sized to fit standard round duct A multiple point averaging flow sensing ring shall be provided with balancing taps for measuring within 5 of HVAC EQUIPMENT 230835 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health unit cataloged airflow An airflow versus pressure differential calibration chart shall be provided The damper blade shall be constructed of a closed cell foam seal mechanicall
62. a series of entrances in one profile each time any of the entrances is triggered the video panel could switch to the camera displaying the most recent door motion 2 Event Monitor An Event Monitor profile shall display a list of events that the user can click on to view For example instead of the video panel automatically switching to the camera displaying the most recent door opening the event could be added to a list The user could then click on the item to display the video ven if events occur on two cameras at the same time Instead of seeing ach vent for a split second the user shall see each event for as long as needed After the Event Monitoring Profiles hav been created the user shall activate them in the VMS Client software W Group Setup The VMS software shall be used to create logical groups of cameras from cameras connected to a single or multiple VMS servers The logical groups of cameras shall be displayed in the navigation tree hierarchy of cameras For example with two VMS servers with 50 IP cameras each in a four story building and 25 cameras on each floor the user could create four named groups consisting of 25 cameras each In addition to monitoring live video groups shall be used for searching video In the search video feature the user shall click on the Groups navigation pane then select the group and search X Map Setup The VMS Software shall allow th
63. accordance with the manufacturer s printed instruction All local and national codes and regulations must be observed B Units shall be installed of the same voltage rating as the intended protected equipment Cx Units shall be internally integrally surface or flush mount to match the intended protected equipment D Installation of Units ds Install separately enclosed units immediately adjacent to or within the protected panel with the shortest possible lead length without any unnecessary elbows bends or turns Where conduit is necessary to install lead connection conductors leads shall be installed in conduit as required 2 Provide a dedicated 3 pole branch circuit breaker in all protected panels for connection Circuit breaker size and wire size shall be per manufacturer recommendation Connect leads to the load side of the circuit breaker 3 If space is not available in protected panel provide a 3 pole disconnect switch between the protected panel and the SPD for connection Fuse and wire size shall be per manufacturer recommendation Connect leads from the disconnect switch to the main bus or distribution bus whichever allows for the shortest total lead length of the protected panel 3 2 LOCATIONS A S the power riser drawings for all SPD unit locations and types END OF SECTION 264313 DISTRIBUTION SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 264313 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 gi SECTION
64. adjustable clevis Dx Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 and Over Adjustable steel yoke cast iron roll double hanger 6 ultiple or Trapeze Hangers Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods Tas ultiple or Trapeze Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 and Over Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods cast iron roll 8 Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Cast iron hook 9 Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 and Over Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp 10 Wal Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 and Over Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp with adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll 11 Vertical Support Steel riser clamp 12 Floor Support for Cold Pipe Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle lock nut nipple floor flange and concrete pier or steel support lock 13 Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes to 4 Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle nut nipple floor flange and concrete pier or steel support 14 Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 and Over Adjustable cast iron roll and stand steel screws and concrete pier or steel support 15 Copper Pipe Support Carbon steel ring adjustable copper plated PIPE HANG ER ACCESSORIES Hanger Rods Mild steel threaded both ends threaded one end or continuous threaded INSERTS Manufacturers 1 Grinnell Pa Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products aie or approved equal B Inserts Malleabl
65. air and exhaust dampers for design conditions Measure temperature conditions across outside air return air and exhaust dampers to check leakage Where modulating dampers are provided take measurements and balance at extreme conditions END OF SECTION 230990 TESTING ADJUSTING amp BALANCING 230990 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health SECTION 260010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL Lgl GENERAL A Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specifications apply to all Division 26 Specification Sections L2 SCOPE OF PROJECT A Provide a complete and operating electrical installation in accordance with these specifications and accompanying contract drawings This includes all required labor materials apparatus and supervision 153 UNIT PRICE ITEMS A Include all allowances in the Base Bid and complete the Unit Cost Area on the Bid Form for each item described below 1 The quantities in each item are in addition to the items shown on the drawings The Owner and or Architect will locate these items in the field when the Owner feels that they are needed 2 All allowance items included in the contract that are not installed will be credited to the Owner at the closeout of the contract at the Unit Price cost Bi U
66. and securely held in lace The ductwork at a manually or automatically operated damper shall be einforced to properly support the damper and prevent vibration Curved elbows hall have a centerline radius of not less than 12 times the width of the duct HOH THMOCAN All work shall be designed and fabricated to keep resistance losses to a minimum Use gradual transformation and long radius elbows Where sharp turns are necessary the elbow or plenum shall be fabricated with vanes concentric with the inside and outside radii Where indicated and where required for proper system air balancing furnish and install opposed blade adjustable volume dampers as hereinafter specified Volume dampers are to be key operated opposed blade type and are to be operabl from the bottom HANGERS Ductwork shall be rigidly supported and secured in an approved manner to the structure reinforced and braced to be free from vibration rattle and noise Hangers shall be securely suspended from structure Hanger schedule shall be as follows 1 Duct up to 20 wide Galvanized band or strap iron not less than 12 gauge not less than 1 wide 8 centers 2 Ducts 21 to 36 wide 12 x12 x 1 8 angle iron and 3 8 threaded rod 8 centers Bi Duct 36 wide 12 x12 x 3 16 angle iron and 2 threaded rod 6 centers DUCT ACCESS DOORS AND FIRE DAMPERS Access doors shall be provided in ductwork and walls and ceili
67. and vented panels to fill rack 14 Adjustable telescoping rackshelf Model VSA 2744 15 Heavy Duty Drawer Model D3 rPwoO OAD Uv BACKBOARDS AC grade southern yellow pine or fir plywood with exterior glue 3 4 thick size as shown or required Paint with 1 coat of exterior wood primer both faces and all edges and 1 coat of light gray semi gloss enamel on the front face only HORIZONTAL WIRE MANAGEMENT Manufacturers Ty Middle Atlantic Products 2s Hubbell Premise Wiring St Homaco 4 Hoffman Basis of Design Middle Atlantic Products Horizontal Cable Managers Design Requirements 1 Horizontal cable management panel shall be all steel with black powdercoat finish TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 13 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 12 ti BINS ti Des Horizontal cable management panel shall feature 5 cable management rings on front and back constructed of flat steel for maximum cable support R Horizontal cable management duct Models HHCM 1 or HHCM 2 shall feature hinged front steel covers 4 Black powder coating shall comply with all applicable ASTM standards for exposed metal and resistance to flaking cracking or chipping WALL MOUNTED STAND OFF BRACKETS Manufacturers 1 Middle Atlantic Products Die Hubbell Premise Wiring 3 Homaco 4 Hoffman Basis of Design Middle Atlantic Pr
68. are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures PLUMBING FIXTURES amp EQUIPMENT 230440 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ea Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics P Ww EPARATION Rough in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough in schedule for particular fixtures INSTALLATION Install in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Install each fixture with trap easily removable for servicing and cleaning Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with stops reducers and escutcheons Install components level and plumb Install and secure fixtures in place Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as specified in Section 07900 color to match fixture Solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS Review millwork shop drawings Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough in and installation ADJUSTING Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing noise or overflow CLEANING At completion clean plumbing fixtures and equipment PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK Protect finished Work Do not permit use of fixtures FIXTURE HEIGHTS Install fixtures to heights above finished floor as indicated on the Architec
69. as a Service The VMS server software shall run as a service If the VMS Client software is shut down the VMS server software service shall continue to record video and perform all other configured functions L Installing and Updating VMS Client Software Installing a new release of the VMS Client software shall be accomplished by clicking on an icon in the Client software that connects to the Internet and provides an option to automatically download and install the updated software If the user has already installed the most recent version of the VMS software a message box S hall be displayed with that information Installing and Updating VMS Software New releases of the VMS software shall be easily accessed from a website Th server software and client software shall be bundled in a single executable file When running this executable the VMS software shall give the user the option to install each individual component of the VMS software The VMS Software shall also have an option for a silent install that allows the pushing of software upgrades for large deployments N VMS Software Advanced Enterpris Features The VMS software shall not require an additional installation when using the Enterprise features only a license change shall be required The VMS software shall have the following Enterprise features ie Active Directory LDAP integration The VMS shall be able to use the Active Directory
70. be constructed of 22 ga galvanized sheet metal and shall include a pre formed S cleat on each side of the inlet and outlet of the unit Dampers shall be rated for up to 3000 fpm at 2 of static pressure The unit shall have an airflow direction label G Damper 3100 cfm 16 x 16 rectangular bypass damper with 4 opposing blades D Rectangular Damper Actuator The rectangular damper actuator shall be a synchronous motor driven actuator with a 3 wire connection terminal strip and shall be factory installed The non spring return actuator shall have a 35 1b in running torque and a 1 minute 90 travel time The coupler shall fit over the round shaft of the damper The actuator shall require 2 5 VA at the nominal 24 VAC 50 60 Hz HVAC EQUIPMENT 230835 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ts t Direct Digital Controller The microprocessor based terminal unit controller provides accurate pressure dependent control through the use of a proportional integral control algorithm and Direct Digital Control technology The controller monitors zon temperatur setpoints zon temperatur and zone temperature rate of change and the actual damper position The damper position is digitally controlled to maintain the zone temperature setpoints A Trane zone sensor is required Inputs for zone CO2 and space occupancy are provided Bypass Damper Control
71. been added to the Client software including the system name system status connected or not connected and the IP address of the systems licensing status and software subscription status If there is one standalone system VMS Client and Server software running on the same server hardware one system shall be displayed If multiple systems are configured the status of multiple systems shall be displayed When connected to systems that are licensed as Enterprise systems the subscription status version and alarm status shall also be displayed Right clicking the license information shall also display both the MAC address and license of each server R Adding Systems The VMS software shall be used to configure the Client application to connect to VMS servers Entering a VMS username password and IP address shall connect the Client application to the VMS for viewing live and recorded video Multiple VMS shall be allowed to be added to the system list Client applications shall be able to connect to multiple servers simultaneously After a system has been added to the Systems List the Client shall automatically connect to the system All authorized video viewing searching and system configuration functions shall be available to the Client application Su Client Setup The VMS software shall be used to configure the Client software based on personal preferences including the follow
72. below deck mixing valve Faucet shall be equipped with a flow restrictor and aerator Unit shall be supplied with drain McGuire 8872 adjustable P trap 169 flexible supply pipes and installed with carrier for concealed arms Mount at height as shown on Architectural Drawings Comply with NSF 61 Section 9 B Contractor shall provide insulation on all exposed pipes under lavatory to comply with ADA and Labor amp Industry requirements Insulation shall be by Truebro or equal Cs Provide transformers as required D Provide lavatory mixing valve Powers Hydro Guard Series LM495 thermostatic mixing valve or equal SINK P 3 A Furnish and install Elkay stainless steel single compartment Lustertone Sink Model LR 2219 with 3 holes on 4 centers Faucets shall be Delta Model 100 single lever handle with 8 centers aerator and 2 1 2 gpm flow restrictor Sinks shall include drain with strainer and tailpiece Units shall be supplied with McGuire 169 flexible supply pipes and McGuire 8872 adjustable P trap SINKS P 4 A Furnish and install Elkay stainless steel double compartment Lustertone Sink Mode R 3321 with 3 holes on 4 centers Faucets shall be Delta Model 100 single lever handle faucet with 8 centers aerator and flow restrictor Sinks shal include drain with strainer and tailpiece Units shall be supplied with McGuire 169 flexible supply pipes and McGuire 8872 adjustable offset P trap Si
73. but will not be accepted in obtaining final results Make final tests with a megger Ce Check load balance and rearrange connections so that the KW demand on each of the phase conductors does not vary by more than 10 D Set all overload devices including equipment furnished under other contracts and adjust to suit the load conditions Make selections in accordance with NEC requirements and manufacturer s instructions E Ensure that all covers closures doors and plates are in place F Ensure that all trims and covers are adjusted to be parallel or perpendicular to building lines tight against surrounding architectural finishes and devices are set flush G Check devices and controls for proper mechanical and electrical operation and set to normal or appropriate positions at the time of contract closeout ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260010 11 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 233 34 39 36 lt 3 t EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Carefully examine the architectural civil structural heat ventilating air conditioning plumbing and sprinkler drawings If any discrepancies occur between the drawings or between the drawings and the specifications report such discrepancies to the Engineer and the Architect in writing in a Request For Information RFI form and obtain written instructions as to the manner in which to proceed Make no departures from the con
74. capable of reading primary air CFM at each VAV box from central operator workstation through air monitoring device BT CONTROL OF EXHAUST FANS A EF 2 111 EF 1 121 Fan shall be controlled by reverse acting thermostat B EF 1 2 Fan shall be controlled by tie in with light switch Provide 10 minute time delay after lights are turned off Go EF 2 118 Fan shall run continuously 3 8 CONTROL OF ECH UNITS GUH A ECH units shall be controlled by a 7 day programmable thermostat 3 9 CONTROL OF EWH A Units shall be controlled by a self contained thermostat END OF SECTION 230900 ATC SYSTEMS 230900 6 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 ti SECTION 230990 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Testing Adjustment and Balancing of Air Systems Testing Adjustment and Balancing of Hydronic Systems Measurement of Final Operating Condition of HVAC Systems REFERENCES AABC National Standards for Total System Balance NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems SMACNA HVAC Systems Testing Adjusting and Balancing SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with provisions of Section 230010 Submit name of adjusting and balancing agency for approval within 30 days after award of Contract Field Reports Indicate deficiencies in systems
75. checking and approval copies of his shop drawings of ductwork for the main trunk duct systems and must receive approval of the Architects before any fabrication upon this ductwork is begun 2 Product Data Provide data for duct materials and duct connectors Ductwork Accessories Ts Shop Drawings Indicate for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers duct access doors fire dampers duct silencers etc 2 Product Data Provide for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers duct access doors fire dampers duct silencers etc 3 Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Indicate for fire dampers and combination fire and smoke dampers Air Outlets and Inlets Product Data Provide data for equipment required for this project Review outlets and inlets as to size finish and type of mounting prior to submission Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type size location application and noise level Pl QUALITY ASSURANC Perform Work in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A and NFPA 96 standards PRODUCTS DUCTWORK MATERIALS Galvanized Steel Ducts ASTM A525 and ASTM A527 galvanized steel sheet lock forming quality having G60 zinc coating of in conformance with ASTM A90
76. combination fire balancing dampers FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible and as indicated B Connector Fabric crimped into metal edging strip 1 Fabric UL listed fire retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A minimum density 30 oz per sq yd 2s Net Fabric Width Approximately 2 50 mm wide 3 Metal 3 wide 24 gage 0 6 mm thick galvanized steel VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible and as indicated DUCTWORK SYSTEMS 230890 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti ira 10 ti orale Single Blade up to 12 high 16 gauge blade on rod Multi Blade Damper over 12 high Fabricate of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 8 x 72 Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware End Bearings Except in round ductwork 12 300 mm and smaller provide end bearings On multiple blade dampers provide oil impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings Quadrants Ts Provide locking indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi blade dampers Des On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand off mounting brackets bases or adapters 3 Where rod lengths exceed 30 provide regulator
77. completion of the work Contractor shall hoist or rig his own material and equipment into place or arrange for the rigging of it by others at his expense FOREMAN Contractor must provide a competent foreman subject to approval of the Architect The foreman shall be deemed the agent of the Contractor and must be on duty at the building during all working hours Any instructions or notices given to the foreman shall have the same force as if given to the Contractor in person PAINTING All painting of electrical components and materials in finished area will be done under the general construction contract If electrical components are installed after the area is painted the Electrical Contractor shall be responsible to paint the electrical components Factory painted and galvanized finishes which are damaged before the Owner occupies the building shall be repaired with matching paint or cold galvanizing compound respectively Touch up of factory finishes shall be done by the Electrical Contractor CUTTING AND PATCHING This Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting and patching required for installation of work on this project Cutting and patching methods shall conform to the requirements for new construction contained in other sections of this specification Ts Patching in surfaces that will remain visible when the project is finished shall be identical in appearance to the undist
78. conduit Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together Do not use sectional box Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets Use cast outlet box in exterior locations and wet locations RACEWAYS AND BOX 260533 8 El n 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Large Pull Boxes Use hinged enclosure in interior dry locations EER GGG HHH TET JJJ KKK t surface mounted cast metal box in other locations Install enclosures and boxes plumb Anchor securely to wall and structural supports at each corner Install cabinet fronts plumb Do not drill or punch cabinets and enclosures except where devices or hardware which have the same NEMA type rating are being installed ount waterproof enclosures using the holes or brackets furnished by the manufacturer only Provide enclosures for all control devices pilot devices timers starters contactors adjustable frequency drives and programmable logic controller Provide cabinets where indicated or as required INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements using materials and methods under the provisions of Division 7 Route conduit through roof wall floor and ceiling openings and repair as specified in Section 260010 Indoor Dry Type Transformers Provide flexible conduits not exceeding 3 in
79. contact personnel of the proposed control equipment provisioned by the proposed installation team PRODUCTS SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS The Access Control and Security Management system A SM shall consist of an Access Security management computer A SM software card readers card reader processors BLP s and Intelligent Area Controllers The A SM computer shall support all system monitoring and administrative functions The computer may reside anywhere on the communications circuit or interface via a LAN WAN connection To ensure the secure transfer and storage of data all system modules connected to the network including the database shall be encrypted The A SM system shall deploy a Symmetric Key system of encryption with a Block Cipher using a minimum of a 128 bit Key The type of encryption deployed shall meet U S Government s Advanced Encryption Standard AES and shall be of the Rijndael or 3DES methodology All operator interfaces with the system shall be through the A SM computer System Display terminals shall display real time system messages data files and records operator instructions data programming information and custom graphic illustrations The A SM software shall be compatible with Windows split screen and multi screen functionality System keyboard s shall provide for entry of operator commands and acknowledgements and system database queries The A SM computer
80. deflection springs piping all piping in the mechanical rooms should have isolation hangers having the same deflection as those for the equipment in the rooms or for 50 from the equipment whichever is greater For the ceiling mounted air handling units any MECHANICAL GENERAL EQUIPMENT 230100 6 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health piping larger than 1 diameter should have the first three hangers of the same deflection as the equipment 1 11 Spring hangers for piping shall consist of clevis type hangers with spring hanger similar to Grinnell Fig 247 or Fig B 268 installed in threaded rod Cc Motors Es Install securely on firm foundation Mount ball bearing motors with shaft in any position 2 Check line voltage and phase and ensure agreement with nameplate D Inserts T Provide inserts for placement in concrete formwork 2 Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams 33 Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 4 Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling locate inserts flush with slab surface 5 Where inserts are omitted drill through concrete slab from below and provide through bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above slab E Pipe Hangers and Supports T Support horizontal pipi
81. driving rod electrodes F2 INSTALLATION A Grounding counterpoise Grounding counterpoise shall consist of three 3 ground rods spaced 8 minimum on center Rods shall be installed with top of rod 12 below finished grade Rods shall be interconnected with a 4 0 bare copper lectrode with cadweld connections at each ground rod Provide dedicated 2 conduit for 4 0 bare copper electrode conductor to switchgear ground bus Locate grounding electrode in a grassy area as close to the building as possible Bs Grounding Conductors Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain impact or damage CS Bonding Straps and Jumpers install so vibration by equipment mounted on vibration isolation hangers and supports is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment Us xothermic welded connectors for outdoor locations unless a disconnect type connection is required then use a bolted clamp Bond straps directly to the basic structure taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts Install straps only in locations accessible for maintenance Di Metal Water Service Pipe Provide insulated copper grounding conductor in 2 conduit from the electrical main service entrance equipment grounding bus to the main metal water servic ntrances to building Connect ground bonding conductors to main metal water service pipes by grounding clamp connect
82. eliminate iridescence Every luminaire symbol shall have a luminaire number unless otherwise directed In instances where a specific luminaire symbol has not been assigned a luminaire number provide a complete luminaire of the type and wattage designated for luminaire symbols of similar function and or as directed by the Architect All luminaires shall be UL listed or assembled from UL components BALLASTS FOR LINEAR FLUORESCENT LAMPS General Requirements for Electronic Ballasts 1 Comply with UL 935 and ANSI C82 11 ae Designed for type and quantity of lamps served 3 Ballasts shall be designed for full light output unless another BF dimmer or bi level control is indicated 4 Sound Rating Class A Bis Total Harmonic Distortion Rating Less than 10 6 Transient Voltage Protection IEEE C62 41 1 and IEEE C62 41 2 Category A or better Ta Operating Frequency 42 kHz or higher 8 Lamp Current Crest Factor 1 7 or less 9 BF 0 85 or higher 10 Power Factor 0 95 or higher 11 Parallel Lamp Circuits Multiple lamp ballasts shall comply with ANSI C82 11 and shall be connected to maintain full light output on surviving lamps if one or more lamps fail Electronic Programmed Start Ballasts for T5 and T5HO Lamps Comply with ANSI C82 11 and the following Lamp end of life detection and shutdown circuit for T5 diameter lamps Aut
83. in accord with the equipment manufacturer s recommendations and requirements where they exceed CAT6 standards VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 19 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Section 01400 Quality Requirements Testing and Inspection Services Test in accord with NFPA 72H MANUFACTURER S FIELD SERVICES Section 01400 Quality Requirements Testing and Inspection Services Include services of technician to supervise installation adjustments final connections and system testing Technician must be certified by the manufacturer Equipment must be supplied by an authorized distributor of each item of equipment Owner personnel shall be fully instructed on the use and programming of the system Provide 8 hours of initial training to satisfy contract substantial use requirements Provide 8 additional hours of training return sessions to train the Owner as desired during the warranty period Manufacturer s representative shall coordinate with the Owner the operation of the system prior to final programming of the system Configuration options shall be reviewed and documented END OF SECTION 282300 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 20 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 ti ti SECTION 283111 DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM
84. in the center and moving it D Auto Replay of Recorded Video from Live Display Mode The VMS software shall replay recorded video from the Live Display Mode if the user right clicks in the appropriate video view panel and selecting Replay The user shall have the option of reviewing video in increments of 5 or 30 seconds or 1 5 or 15 minutes The Replay window shall open and begin downloading the recorded video A Scrub Bar shall track the progress of the download The total number of frames in the video segment and the number of frames that have been downloaded shall be displayed in the status bar The download shall end if the user clicks a Stop Download button E Virtual Matrix Switching The VMS software shall activate virtual matrix switching if the user right clicks in one of the live video panels and selects Event Monitor from a drop down dialog menu and then selects a profile Virtual Matrix Switching shall automatically show video as it is triggered Virtual Matrix Switching shall be stopped if the user right clicks in the active video panel and disables the active event monitoring profile F Event Monitoring The VMS software shall activate event monitoring if the user right clicks in one of the live video panels and selects Event Monitor from a drop down dialog menu and then selects a profile An Event Monitoring VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 7 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health prof
85. installed on the primary voltage hot leg ina control box Jis Slip amp Drive Connection Provide a slip and drive connection with two straight flanges on the top and bottom and two drive connections on the left and right sides K Electric Heat Transformer Provide a 40VA or 75VA transformer as an integral component of the heater control panel dependent on unit load requirements to provide 24 VAC for controls Tes DDC Actuator Provide Trane 3 wire 28 ga 3 4 VA 1 7W 24 VAC 50 60 Hz with floating point quarter turn control actuator with linkage release button Actuator shall have a constant drive rate independent of load a rated torque of 35 in lb a 90 second drive time and non spring return Travel shall be terminated by end stops at fully opened and closed positions An integral magnetic clutch shall eliminate motor stall An integral 3 screw terminal shall be provided for field wiring Operating temperature 21 F to 125 F M System Communications The controller shall be designed to send and receive data from a VariTrac Central Control Panel Current unit status conditions and setpoints may be monitored and or edited via this data communication feature The network type shall be a twisted wire pair serial communication N Direct Digital Controller The microprocessor based terminal unit controller shall provide accurate pressure independent control through the use of a proportional integral contr
86. interfac The Web SDK method shall and JavaScript commands VIDEO MANAG EM ENT SYSTEM SOFTWARE F EATUR ES and send it to the third party use standard HTML XML CGI Operating Modes The VMS software shall have three main modes of operation depicted by three icons Clicking on any of these icons below shall change the mode of operation 1 Live Display Mode Icon allows users the ability view live video Die Search Mode Icon allows users the ability to search for recorded video 3 Setup Mode Icon allows Administrators and Power Users the ability configure systems Live Display Mode Features A live display mode shall be used to view video Point of Sale data and alarm information live The live display mode shall have the following features to navigate and view live video Le Layout Icons The VMS shall be used to organize the camera video view panel in the following patterns a l camera full screen layout b 4 camera 2x2 layout Cu 9 camera 3x3 layout d 12 camera 4x3 layout e 16 camera 4x4 layout f 20 camera 5x4 layout g 30 camera 6x5 layout ee 48 camera 8x6 layout 2 Navigation Tree The VMS shall display cameras alarms monitor Point of Sale and audio icons that are connected to the VMS server 3 Navigation Pane The VMS shall display a hierarchy of cameras audio input and serial port input icon
87. item or model number highlighted Photocopies with handwriting are not acceptable e Color samples for luminaires that require color selection f Ballast data sheets with the specific item or model number highlighted INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti g Lamp data sheets with the specific item or model number highlighted Hi Wiring diagrams for power signals and control wiring s Product certificates for each type of ballast for dimmer controlled fixtures signed by the product manufacturer Je Samples k Footcandle Layouts a Fixture Mock up proposed layout m All warranties for fixtures ballasts and lamps 2 If specification submittal does not list options or data as required but is indicated as Write In options a sample of luminaire must accompany the submittal SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT Submit under provisions of Section 260010 Submit a list of all fixtures installed in the system Submit data sheets for all fixtures installed with manufacturers operation and maintenance instruction for each type Submit replacement parts identification lists and tools required for all fixture types Submit a list of types of cleaners to be used on all fixture types Submit final As Built shop drawings QUALIFICATIONS Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documente
88. length between the transformer enclosure and the end of all rigid conduits and non flexible tubing The flexible conduit shall be installed with a minimum 45 bend in its length Motors Provide flexible conduit not exceeding 4 in length between the motor junction box and the end of all rigid conduits and non flexible tubings Provide sufficient slack to permit the motor to be moved over th ntire rang of adjustment in the motor base and sub base without stressing the flexible conduit or its connectors Other Adjustable Devices Provide flexible conduit at any device which has electrical connections and is adjusted for proper operation by sliding or rotating the mounting of the device Provide flexible conduit of sufficient length to permit the full range of adjustment allowed by the device mounting Prewired Furniture provide liquidtight metal conduit not exceeding 4 in length between floor wall box and furniture connection point for power and telecommunications At HVAC equipment on trapeze hangers or vibration isolators provide sufficient length of flexible conduit to accommodate the full range of normal motion without stressing the conduit or transmitting excessive mechanical forces to rigidly mounted conduit or building structures Install the flexible conduit in such a manner that a 90 bend is included in the length of flexible conduit Provide flexible conduits that are of sufficient length so they allow th
89. length of flexible duct held in place with strap or clamp Concealed areas only Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with adhesive Set plenum doors 6 to 12 above floor Arrange door swings so that fan static pressure holds door in closed position During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer s instructions NFPA 90A and follow SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible Provide backdraft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated DUCTWORK SYSTEMS 230890 6 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health P Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters coils fans automatic dampers at fire dampers combination fire and smoke dampers and elsewhere as indicated Provide for cleaning kitchen exhaust ductwork in accordance with NFPA 96 Provide minimum 8x8 size for hand access 18x18 size for shoulder access and as indicated Provide 4x4 for balancing dampers only Review locations prior to fabrication Ox Provid fir dampers at locations indicated where ducts and outlets pass through fire rated components and where required by authorities having jurisdiction Install with required perimeter mounting angles sleeves breakaway duct connections corrosion resistant springs bear
90. models are acceptabl Square D Model TVS2EMA16A Eaton Model SPD100208Y2K Siemens Energy amp Automation Model TPS3C0910000 GE Energy Model TME120Y080WMN1 Advanced Protection Technologies APT Model TE 2XF Transtector Systems Inc Model SPD120 Liebert Corporation Model ACTII120Y100RKE WAU BWNE TYPE L3 UNIT CRITICAL LOAD APPLICATIONS Voltage Rating 120 208V 3 phase 4 wir Application Distribution panel power receptacl or lighting panel on 120 208V system Supplying power to sensitive digital equipment Minimum modes of protection Common or Normal L N L G amp N G Minimum acceptable single pulse surge current capacity 60 000 amps per mode equivalent to 120 kA per phase Maximum acceptable voltage protection rating UL 1449 third edition L N Mode 700 volts The following models are acceptabl DISTRIBUTION SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 264313 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health abs Square D Model TVS2EMA12A De Eaton Model SPD120208Y2K oie Siemens Energy amp Automation Model TPS3C1220000 4 GE Energy Model TME120Y065WMN1 oe Transtector Systems Inc Model APEX Series 6 Northern Technology Model DMK C Series Ty Liebert Corporation Model H2120Y100R 01 PART 3 EXECUTION Bek INSTALLATION A The unit shall be installed in
91. one size larger than the pipe plus insulation Where sleeves occur in concrete floors the top of sleeve shall be flush with finished floor line and the end shall be filed to a smooth round finish This Contractor shall supply all pipe sleeves and shall inform general contractor of exact sleeve locations in time for their incorporation onto the concrete forms or masonry work Any cutting and patching in masonry or concrete made necessary by failure to adequate coordinate with the general contractor shall be done by the Masonry or Pre Cast Contractor at the expense of this contractor The space between pipes and sleeves shall be caulked air tight with a non combustible inorganic material UNIONS Unions shall be provided at all connections to each piece of equipment and on both sides of all automatic valves and devices which requires removal for m 1 aintenance No unions are to be placed in a location which will be inaccessible after the completion of the project Unions of copper tubing shall be 200 lbs SWP brass ground joint Unions for steel pipe shall be 250 lbs SWP malleable iron with brass to iron seat CLEARANCE All piping including valves and fittings shall be installed to provide the following minimum clearances between the finish coverings adjacent pipe and or conduits 2 between for piping services and 6 between piping services and elec
92. or LDAP features of an enterprise class network to authenticate users and determine which permissions they will have on each servers 2 Enterprise User Setup The VMS shall allow for a user s permissions to be configured across multiple servers from a single screen Si ulti Level Mapping The VMS shall allow maps to be embedded inside of maps When an event happens on a map that is embedded inside of a map VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health it shall transmit the alert to all icon on the parent map and all subsequent parent Overall Systems page the status of all servers currently connected any alarms or events that are currently occurring license information from each individual server O Third Party Software Integration The VMS methods of allowing third party integration Command The command line shall allow for the most basic of the appropriate video when requested using command API shall allow for a deeper interface al software line functionality lowing video to be transmitted parent maps and change the color of maps The VMS shall have a single page that displays This page shall display MAC addresses and shall have three 3 Line API and Web SDK interfaces calling up The interfac The Web SDK shall from the VMS software into the party softwar us the web server to transcode the video software
93. or junction or outlet box and elsewhere as indicated Exposed Cables and Cables in Cable Trays and Wire Troughs Label each cable at intervals not exceeding 100 feet Cable Schedule Post in prominent location in each wiring closet and equipment room List incoming and outgoing cables and their designations origins and destinations Protect with rigid frame and clear plastic cover Provide electronic copy of final comprehensive schedules for project in software and format selected by Owner Provid ngraved nameplates on all equipment racks cabinets and backboards to identify the service telephone video data etc and the unit name IDF 6 Backboard 3 MC 2 etc PART 3 EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine pathway elements intended for cable Check raceways cable trays and other elements for compliance with space allocations installation tolerances hazards to cable installation and other conditions affecting installation Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected INSTALLATION Install all cables in accordance with equipment manufacturers instructions and with recognized industry practices to ensure the installation complies with requirements of the NEC ANSI TIA EIA 568 C 1 Commercial Building ELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 15 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health
94. patch cords from the same manufacturer with qualified Category 6 cable 12 The 4 connector Category 6 channel performance margins in the table below shall be guaranteed provided the configuration satisfies requirement No 11 above Electrical Parameter Guaranteed Margins to 1 250MHz Category 6 Class E Channel Specifications Insertion Loss 3 NEXT 4 dB PSNEX 5 dB ELFEX 4 dB PSELFEXT 5 dB Return Loss 2 dB FACE PLATES AND UNLOADED MODULES Manufacturers 1 Hubbell Premise Wiring 2i ADC Krone 33 The Seimon Company 4 Amp Inc Basis of Design Hubbell Premise Wiring IMF Series Modular Faceplates and Modules Design Requirements 1 IMF Series Faceplates a Faceplates shall be constructed of Stainless Steel b Faceplates shall be 2 75 W x 4 5 H for single gang and 4 5 X 4 5 for double gang ci Faceplates shall accept modules loaded with Hubbell HXJ series series jacks and Hubbell Snap Fit fiber optic audio and video connectors for multimedia applications di Two 6 32 pan head Phillips slotted mounting screws shall be included with each single gang faceplate e Four 6 32 pan head Phillips slotted mounting screws shall be included with each double gang faceplate Ei Faceplates shall be compatible with standard NEMA openings and boxes g Faceplates shall be compatible with raceway fittings surface mount boxes service fittings service poles flush mount boxes and drywall rings 2 IMF Series
95. pipe materials pipe fittings valves and accessories Provide manufacturers catalogue information Indicate valve data and ratings Welders Certificate Include welders certification of compliance with ASME SEC 9 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Conform to ASME B31 9 code for installation of piping system Welding Materials and Procedures Conform to ASME SEC 9 and applicable state labor regulations PRODUCTS PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Conform to ASME B31 9 ASTM F708 MSS SP89 BALL VALVES Up To and Including 3 aie Manufacturers a Nibco pa Crane HVAC PIPING amp SPECIALTIES 230510 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Cs Stockham Dre Bronze two piece body bronze ball Teflon seats and stuffing box ring lever handle with balancing stops solder or threaded ends 2 63 CONDENSATE PIPING A Copper Tubing ASTM B88 Type L hard drawn 1 Fittings ASME B16 23 cast bronze or ASME B16 29 wrought copper Doy Joints ASTM B32 solder Grade 95TA B PVC Pipe ASTM D2729 Es Fittings PVC Dia Joints ASTM D2855 solvent weld PART EXECUTION Zed PREPARATION A Ream pipe and tube ends Remove burrs B Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly Ce Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions D Keep open ends of pipe f
96. prior to rough in SEL INSTALLATION A Install conduit in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation except paragraphs on Mounting Height Be Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Ca Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation Dy Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps lay in adjustable hangers clevis hangers and split hangers E Group related conduits support using conduit rack Construct rack using steel channel provide space on each for 25 additional conduits F Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of Section 260010 G Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps Remove wire used for temporary supports H Do not attach conduit to suspended ceiling support wires I Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance J Route conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls K Route conduit installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls L Route conduit in stone gravel fill under slab from point to point M aintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping RACEWAYS AND BOX 260533 6 El n 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health AA BB Cc EEs GG HH Maintain 12 clearance between conduit and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 F Cut conduit square using saw or pipe cutter de burr cut en
97. provide for an unlimited number of password restricted operator access levels This feature shall restrict access to sensitive programming functions to authorized personnel only The highest level password shall have access to all system databases and functions Each password shall be individually programmable to restrict operator access to programming and operator function commands and database access and alarm point and control point functions The system shall limit the ability to upgrade or update the software to the system master only In addition the system shall allow for the implementation of strong passwords for increased system security for log on and authentication Strong passwords shall be a minimum of six 6 characters long using at least three of the following four classes English uppercase letters English lower case letters Arabic numerals and non alphanumeric special characters The AS M system shall provide and audit feature to maintain an historical record of what changes were made and who made them The A SM system must utilize 128 bit Rijndael NSA Standard encrypted data communication between all networked area controller and terminals Additionally the communication path including fiber RS 485 dial up and network connections between the host PC and area controllers will also utilize 128 bit encryption The software must include and embedded training program that utilizes video sound AVI files to train operators h
98. requirements and UPS sizing Ies A description of the operating system and application hardware SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A Submit under provisions of Section 260010 B Provide manuals including operating instructions maintenance recommendations parts lists riser diagrams wiring and connection diagrams and termination diagrams modified to reflect as built conditions EXTRA MATERIALS A Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed are packaged with protective covering for storage and are identified with labels describing contents 1 Keypad Furnish 1 of each type and rating installed Zi Motion Detector Furnish 5 of each type and rating installed 3 Door Position Contacts Furnish at least 2 of each type and rating installed INTRUSION DETECTION SYST 281600 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health eal Z PART 2 t WARRANTY Provide the warranty specified in Section 260010 PRODUCTS ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Digital Monitoring Products Inc DMP EQUIPMENT Security Central Station Control System Software Hardware The combination Security Central Station Control System shall as manufactured by Digital Monitoring Products Inc DMP Security Control Unit Provide access control unit that includes all the required controls auxiliary power supplies batteries and modems to operate the secu
99. restraints on audio recording in some jurisdictions To assign a new logical name for the audio input channel the user shall highlight the default name and type the new name The user shall enable the audio input channel by selecting a checkbox A listen feature shall allow verification of the audio input connected to a channel The user shall select a checkbox to hear the audio from the corresponding input channel To stop the live audio feed the user shall deselect the checkbox Trigger Input Setup The VMS software shall be used to configure input BES GG HH trigger names and the Normal State NO Normally Open and NC Normally Closed of the triggers The user shall assign new logical names and optionally change the Normal State from the default of NO to NC The user shall verify the proper operation of the input state on the Trigger Input setup screen by observing the Status state which shall switch between Normal and Alarm By default the Normal State shall be set to NC Normally Closed The Status state shall switch from a green NORMAL to a red ALARM indicating that an alarm has been detected The alarm shall be linked to an action such as recording video or triggering a relay by use of the Event Linking feature larm Output Setup The VMS software shall be used to configure alarm utput names and set the Normal State of the IP camera s output triggers he user shall assign new log
100. shall not be proprietary to the system manufacturer Tt shall be of adequate size and processing power to support the following minimum capacities 1 Workstations 1 expandable to 50 including the host computer Bis Printers 2 expandable to 10 3x Card readers Unlimited 4 Alarm inputs Unlimited Des Control output points Unlimited 6 Cards up to 100 000 The A SM system shall incorporate distributed processing Access Control Units ACU s also classified as Remote Access Memory Modules RAMM shall provide an intelligent interface between point monitoring devices classified as Card Reader Processors BLP S card readers and the A SM computer Point monitoring and access control messages from field installed devices shall be collected by the ACU s and transmitted to the A SM computer Communications between the A SM computer and the workstations shall be over a contractor provided communications circuit and shall be fully supervised Access Control System 281300 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health The A SM system shall be capable of granting access through controlled doors with the use of the following reader technologies 1 Proximity 125kHz or 13 56 MHz Dive Encrypted barcode 3 agnetic stripe 4 Keypad 5 Card and pin 6s Biometric devices Th Smart cards The A SM system shall be capable of monitoring the alarm in
101. that would prevent proper testing adjusting and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance Provide reports in binder manuals complete with index page and indexing tabs with cover identification at front and side Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets and indicating thermostat locations Test Reports Indicate data on Standard AABC or NEBB Forms QUALIFICATIONS Agency Company specializing in the testing adjusting and balancing of systems specified in this Section with AABC or NEBB Certification SEQUENCING Sequence work to commence after completion of systems and schedule completion of work before Substantial Completion of Project TESTING ADJUSTING amp BALANCING 230990 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART PRODUCTS Not Used PAR EXECUTION Sel AGENCIES A By Mechanical Contractor BZ EXAMINATION A Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work Ensure the following conditions T Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition 2 Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable 3 Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment 4 Final filters are clean and in place If required install temporary media in addition to
102. the capability to create and organize views into folders Es Video Tours The VMS software shall have the capability to automatically cycle through two or more saved views to create a Video Tour by selecting th desired views typing a description of the tour A dwell time shall determin th amount of time in seconds that each view remains in the Video View Panel befor th next view is displayed The tour shall be activated by clicking on the saved tour description icon visible in the View Navigation pane J Search Mode Overview The VMS software shall be used to search for and play back recorded video audio and events from VMS servers The system shall also be capable of performing searches on multiple cameras based on specific criteria The VMS search software shall have the following features Ta Input Selection Tree a list of camera s audio input s or text data to search 2 Navigation Pane a list of cameras video audio and events organized by cameras groups maps and views 3 Video Time Lin a time line of video displayed in increments of 5 minutes or 1 8 or 24 hours 4 Zoom In and Zoom Out Buttons zooms in and out on the video time line Bris Camera Selection List a list of cameras that have been selected from the camera selection tree 6 Video Cursor selects the segment of video to play back Single clicking shall move the video cursor t
103. the project PART PRODUCTS Not Used PAR EXECUTION Stal INSTALLATION A Install equipment to permit removal of components and parts which require periodic replacement or maintenance Arrange pipes ducts and equipment to permit access to valves gauges starters motors doors and access panels B Provide access panels in equipment ducts etc as required for inspection and maintenance 342 PIPING INSTALLATION A In general piping shall b xposed in equipment rooms and concealed in all finished rooms Where piping is exposed it shall be run so as to allow maximum headroom consistent with proper pitch No piping or ductwork shall cross below the head of any window or door B Exposed piping ducts conduits and or appurtenances indicated on the inside of buildings shall be installed parallel to the building lines All piping shall be kept as close as possible to the ceilings and walls and columns to take up the minimum amount of space Cre All work shall be arranged and installed as high as possible to prevent obstruction of window areas and to give adequate clearance and access for operation and maintenance MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 7 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti SLEEVES Where pipes pass through concrete or masonry walls or concrete floors they shall be protected through the full depth of the construction with galvanized sleeves same to be at least
104. used jointing methods supports floor and wall penetration seals Indicate installation layout weights mounting and support details and piping connections Shop Drawings Indicate hydraulic calculations detailed pipe layout hangers nd supports components and accessories Indicate system controls ow Product Data Provide data on sprinkler heads valves and specialties including manufacturers catalogue information Submit performance ratings rough in details weights support requirements and piping connections Submit shop drawings product data and hydraulic calculations to authority having jurisdiction Fire Marshall and Owner s insuranc underwriter for approval Submit proof of approval to Architect Engineer Obtain approval prior to start of any work QUALITY ASSURANC El Sprinkler Systems Perform work to NFPA 13 Fire Marshall Local Authority UL Welding Materials and Procedures Perform to ASME Code FIRE PROTECTION 230300 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 2 Valves Bear UL or FM label or marking Provide manufacturer s name and pressure rating marked on valve body EXTRA MATERIALS Provide extra sprinkler heads under provisions of NFPA 13 Provide suitable wrenches for each head type Provide metal storage cabinet in location designated PRODUCTS SPRINKLER PIPING BURIED Cast Iron Pipe ANSI AWWA C151 Cement lined duct
105. with attachment plug as indicated or required Provide cord and cap where field supplied attachment plug as indicated or required E Provide suitable strain relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes Bis Install disconnect switches controllers control stations and control devices as indicated or required G Modify equipment control wiring with terminal block jumpers as indicated or required zJ EQUIPMENT WIRING SYSTEMS 260180 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health H Provide interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment as indicated or required I Modify as required for the installation of lug adapters crimp on reducers and hardware as necessary to terminate conductors on equipment END OF SECTION 260180 EQUIPMENT WIRING SYSTEMS 260180 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 SECTION 260519 ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Conductors and Cables Metal Clad Cable Wiring Connectors and Connections REFERENCES ANSI NFPA 70 National Electrical Code NETA ATS Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment International Electrical Testing Association SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW Submit a letter stating that all equi
106. 00 9 0 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 1 Hubbell Premise Wiring Des ADC Krone 3e The Seimon Company 4 Amp Inc Bie Basis of Design Hubbell Premise Wiring NEXTSPEED Category 6 Jacks Cy Design Requirements Tr Jacks shall be standard 8 position RJ 45 style un keyed FCC compliant 2 Jacks shall be designed for 4 pair 100 ohm balanced unshielded twisted pair UTP cable 3u Each jack shall be single unit construction with snap fit to industry standard keystone opening 760 x 580 4 Jack housings shall be high impact UL 94 V 0 rated thermoplastic oye Jacks shall have a temperature rating of 10 C 14 F to 70 C 158 F 6 Jack housings shall fully encase and protect printed circuit boards and IDC fields Te odular jack contacts shall accept a minimum of 2000 mating cycles without degradation of electrical or mechanical performance 8 Jack contacts shall maintain a minimum deflection force of 100 grams while mated with an FCC standard RJ 45 plug 9 Jack contacts shall be constructed of Beryllium copper for maximum spring force and durability 10 IDC contacts shall be Phosphor Bronze with 100 micro inch tin lead 60 40 plating over nickel 11 Jacks shall terminate 26 22 AWG solid or stranded conductors 12 Jacks shall terminate insulated conductors with outside diameters up to 050 13 Jacks shall not require special cords specialty tools or s
107. 10 100 of unit equivalent cataloged airflow Dis Cooling setpoint low and high limit ax Low 30 F 100 F b High 30 F 120 F 6 Heating setpoint high and low limit 30 F 100 F Wise Hot water valve drive time 8 Air valve drive time Qs Additional Status Information Available Ex Active cooling setpoint Zis Active heating setpoint Bic Current unit primary airflow 4 Current zone temperatur 5s Reheat status on off 6 Fan status on off Ta Calibration status calibrating not calibrating R Provide DDC Sensor with setpoint knob and LED display VAV VARITRAC UNITS BYPASS DAMPERS A The damper actuator shall be a synchronous motor driven actuator with a 3 wire connection terminal strip and is factory installed This non spring return actuator shall have a 53 lb in running torque and a 1 minute 90 travel time The coupler shall fit over the round shaft of the damper The actuator shall require 2 5 VA at the nominal 24 VAC 50 60 Hz B Rectangular Bypass Damper General Data Damper frames shall be constructed with formed 18 ga galvaqnized steel mechanically joined with linkage concealed in the side channel Self lubricating nylon bearings shall provide support and alignment for blade movement The blades shall be 18 ga galvanized steel with 4 of 5 nominal width These shall be opposed rotation blades set in the frame mounted in a 16 long sheet metal casing The metal casing shall
108. 1449 Most Recent Edition UL 1449 Third Edition Voltage protection rating and short circuit current rating must be clearly stated etal Oxide Varistors MOVs are to be utilized as the primary suppression components 1 Suppression systems shall not employ any other technologies such as gas tubes spark gap devices selenium devices or filters Enclosures ds Units located in indoor environments shall be provided in heavy duty NEMA 1 or better rated enclosure 2i Units located in outdoor environments shall be provided in heavy duty NEMA 3R or better rated enclosure oie Refer to the drawings to determine whether units are for indoor or outdoor applications 4 Refer to the drawings to determine whether units are for flush mount or surface mount installations aie SDP units may be installed internal integral to the gear All units shall have active indicator lights which shall extinguish when protection has failed Units must be supplied as part of distribution equipment where UL listed as a complete assembly Disconnect switch overcurrent protection fey See Part 3 1 for more information regarding this feature 10 year unconditional warranty TYPE L1 UNIT NON CRITICAL SERVICE ENTRANCE APPLICATIONS Type 1 or 2 SPD Voltage Rating 120 208V 3 phase 4 wir Application Service entrance panels only Minimum modes of protection Common or Normal L N L G am
109. 2 PRODUCTS Zag l MANUFACTURERS A Cooper Bussman B Littlefuse Inc Gt Ferraz Shawmut 22 FUSE REQUIREMENTS A Dimensions and Performance NEMA FU 1 Class as specified or indicated Bx Voltage Provide fuses with voltage rating suitable for circuit phase to phase voltage Ce All fuses in the power distribution system shall be by the same manufacturer D ain Service Switches Larger than 600 amperes Current Limiting Class L time delay E otor Load Feeder Switches Current Limiting Class RK1 time delay F otor Branch Circuits Class RK5 time delay G Parallel service and feeder cables cable limiters 23 SPARE FUSE CABINET A Description Wall mounted sheet metal cabinet suitably sized to store spare fuses and fuse pullers specified B Doors Hinged with hasp for Owner s padlock Ce Finish Primed and painted medium gray PART 3 EXECUTION SeN INSTALLATION A Install fuses in accordance with manufacturer s instructions B Install fuse with label oriented such that manufacturer type and size are easily read C2 Install spare fuse cabinet where directed by Owner Dy Provide an adhesive label inside each enclosure or compartment indicating the size and type of replacement fuse to be installed Where multiple sizes or types of fuses are installed in a single enclosure placement or coding of labels shall clearly indicate the fuses to which the labels refer FUSES 262813 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Heal
110. 2 3 DTE Power specification to 4 times the rated current limits with no degradation of performance or materials 9 3 Cable shall be third party verified error free Gigabit Ethernet performance to IEEE 802 3 standard 10 Cable shall exceed the requirements of TIA TSB 155 10 Gb s Ethernet Operation over 55 Meters Channel Length 11 Cable shall meet or xceed th 4 connector channel performance requirements of Category 6 per the ANSI TIA EIA 568 B 2 1 standard 12 The 4 connector channel test configuration shall utilize Category 6 jacks and patch panels with Category 6 patch cords from the same manufacturer with qualified Category 6 cable 13 The 4 connector channel performance margins in the table below shall be guaranteed provided the configuration satisfies requirement No 12 above Electrical Guaranteed Margins to Parameter Category 6 Class E 1 250MHz Channel Specifications Insertion Loss 3 3 NEXT 4 dB PSNEX 5 dB ELFEX 4 dB PSELFEXT 5 dB Return Loss 2 dB UTP PATCH CABLES FOR DATA A Manufacturers E Hubbell Premise Wiring 2 ADC Krone 3 The Seimon Company 4 Amp Inc B Basis of Design Hubbell Premise Wiring NEXTSPEED Category 6 Patch cords Cy Design Requirements Le Category 6 patch cords shall be constructed with a smoke colored polycarbonate plug having vertically staggered trifurcated contacts ea
111. 2AVE228 PMW UNV EB101I HE Williams DI series 2 x4 fluorescent recessed pI Lithonia 2AV series direct indirect troffer YNY 5 28 F28W15 839 2LE BC Coronet TSSW series Daybrite 2AVE214 PMW UNV EB101I HE Williams DI series 2 x2 fluorescent recessed Me Lithonia 2AV series direct indirect troffer UNV 2 a F14WI5 835 l 2LE ps Coronet TSSW series Daybrite 2AVE214 PMW UNV EB101I E5 Se HE William DI serie 2 x2 fluorescent recessed Boe ey z direct indirect troffer with UNV 2 14 F14WT5 835 1 2LE RC 4 Lithonia 2AV series Smersency ballsst Coronet TSSW series gency S Day Brite 2SPG228R FS12 UNV 1 2 EB Columbia 2ST8 series 2 x4 fluorescent lensed F4 Lithonia 2SP5 series troffer UNY 2 ae Peele l RDE Re Metalux 2GC series Alkco ARIS 21 301 120 PRL HWC AMB21 ps aan AUCLED series 21 undercabinet UNV 3 LED 1 LED Uc 1 2 Lumentask LUC series Tech Lighting 700UCF series Alkco ARIS 41 301 120 PRL HWC AMB41 po Kerall AO EES 41 undercabinet UNV LED 1 LED Uc 1 2 Lumentask LUC series Tech Lighting 700UCF series Daybrite SWN228 UNV 1 2 EB F7 Columbia AW series 1 x4 fluorescent surface UNV 2 28 F28WT5 835 1 ILE RC Lithonia LB series wraparound Metalux WS series Chloride CXXL3RW F8 Emergi Lite WPREMDN series LED exit sign with battery UNV 7 LED T T SW SC 3 Lithonia LQM series pack Sure Lites LPX series Chloride PLACEMW Emergi Lite LUX series 6 above F9 Lithonia AFN series Remote Head UNV Xenon SW d
112. 5 provided the configuration satisfies requirement No 9 above ELECTRICAL PARAMETER GUARANTEED MARGINS TO CATEGORY 6 CLASS 1 250 MHZ E CHANNEL SPECIFICATIONS Insertion Loss 3 5 NEXT 4 dB PSNEX 5 dB ELFEX 4 dB PSELFEXT 5 dB Return Loss 2 dB Provide two patch cables for every connected patch panel ports TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT TELEPHONE BLOCKS Manufacturers T Hubbell Premise Wiring Das ADC Krone 3 The Seimon Company 4 Amp Inc Basis of Design Hubbell Premise Wiring 110 Cross Connect Design Requirements dss 2 oO Category 5e 110 wiring blocks shall be available in 50 pair 100 pair and 300 pair capacities with or without detachable standoff legs Wiring blocks shall be available as kits that include wiring blocks label strips and the appropriate quantity of connecting blocks for termination to full capacity Connecting blocks shall also be available separately Connecting blocks shall accommodate a 5 pair punch down tool designed specifically for the purpose of Category 5e termination Wiring blocks and connecting blocks shall be constructed of UL94 V0 rated high impact flame retardant polycarbonate blend thermoplastic Wiring blocks shall accept 26 22 AWG solid or stranded conductors Wiring blocks shall accept conductor insulation d
113. 6 from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements using materials and methods specified in Division 7 Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters benches and backsplashes and beside lavatory partitions mirrors lavatory fixtures and changes in architectural finishes Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaries positioned as shown on reflected ceiling plan Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes which are indicated to be mounted at the same height Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit corner only Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening Provide minimum 24 separation or as required by code in fire rated walls Do not install flush mounting box back to back in walls provide minimum 6 separation Provide minimum 24 separation in acoustic rated walls Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires Support boxes independently of
114. 6 jacks shall exceed 10 Gb s transmission requirements for connecting hardware under the constraints of ANSI TIA TSB 155 current draft 4 The manufacturer shall provide Category 6 component compliance certificates from third party testing organization upon request Jacks shall be UL LISTED 1863 and CSA certified 6 Jacks shall exceed IEEE 802 3 DTE Power specification to 4 times the rated current limits with no degradation of performance or materials Oo TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 10 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 7 Jacks shall be third party verified error free Gigabit Ethernet performance to IEEE 802 3 standard 8 Jacks shall exceed 4 Gb s data transmission capacity within the bandwidth of 1 250 MHz when configured in a 4 connector channel Iis Jacks shall exceed the 4 connector channel performance requirements of Category 6 per the ANSI TIA EIA 568 C 2 standard 10 Jacks shall xceed th 4 connector Category channel performance requirements for 10 Gb s transmission over Category 6 according to IA TSB 155 current draft 11 The 4 connector channel test configuration shall utilize Category 6 patch panels and Category 6
115. A Conform to requirements of ANSI NFPA 70 B Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc ora testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Deliver store protect and handle Products to site under provisions of Section 260010 B Accept conduit on site Inspect for damage C Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade Provide appropriate covering D Protect non metallic conduit from sunlight PROJECT CONDITIONS A Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings B Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough in Cx Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned Route as required to complete wiring system RACEWAYS AND BOX 260533 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health El n PART 2 ti WARRANTY Provide the warranty specified in section 260010 PRODUCTS CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS Minimum Size 3 4 unless otherwise specified Where control devices are provided with 1 2 knockouts or hubs 3 8 or 1 2 flexible conduit not exceeding 3 in length may be installed between the devic and a junction box or conduit fitting Underground Installations Use galvanized rigid steel conduit or nonmetallic conduit as indicated Ts Minimum
116. AE Guide Unless otherwise noted ductwork shall be galvanized steel B All ductwork seams and joints shall be caulked with white silicone caulking and taped before caulking compound cures In lieu of caulk and tape ductwork may be sealed with Benjamin Foster 30 02 duct seal or Cadoprene 725 installed per manufacturer s instructions Ce For use on ductwork 18 size and larger in any dimension the system shall consist of angles corners PCV cleats gaskets and corner clips Install the system in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions and installation manuals Joints shall meet SMACNA Type J connection for Systems 35 and SMACNA Type E for System 25 Duct connection system shall be similar to Ductmate by Ductmate Industries Inc DUCTWORK SYSTEMS 230890 7 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health tid All branch connections shall be made in a manner that leaves no exposed liner edges No pipe or conduit and no hangers for ceilings or piping shall pass through ducts unless it is impossible to avoid doing so in which case the approval of the Architects shall be obtained before proceeding with the work hould vibrations occur in ductwork while the system is in operation this ontractor shall install such additional stiffening members as are necessary to vercome this vibration All ductwork where vibration occurs shall be isolated t points of contact with the building by felt pads neatly
117. Camera and Encoder Support The VMS software shall have an open architecture supporting IP cameras and encoders from multiple manufacturers providing best of breed solutions ranging from low cost entry level features to high resolution megapixel features A minimum of eight 8 IP camera manufacturers shall be supported from leading companies such as ACTi Arecont Vision AXIS Basler IQinVision ioimage Panasonic Sanyo Sony StarDot and Vivotek VMS Client Server Architecture The VMS software shall be based on a Client Server architecture that provides a scalable platform whereby each computer on a network is a client a server or both a client and a server simultaneously VMS Client Software A client is a computer system that accesses a remote service on another computer through a TCP IP network The VMS Client software displays and searches live and recorded video audio and alarms and administers the VMS Server configurations 1 One VMS Client application shall be installed in two different configurations depending on requirements The VMS Client shall have the same features functions and user interfac in ither configuration The first client installation configuration shall be referred to as a Local Client meaning the client resides on the same system that is local to the server The second installation shall be referred to as a Remote Client meaning it is installed on a different computer that is remote fro
118. Dis Duct detector housing shall consist of a base which is common to the spot type automatic detection devices 34 The duct detector shall be rated for the air velocities temperatures and humidity expected during normal operation of the air handling system 4 The housing shall contain test ports for measuring airflow and testing Be Auxiliary relay s shall be provided for the shutdown of the associated air handling unit s Locate this relay within 3 of the units control panel or starter Remote Indicator Provide remote indicators as required All duct smoke detectors installed in concealed spaces shall be provided with a remote indicator consisting of alarm LED installed below the unit in order to facilitate locating the unit for testing and maintenance purposes Coordinate remote indicator locations with Owner Engineer before roughing in eal Z DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTI 283111 9 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health D Weat comp herproof Enclosures Where indicated or required provide enclosure lying with NEMA 250 requirements for Type 4X Where subject to ambient temp stri PROJ A Desc sepa beam B Proj 1 Qi beam Remote tran main D Indo Remote ratures below the rating of the duct smoke detector provide insulation p heater power supplies and thermostat ECTED BEAM SMOKE DETECTORS ription Infrar
119. E DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL SCOP CJ execution and complete installation of surge protective devices REFERENCE STANDARDS Work under this section consists of furnishing all materials necessary for the A Underwriters Laboratories Inc Standard No 1449 latest edition B IEEE Standard C62 45 C62 41 latest edition Cx National Electrical Code Article 240 21 Equipment complying with tap conductor rules and Article 110 9 Interrupting Capacity Dis Manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 Certified SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A Submit under provisions of Section 260010 B Shop Drawings The following items shall be submitted for review and approval T Submit booklet to include the following a Reference to specification section b A list of all equipment to be provided and installed om Data sheets to indicate rating dimensions and finishes with the specific item or model number highlighted d Data sheet shall also include type of unit and the protected panels name or reference number I E Type H2 Panels CP1 CP2 amp CP3 Cx Design Test Documentation Submit or have on file at the Engineer s office F UL 1449 Third Edition documentation showing Voltage Protection Ratings VPR and Engineering Considerations Qo Provide test documentation demonstrating that the device has survived the
120. E SCHEDULE INTERPRETATION necessarily limited to lamps ballasts reflectors lenses and or louvers sockets holders suspension accessories pendants canopies recessing boxes plaster frames and similar items completely wired assembled installed and Every luminaire symbol shall have a luminaire number unless otherwise directed been assigned a type and wattage as directed by the The first name luminaire manufacturer and catalog number is the Basis of Design for the intended usage Additional luminaire manufacturers and catalog series of luminaries isted in the Luminaire Scheduled or added thru addenda are approved equals and may be subject to sample review footcandle layout for rooms utilizing luminaire and or a mock up for Engineer r approval will be given MAINTENANCE MATERIALS Provide 2 of each special tool required for maintenance PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 11 054 EXECUTION LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE view before final Refer to Luminaire Schedule attached to the following pages LUMINATRE SCHEDULE 265200 1 00 Palmyra Borough Municipal Building SECTION 265200 LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE Lamps Ballasts Mtg Mark Manufacturer Catalog Number Description Volts Mtg Hei ht Notes No Watts Type No Type eg Daybrite
121. Each IP camera shall be individually configurable If a camera has been connected to a VMS server and the camera is producing a video signal the VMS Client software shall automatically detect the video Signal and record video To disable recording the user shall select a checkbox The VMS software shall be used to change individual camera resolutions by clicking on a record resolution drop down menu and selecting QCIF CIF 2CIF Dl VGA 1M 1 2M 1 3M 1 9M 2M 3 1M 5M or 10M resolution Camera resolutions shall vary depending on the IP cameras selected and added to the VMS server IP Camera Setup The VMS software shall be used to configure individual IP camera settings such as camera name onscreen display PTZ preset settings and tours digital PTZ presets video settings brightness contrast saturation and sharpness recording quality compression format MPEG 4 H 264 or JPEG pre motion recording crop window motion masks sensitivity percentage include and exclude and video masks Some of the settings shall vary depending on the type model and features of IP camera selected and added to the VMS server VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 13 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health DD Audio Input Setup The VMS software shall be used to configure audio input names and enable audio inputs for recording The VMS software shall be installed with the audio inputs disabled due to legal
122. Express ODBC SQL compliant 4 emory 2 GB DDRAM 5 Hard disk size 500 GB 6 Display monitor 17 color flat panel screen e Resolution 1280 x 1024 pixels 8 Keyboard mouse standard Install Software on owner furnished Computer meeting the above specs SINGLE READER AREA CONTROLLER The Area Controller shall be n IP based unit that provides complete local distributed processing based on local storage of all hardware operating parameters and cardholder record details of the Access Control System The Area Controller shall be connected to Reader interface modules using RS 485 communications or via TCP IP Ethernet network connection The Area Controller shall have onboard support for one 1 or two 2 Card readers supporting a single door as well as two 2 programmable inputs and two 2 relay outputs The Area Controller shall be Power over Ethernet PoE capable Provide one 1 MAXxess eMAX EP1501 Area controller Access Control System 281300 10 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 4 READER INTERFACE MODULE A The Local Controller shall be an intelligent controller that contains all onfigurations and cardholder he unit is easy to install a details for the SMS system The LAC is an c based network ready interface panel that is low cost and high performing nd provides the I O needed for controlling or two doors with power over Ethernet for
123. GULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Conform to requirements of ANSI NFPA 70 B Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc ora testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown E9 WARRANTY A Provide the warranty specified in Section 260010 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 ROD ELECTRODE A Material Copper clad steel B Diameter 3 4 Cx Length 10 Drees MECHANICAL CONNECTORS A Material Bronze 225 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS A Material Copper alloy or copper 2 4 WIRE A Material Stranded copper B Foundation Electrodes 2 0 AWG Cr Grounding Electrode Conductor Size to meet NFPA 70 requirements 289 MAIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUND BUS A Material tinned copper busbar By Size 4 x12 min Ca Mounting Insulated stand off D Location Service Entrance Telecommunications Backboard GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ADDITIONAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUND BUS A Material tinned copper busbar Bs Size As required Cr Mounting Insulated stand off D Location MDF Room PART 3 EXECUTION Swel EXAMINATION A Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before
124. IPING UNDER FLOORS Wherever piping conduits and associated materials is run under a floor slab on grade the work is to be installed after the sub grade has been brought to the proper level The work shall then be installed and backfilled allowed to settle and refilled before placing crushed stone fill INSERTS Except as noted provide box type inserts for all hangers and supports intended to suspend piping or light weight equipment from new concrete construction Fasten all inserts to the form work before concrete is poured Inserts to be Grinnell Figure No 282 or Figure No 279 depending upon the maximum load to be carried No toggle bolts expansion screw anchors or similar imbedded hanger supports shall be used in new construction CHASES AND OPENINGS IN FLOORS AND WALLS It shall be the duty of the Contractor requiring chases openings or the placement of any sleeves anchors and supports required for his work whether or not shown on the drawings to advise the General Contractor accordingly prior to or at the time of pouring concrete slabs beams or the building of walls etc He shall furnish all such sleeves anchors and supports in place and all necessary information for the proper location of said chases or openings If a contractor shall fail to observe and comply with those requirements he shall cut at his own expense after receiving the consent of the Architect such chases or openin
125. Inputs Binary inputs are provided for occupied unoccupied and priority shutdown Each input shall require should the function be desired an isolated ungrounded remote contact The contacts must be capable of passing 15 mA of DC current Dimensions 8 67 220 mm high 10 24 260 mm wide 2 61 66 mm deep in a plastic enclosure Power 20 to 30 VAC 30 VA dedicated external transformer required Optional Operator Display The optional operator display is a backlit liquid crystal display with touchscreen programming capability The operator can access system and zone status through the display and perform basic setup of zone VAC UCMs and CCP system operating parameters The display allows an installer to commission a VariTrac system without using a PC The operator display has a 7 day time clock for stand alone scheduling capability Operator Display Feature Summary ls Backlit LCD touch screen display for easy operator interface Zi Combination of icon and menu based navigation provides intuitive operation 3 s Provides a level of control for the daily operator and a second level for commissioning and service HVAC EQUIPMENT 230835 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti 4 Three levels of security are available to protect system settings 5i Seven day time clock for stand alone time of day scheduling ELECTRIC WALL HEATERS EWH 1 Electric
126. J NATURAL GAS PIPING ABOVE GRADI Steel Pipe ASTM A53 or A120 Schedule 40 black Ez Fittings ASME B16 3 malleable iron or ASTM A234 forged steel welding type 2x Joints NFPA 54 threaded or welded to ANSI B31 1 ASME Sec 1 WALL HYDRANT P 7 Wall hydrant shall be Zurn 1300 encased non freeze type with 3 4 solder inlet bronze casing nickel bronz face brass operating parts renewable nylon seat vacuum breaker and operating key lock FLOOR DRAIN P 9 Furnish and install floor drain model Z415 as manufactured by Zurn Unit shall have durable cast iron body nickel bronze adjustable strainer and inside caulk outlet Contractor shall install with deep seal trap and Proset Trap Seal FLOOR DRAIN P 10 Furnish and install floor drain Zurn Model 2 525 Unit shall be 10 diameter medium duty with durable cast iron body with bottom outlet It6 shall provide vertical adjustment and be equipped with anti tilt slotted grate and seepage pan Contractor shall install with deep seal trap and ProSet Trap Seal PLUMBING PIPING amp SPECIALTIES 230410 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 14 LS 16 17 BACKFLOW PREVENTER Backflow Preventer shall be Watts Regulator Series 909 or equal with strainer Approved equal WATER HAMMER ARRESTER Water hammer arresters shall be the Hydra Rester as manufactured by Sioux Chief Manufacturin
127. JPEG image stream with four selectable quality values from the webpage interfac The IP dome camera shall have quality control over the MJPEG image stream with 86 selectable compression values from the API interface The IP dome camera shall conform to the ONVIF standard The IP dome camera shall conform to the PSIA standard T E802 3af Class1 he IP dome camera shall b Power over Ethernet IE compliant for indoor outdoor applications The IP dome camera shall have an integrated 3 13mm megapixel IR corrected varifocal lens with F1 4 and 1 3 optical format The IP dome camera shall provide a cast aluminum housing polycarbonate ome and inner liner he IP dome camera shall provide protection against water and dust up to IP66 NEMA4 standards The IP dome camera shall be designed to be surface mounted to a wall or ceiling and pendant or wall mounted with optional accessories The IP dome camera shall be designed to be mounted to a single or ouble gang outlet box with optional accessory he IP dome camera shall have a 3 axis gimbal with providing 360 pan 0 tilt and 350 azimuth for easy camera positioning he IP dome camera minimum illumination requirement to produce an image n color mode will be 0 10 lux 0 01 fc with an F1 4 lens The IP dome camera shall provide motorized IR filter that will automatically switch from color to monochrome enhancing low lighting or in applications where IR illumina
128. Lebanon Ridge Oral Health D Provide power and interconnecting wiring to all equipment required by the Hardware Manufacturers Doors shall operate as described in the notes of the Hardware Package ti Contractor is responsible for damaged equipment if it has been connected without consulting the equipment suppliers point to point wiring diagrams PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 CORDS AND PLUG SETS A Refer to Section 260726 22 RACEWAY AND POWER CONDUCTORS A Refer to Sections 260533 and 260519 as appropriate PART 3 EXECUTION Sal EXAMINATION A Verify that equipment is ready for electrical connection wiring and energization Be Verify that all motors rotate in the correct direction Correct the connections for motors which do not Cx Verify that unit requirements match specified circuit sizes Notify mechanical co ntractor and engineer of any discrepancies Sig Z ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A Provide electrical connections in accordance with equipment manufacturer s instructions B Provide conduit connections to equipment using liquidtite flexible metallic conduit Use liquidtite flexible metallic conduit with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations C Provide wiring connections using wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered in heat producing equipment D Provide receptacle outlet where connection
129. Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 10 Ll 13 Removable Rear Knockout Panel a 1 2 inch 3 4 inch 1 inch and 1 1 2 inch electrical knockouts installed in top and bottom b 5 8 inch BNC knockouts for UHF VHF antennas installed in top 14 Grounding and Bonding Stud 1 4 20 by 1l inch threaded installed in base allows installation to conform to NEC Provide the following accessories for ALL racks E Caster Base a Standard Caster Base Model CBS WRK 32 1 Adds 1 inch to overall height 2 Total Weight Capacity of 4 Casters 1 300 pounds 3 UL Listed US and Canada b Fine Floor Friendly Caster Base Model CBS WRK 32R 1 Adds 1 inch to overall height 2 Total Weight Capacity of 4 Casters 700 pounds 2 Rail Bracket Adapters Model RBA W44 1 a Allow for mounting of blank or other panels vertically between rackrail brackets b 44 space enclosures n Lacer Strip 11 gauge steel heavily perforated 77 inches long Model s ACE 44 OWP 4 Additional Rail Kit 11 gauge steel 10 32 threaded in pairs includes hardware Model WRK RR 44 Seismic compliancy floor anchor kit Wrinkle touch up paint Ganging hardware Copper buss bar Document pocket 0 Leveling Feet a Isolated or Non isolated Dis 3 8 inch threaded steel adjustable from top or bottom Ce Adds 1 4 inch to 1 inch to rack overall height 11 Inner platform base Model BS WRK 32 12 All equipment mounting hardware required 13 Blank
130. MPEG 4 Part 10 and MJPEG video compression with simultaneous streaming of both image formats The IP dome camera shall use Main Profile MP for mainstream consumer broadcast and storage applications The IP dome camera H 264 encoded video stream shall support full real ime video frame rate of 30fps at a maximum resolution of HD720p 1280 720 he IP dome camera MJPEG encoded video stream shall support full real time video frame rate of 30fps at a maximum resolution of HD720p 1280 x xX ct J 720 he IP dome camera shall be configurable to output images at the following resolutions from the webpage interfac a H 264 720p amp MJPEG 720p b H 264 720p amp H 264 480p Ci H 264 720p amp MJPEG 480p The IP dome camera shall be configurable to output images at the following resolutions when configured from the API interface a H 264 720p amp MJPEG 720p b H 264 720p amp H 264 480p Cs H 264 720p amp MJPEG 480p d H 264 720p amp H 264 SIF e H 264 720p amp MJPEG SIF f H 264 480p amp MJPEG 480p g H 264 480p amp H 264 SIF Fa H 264 480p amp MJPEG SIF The IP dome camera shall have bit rate control over the H 264 image stream The IP dome camera shall have a selectable bit rate from 256 Kbps to 11 Mbps for the H 264 image stream The IP dome camera sha have quality control over the M
131. Manufacture N MSS SP69 Pipe Hangers and Supports Selection and Application Ox MSS SP89 Pipe Hangers and Supports Fabrication and Installation Practices HVAC PIPING amp SPECIALTIES 230510 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ira PART 2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Where more than one piping system material is specified nsur system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system is not jeopardized Provide necessary joining fittings Ensure flanges union and couplings for servicing are consistently provided Use grooved mechanical couplings and fasteners in accessible locations Use unions flanges and couplings downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections Do not use direct welded or threaded connections to valves equipment or other apparatus Use non conducting dielectric connections whenever jointing dissimilar metals Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASTM B31 9 unless indicated otherwise Use gate ball or butterfly valves for shut off and to isolate equipment part of systems or vertical risers Use ball or butterfly valves for throttling bypass or manual flow control services Use 3 4 ball valves with cap for drains at main shut off valves low points of piping bases of vertical risers and at equipment SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with provisions of Section 230010 Product Data Include data on
132. N A Install disconnect switches Standard of Installation wh ere indicated and in accordance with NECA B Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches Cx Provide adhesive label on inside door of each switch indicating UL fuse class and size for replacement manufacturer s instructions ira Section 260529 Install enclosed circuit breakers plumb D Install enclosed circuit breakers where indicated in accordance with Provide supports in accordance with F Refer to Section 260010 for mounting heights G Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 260553 3 2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Field inspection testing adjusting as required B Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS except Section 4 C Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS Section 7 5 D Test and inspect each circuit breaker E Inspect and test each circuit breaker to NEMA AB 1 F Inspect each circuit breaker visually G Perform several mechanical ON OFF operations on each circuit breaker H For record verify circuit continuity on each pole in closed position 33 ADJUSTING A Adjust work as required END OF SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWI 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Heal CHES amp CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 4 Lth n ECTION 264313 DISTRIBUTION SURGE PROTECTIV
133. ND SUPPORTS 260529 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti Do not fasten supports to piping ductwork mechanical equipment and conduit F Do not use powder actuated anchors G Obtain permission from Architect before drilling or cutting structural members H Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel rigidly welded or bolted to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity Use hexagon head bolts with spring lock washers under all nuts Ey Install surface mounted cabinets enclosures and panelboards with minimum of four anchors Ji In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1 off wall K Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions L Square cut and deburr all structural steel strut threaded rods and similar items M Prime and paint all ferrous metals which are not factory finished N Strut and Hardware Finishes A Indoor dry locations painted or pre galvanized 2 Outdoor and indoor wet locations post galvanized 3 Corrosive locations PVC coated or fiber reinforced plastic 4 Water and Waste Water Treatment Facilities aluminum or stainless steel Ov Coordinate with other mechanical plumbing sprinkler and electrical work including raceway and wiring work as necessary to interface installation of supporting devices with o
134. NDUIT 2 10 1 10 GN 3 10 1 10 GND 4 10 1 10 GND IN 3 4 IN 3 4 CONDUIT IN 3 4 CONDUIT COND one S gt 1 10 GND 4 8 1 10 GND D CON IN 3 4 CONDUIT 1 3 1 10 1 10 GND D CON 1 CONDUIT 7 1 8 GND 60 65A 3 T ja CONDU y 5 2 4 1 8 GND als i TOSIA IN 1 CONDUIT 1 1 4 80 85A N A 1 4 90 100A 1 2 a Jam CONDUIT oF B Table Notes Li Unless otherwise indicated refer to this schedule for wire and conduit size for all circuits with identified breaker trip ratings a Provide neutral conductor for 2 and 3 pole circuits as indicated above if th quipment requires a neutral PANELBOARD SCHEDULES 262420 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health n 2 Z T oO c Q T 5 lt D x D m lt x S 3S st PANEL Bus 100 Neutral with Ground Bus 42 000 120 208V 3PH 4W Volts Poles AIC z ale o la lol ololal lolololnaltlololo N O TIT ITIT TIT INININININ 9 09 00 00 bxi Ql I gle o ol lol lol lo D Yo To st IF al Ia Llc o g co M M al Ial al al o Description Air Compressor Air Compressor Load a lt N o a h eal o jor E Q Q 2 o o rol oa N 2 Te te Oo E N N To i 8 x b agi b MLO Role MO Rnloal lmloln jaja KT Total Connected Load KVA Phase Totals PANELBOARD SCHEDULES 262420 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health us 25A Main Lugs Additional Pane
135. OL SYSTEM 281300 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health t 10 Operation and Maintenance Data Include operating instructions and maintenance and repair instructions DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Product Requirements Product delivery storage protection and handling per specification WARRANTY Execution Requirements Provide warranty per specifications SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Provide a complete and operational Access Control system with the performance requirements listed in this specification System shall include any necessary accessories not listed to make the system completely functional Provide system with the most current version of firmware System shall provide access to the building through the use of proximity card readers The system shall permit and restrict access to the building on a 24 hour basis Card readers shall be provided in quantities as indicated on the contract drawings System shall utilize non proprietary coding of proximity cards and be capable of reading magnetic swipe bar code Wiegand output and optical or biometric type access cards or devices Installer shall coordinate with the end user for programming information and training The system shall be provided with 100 user cards initially System equipment shall be equipped with surge protection devices as required to prevent damage to electrical or electronic circuiting and devices Sy
136. Owners Representatives present at demonstration END OF SECTION 260923 SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL Lad SECTION INCLUDES A Distribution Panelboards B Branch Circuit Panelboards Ce Integral Equipment Liz REFERENCES A NEMA PB 1 Panelboards B EMA PB 1 1 Instructions for Safe Installation Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less C NEMA AB 1 olded Case Circuit Breakers D NEMA KS 1 Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches 600 Volts Maximum E UL 50 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment Bs UL 67 Panelboards G UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches H UL 489 Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures Ex CSA Standard C22 2 29 M1989 Panelboards and Enclosed Panelboards J CSA Standard C22 2 5 M91 Molded Case Circuit Breakers K Federal Specification W P 115C Type 1 Class 1 L Federal Specification W C 375B Gen Circuit Breakers Molded Case Branch Circuit and Service M NFPA 70 National Electrical Code NEC N ASTM American Society of Testing Materials Laa SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A Submit under provisions of Section 260010 B Shop Drawings The following items shall be submitted for review and approval Is Submittal booklet to include the following a Reference to Specification Section b A list of a
137. PART 1 SECTION 230010 MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS GENERAL GENERAL The requirements of the General Conditions the Supplementary General Conditions and the applicable portions of Division 1 shall apply to this section of the specifications SCOPI Pl Provide and install complete and operating heating ventilating air conditioning and plumbing systems in accordance with these specifications and accompanying contract drawings This shall include all required labor materials equipment and supervision The work shall include but is not limited to the following systems equipment materials and labor for a complete system including the following Diffusers Registers amp Grilles Ductwork System Exhaust Fans Rooftop AC Units VAV Boxes Electric Duct Heaters Electric Wall Heaters Cabinet Heaters Gas Piping 2 ATC Control System 10 New Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment 11 Sanitary Waste Vent and Domestic Water Piping 12 edical Gas Piping System 13 edical Vacuum System 14 New Condensate Drainage System 15 Fire Protection System 16 Demolition OMDANDHDOBRWNE Oo EFINITION OF WORK RESPONSIBILITY All electrical control components including starters required for operation of HVAC and plumbing equipment whether integral or remote shall be furnished and installed under this Contract Control wiring conduits and accessories fo
138. RD SCHEDULES 262420 7 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PANEL NOTES Refer to Power Riser Diagram for wire and conduit sizes Provide conductors overcurrent device and exact placement as recommended by the TVSS manufacturer Provide groundfault breaker for personal protection PANELBOARD SCHEDULES 262420 8 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 ti SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES GENERAL SECTION INCLUDI El n Wall switches Receptacles Wall Plates Cord and Plug Sets REFERENCES NECA Standard of Installation NEMA WD 1 General Requirements for Wiring Devices NEMA WD 6 Wiring Devic Dimensional Requirements NFPA 70 National Electrical Code UL486A amp UL486B WC 596 WC 896 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW Submit under provisions of Section 260010 Shop Drawings The following items shall be submitted for review and approval T Submittal booklet to include the following a Reference to Specification Section b A list of all equipment to be provided and installed s Data sheets to indicate voltage ratings current rating color and configuration with specific item and model numbers highlighted SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT Submit under provisions of Section 260010 Submit record copy of all testing performed QUALIFICATIONS Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing the Pro
139. RT 2 PRODUCTS 2 4 WALL SWITCHES A Single Pole Switch 120 277V 20A ae Hubbell Model CSB120X 2s Leviton Model 1221 2xX Za Pass amp Seymour Model CRB20AC1 X 4 Provide 2 pole 3 way and 4 way switches of the same series as required By Color Ivory unless directed otherwise by Architect 22 RECEPTACLES A Duplex Convenience Receptacle 125V 20A Ts Hubbell Model BR20X 2 Leviton Model 5362 X 3s Pass amp Seymour Model CRB5362 X B GFCI Receptacle 125V 20A des Hubbell Model GF20XLA 2 Leviton Model 8899 X WIRING DEVICES 262726 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti ti 33 Pass amp Seymour Model 2095 X 4 All GFI Receptacles shall meet the latest Standard 943 for Class A GFI Receptacles UL 498 for receptacles GFCI Receptacle 125V 20A Provide for all exterior receptacles 1 Hubbell Model GFTR20X vie Leviton Model W7899 xX 3 Pass amp Seymour Model 2095TRWRX 4 All GFI Receptacles shall meet the latest Standard 943 for Class A GFI Receptacles UL 498 for receptacles Dis All GFI Receptacles shall be weather resistant Surge Suppressor Receptacle 125V 20A ass Hubbell Model HBL5360XSA 2 Leviton Model 5380 X 3 Pass amp Seymour Model 5362 XSP Cord and Plug Sets 1 Description Match voltage current ratings and number of conductors to requirements of equipment being connected a Cord Extra hard usage per NEC b Plug Nylon bo
140. Ridge Oral Health 4 Sound Rating Class A Biz Total Harmonic Distortion Rating Less than 20 6 Transient Voltage Protection IEEE C62 41 1 and IEEE C62 41 2 Category A or better ie Lamp Current Crest Factor 1 5 or less 8 Power Factor 0 90 or higher 9s Interference Comply with 47 CFR 18 Ch 1 Subpart C for limitations on electromagnetic and radio frequency interference for non consumer equipment 10 Protection Class P thermal cutout 11 Bi Level Dimming Ballast Ballast circuit and leads provide for remote control of the light output of the associated fixture between high and low level and off cE High Level Operation 100 of rated lamp lumens b Low Level Operation 50 of rated lamp lumens o Compatibility Certified by ballast manufacturer for use with specific bi level control system and lamp type indicated Certified by lamp manufacturer that ballast operating modes are free from negative effect on lamp life and color rendering capability 12 Continuous Dimming Ballast Dimming range shall be from 100 to 35 of rated lamp lumens without flicker a Ballast Input Watts Reduced to a maximum of 50 of normal at lowest dimming setting Cc High Pressure Sodium Ballasts Electromagnetic type with solid state igniter starter Igniter starter shall have an average life in pulsing mode of 10 000 hours at an igniter starter case temperature of 90 C I3 Instant R
141. S PIPING INSULATION Manufacturers INSULATION 230250 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 1 Owens Corning Zs Johns Manville oh Certainteed 4 Armstrong Dis PPG 62 Knauf 252 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING INSULATION A All domestic hot and cold water pipes fittings flanges and valves shall be insulated with nominal 1 2 wall thickness cold water or 1 wall thickness hot water heavy density fiberglass insulation similar to Owens Corning Fiberglass 24ASJ SSL pipe insulation or equal with all service jacket self sealing lap and UL listed Insulation shall have flame spread rating of 25 or less when tested by ASTM E 84 method Hot water piping over 2 size shall be insulated with 1 1 2 thick insulation B Optional pipe insulation shall be Armaflex insulation Concealed Areas Only 223 CONDENSATE DRAINAGE PIPING A All above ground condensate pipes and fittings shall be insulated with nominal 1 2 wall thickness heavy density fiberglass insulation similar to Owens Corning Fiberglass 24ASJ SSL pipe insulation or equal with all service jacket self sealing lap and UL listed Insulation shall have flame spread rating of 25 or less when tested by ASTM E 84 method B Optional pipe insulation shall be 1 2 thick Armaflex insulation Concealed Areas Only 2 4 DUCT INSULATION A Provide and install acoustic and thermal lining in all supply air fr
142. SYST GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Fire Alarm Control Equipment Manual Initiating Devices Automatic Initiating Devices Notification Appliances Fire Alarm Interface Modules RELATED WORK DIVISIONS Division 1 Division 8 Division 23 REFERENCES Pennsylvania Construction Code Act Title 34 International Building Code NFPA 70 National Electric Code as adopted by IBC NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code as adopted by IBC International Fire Code International Mechanical Code International Electrical Code NFPA 101 Life Safety Code NFPA 1 Fire Prevention Code SYST EM D ESCRIPTION Fire Alarm System devices and con SUBMITTALS FOR REVI EW Submit under provisions of Section 260010 Non coded system with initiating devices DIGITAL ADDR ESSABLE F FIRE addressable microproc notification appliances monitoring and control nection to an approved Supervising Station ALARM SYST 283111 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health eal Z ssor based fir alarm eal Z B ti Shop Drawings The following items shall be submitted for review and approval Jes Submittal booklet to include the following a A list of all equipment to be provided and installed in the system ps Data sheets of all items to be provided with the specific item or model number highlighted Ce Required support documentation indicating the authorized relationshi
143. Size 1 Outdoor Locations Above Grade Use galvanized rigid steel conduit or intermediate metal conduit Outdoor Locations Below Grade Use nonmetallic conduit concrete encased or stonedust encased per details on drawings All elbows shall be long radius steel Wet and Damp Locations Use galvanized rigid steel or intermediate metal conduit Dry Locations lis Concealed Use galvanized rigid steel intermediate metal conduit or electrical metallic tubing 2s Exposed Use galvanized rigid steel intermediate metal conduit or electrical metallic tubing METAL CONDUIT Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit GRC ANSI C80 1 Intermediate Metal Conduit IMC Rigid steel Fittings and Conduit Bodies ANSI NEMA FB 1 material to match conduit FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT Description Interlocked steel construction Fittings ANSI NEMA FB 1 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT Description Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket Fittings ANSI NEMA FB 1 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING EMT Description ANSI C80 3 galvanized tubing RACEWAYS AND BOXES 260533 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti Fittings and Conduit Bodies ANSI NEMA FB 1 steel or malleable iron compression type Indenter type may be substituted for 3 4 size tubing installed in dry locations T NONMETALLIC CONDUIT
144. System shall provide long term digital storage of recorded video Remote live monitoring and surveillance of multiple location simultaneously Multiple user simultaneous access to the same site for live and or recorded video Recording Options bas Record Motion always or on Schedule for each camera a Each camera shall able to be set to record at different resolutions fps and quality 32 Each camera shall be set to record a Pre and Post Motion buffer 4 System shall allow Customizable motion recording sensitivity the user shall create multiple motion sensitive zones that have unique specifications Je Each camera shall be able to be configured for the maximum amount of disk space used for recording 6 The maximum file size shall be specified Ta Create a clip by use of start and end points and then write directly to CD Rapid search by time date for the following events Camera session system maintenance input output video loss recorded data and motion detection User selectable automatic reporting of events to multiple sites Digital PTZ dome and general purpose output control capability Communication options with system shall include LAN WAN System shall be provided for user definable encrypted password protection System shall be operated via a user friendly GUI Windows interface System shall be capable of being accessed via Microsoft Internet Explorer or Netscape browsers
145. T 1 G SECTION 230410 PLUMBING PIPING amp SPECIALTIES ENERAL Lede SECTION INCLUDES A Valves B Sanitary Sewer Piping System on Domestic Water Piping System D Natural Gas Piping System t edical Gas Piping System E edical Vacuum Piping System G Floor Drains H Cleanouts Te Hose Bibbs J Hydrants K Backflow Preventers L Water Hammer Arresters T2 REFERENCES A ANSI B31 1 Power Piping B ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Cod ASME B16 3 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings D ASME B16 18 Cast Bronze Solder Joint Pressure Fittings E ASME B16 22 Wrought Copper and Bronze Solder Joint Pressure Fittings F ASME B16 23 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings DWV G ASME B16 29 Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings DWV H ASTM A47 Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings I ASTM A53 Pipe Steel Black and Hot Dipped Zinc Coated Welded and Seamless J ASTM A74 Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings PLUMBING PIPING amp SPECIALTIES 230410 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 2 ASTM A120 Pipe Steel Black and Hot Dipped Zinc Coated Galvanized Welded and Seamless for Ordinary Uses ASTM A234 Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures ASTM B32 Solder Metal
146. TION The Contractor shall provide the following items in accordance with the serving electric utility company s requirements Service Disconnecting Device Service Lug Compartments and Lugs Instrument Transformer Compartments or Enclosures Meter Sockets Service Trenches Transformer Foundations and Grounding Service Conduits and Ductbanks Service Conductors and Terminations Riser Conduits Elbows and Stand offs OMDANDHDOBWNE Refer to Section 260010 of this specification who is responsible for all service costs Contractor to verify with the various Utility Company s exact location of their facilities and exact location for terminating the service conduits before starting any work and adjust as required REFERENCES ANSI NFPA 70 National Electrical Code SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Utility Company MET ED System Characteristics As indicated on the drawings Service Entrance As indicated on the drawings SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW Submit under provisions of Section 260010 Shop Drawings The following items shall be submitted for review and approval 1 Submittal Booklet to include the following a Reference to Specification Section Dis A list of all equipment to be provided and installed UTILITY SERVICE ENTRANC 260583 1 E 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health QUALITY ASSURANC Pl
147. UL listed as Type HACR for heating air conditioning and refrigeration equipment branch circuits E Provide circuit breaker accessory trip units and auxiliary switches as indicated Ers Enclosure NEMA PB 1 1 Interior Locations Type 1 Bis Exterior Locations Type 3R G Cabinet Front 1 Front shall meet strength and rigidity requirements per UL 50 Standards Fro pho 2oy Fro sur Shs Pan mou loc of 4 Fro loa ali dir nt shall have ANSI 49 gray namel lectrodeposited over cleaned sphatized steel nt shall be hinged 1l piece with door Mounting shall be flush or face as indicated elboards shall have MONO FLAT fronts with concealed door hinges and nted with trim screws Front shall not be removable with the door ked Doors on front shall have rounded corners and edges shall be free burrs nt shall have cylindrical tumbler type lock with catch and spring ded stainless steel door pull All lock assemblies shall be keyed ke One 1 key shall be provided with each lock A clear plastic ectory cardholder shall be mounted on the inside of door BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A Lighting and Appliance Branch Circuit Panelboards NEMA PB1 circuit breaker type 13 0303 00 L PANELBOARDS 262416 4 ebanon Ridge Oral Health Panelboard Bus Copper ratings as indicated Provide copper ground bus in each panelboard 1 Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating Amperes Interrupting Current AIC R
148. Wide Angle Detectors Bosch Model MX934i 3 Ceiling 360 Detectors Bosch Model DS9382Z a These devices shall be provided with the appropriate mounting accessories that are dependent on the area installed In addition each device shall be installed with a Model DMP 711E or 714 Series Zone expander module Security Command Keypad Provide a 32 character alphanumeric LCD keypad with backlit keyboard four class B input zones self test diagnostics three 2 button panic switches alert sounder AC LED and display layout that directs user on operation INTRUSION DETECTION SYST 281600 3 eal Z 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 3 ti End User Intrusion Management Software Provide DMP Model System Link Software and load on HP Workstation Class PC with Keyboard Mouse and 19 LCD onitor This PC will be located in the Office INSTALLATION INSTALLATION AND WIRING All equipment in this section shall be installed in accordance with the National Electric Code for security alarm and communications systems The installation of the equipment manufacturer shall be followed in every manner The Equipment Supplier shall provide CAD drawings for review and approval The drawings shall show all field devices and wiring terminations to the remote control units Installation shall be accomplished in a professional manner by qualified personnel regularly engaged in a
149. a report of the results of the test of each grounding system Where several grounding systems are tied together test each system separately before making the interconnection END OF SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 PART 2 SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Conduit and Equipment Supports Anchors and Fasteners Cable Supports REFERENCES NECA National Electrical Contractors Association ANSI NFPA 70 National Electrical Code SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW Submit a letter stating that all equipment is in compliance with the specifications REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Conform to requirements of ANSI NFPA 70 Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc or a testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown WARRANTY Provide the warranty specified in Section 260010 PRODUCTS GENERAL Provide supporting devices which comply with manufacturer s standard materials design and construction in accordance with published product information and as required for complete installation and as herein specified Where more ie i han one type of supporting device meets indicated requirements selec
150. aces shall be coated with a compound to prevent erosion flaking or peeling of liner material at air velocities of 2000 ft minute Qe Insulation shall be applied using UL approved fire retardant adhesive and mechanical fasteners Adhesive shall be water based Foster 85 17 or approved equal Mechanical fasteners shall be Gripnail Corporation or equal with self locking washers and shall be spaced not more than 6 apart on leading edges of liner 3 Top sheets of insulation in rectangular ducts shall lap the side sheets 4 All joints and seams in the lining shall be painted to a smooth surface with a fire retardant insulation sealer Foster 30 70 or equal as approved Sis All duct liner shall be anti microbial END OF SECTION 230250 INSULATION 230250 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 t SECTION 230300 FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL SECTION INCLUDI el n Pipe amp Fittings Valves Fire Department Connections Wet Pipe Sprinkler System System Design Installation Certification SCOPI Pa Provide and install a complete and operating sprinkler system in accordance with these specifications and accompanying contract drawings This shall include all required labor materials equipment supervision and testing The work includes the following systems equipment materials and labor but is not necessarily limited by this s
151. adata generated by the edge network device Th dge network devices shall generate the metadata and transmit it with the video stream to the VMS server software The motion detection feature of th dge device shall generate an alarm whenever movement occurs in the imag The VMS server software shall read the metadata from the edge device to determine if motion occurred and then it shall records video if it did occur The benefits of using edge device motion detection vs server host processor based motion detection shall include 1 Reduced server processor speed requirements 2 Reduced server memory requirements Siz Reduced processor heat 4 5 6 Reduced CPU processor usage Increased IP camera connectivity Increased IP camera throughput J s Licensing VMS Software The VMS server software shall have a feature to license the MAC address of the server hardware ither th integrated Ethernet controller or add in Ethernet adapter Licensing individual IP cameras or encoders shall not be required Licensing the server shall simplify the installation and management of IP cameras or encoders by eliminating the need to provide additional MAC addresses for all the individual devices IP cameras or encoders If an IP camera or encoder fails to operate for any reason an administrator shall be able to add a new IP camera or encoder to the VMS server software without obtaining a new license key K Running
152. aged during or after installation shall be replaced Each length of pipe shall be laid to bring the inverts to the required line and grade No stretch of joints will be allowed All pipe shall be installed to a true straight line Piping shall be bedded on firm earth foundation of uniform density carefully shaped to fit the lower section of pipe Each section of pipe shall have a full bearing along its entire length except at joints where clearance shall be allowed for making up joints Any length which shows settlement after laying or which is not in true alignment shall be taken up and reset Under track or roads the piping shall be run in a standard weight steel pipe sleeve Slope water piping and arrange to drain at low points Cleanouts shall be installed where indicated on the drawings and at all bends angles upper terminals and not over 50 apart in any lineal run of piping All cleanouts shall be accessible All horizontal sanitary vent piping shall be sloped a minimum of 1 4 per ft All underground sanitary drain piping shall be minimum 2 size DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM Prior to starting work verify system is complete flushed and clean Ensure PH of water to be treated is between 7 4 and 7 6 by adding alkali caustic soda or soda ash or acid hydrochloric Inject disinfectant free chlorine in liquid powder
153. air entering or leaving the premises TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 14 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health t LABELING Identify system components complying with applicable requirements in Section 260553 System Use a unique 3 syllable alphanumeric designation for each cable and label cable and jacks connectors and terminals to which it connects with the same designation Use logical and systematic designations for facility s architectural arrangement Ls First syllable identifies and locates wiring closet or equipment room where cable originates De Second syllable identifies and locates cross connect or patch panel field in which cable terminates 3 Third syllable designates type of media copper or fiber and position occupied by cable pairs or fibers in the field 4 Example A2 2 C46 Workstation Label cables within outlet boxes Equipment Racks cabinets and Backboards Label each unit and field within that unit Within Connector Fields in IDF MDF Rooms and Consolidation Points Label each connector and each discrete unit of cable terminating and connecting hardware Where similar jacks and plugs are used for both communication and data processing equipment use a different color for jacks and plugs of each service Cables General Label each cable within 4 of each termination and tap where it is accessible in a cabinet
154. al working hours of onday through Friday from 8 00 AM to 5 00 PM shall be charged at the Equipment Suppliers normal published rates eal Z DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYST 283111 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 2 2 Repair or replacement parts required due to abuse or other abnormal use upon Owner approval shall be charged by the Equipment Supplier at published prices Service Agreement Renewal The Equipment Supplier shall provide to the Owner at the time the system is turned over for first beneficial use a Service Agreement Renewal proposal to cover the following ibe Two 2 additional years for an Inspection Testing and Maintenance Agreement to meet the current codes in effect 2 The proposal shall include the cost for re certificating U L or placarding FM the system for Remote Supervising Station Service EXTRA MATERIALS Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed are packaged with protective covering for storage and are identified with labels describing contents Ts Automatic Smoke Detector Furnish 5 of each type and rating installed 2i Heat Detector Furnish 5 of each type and rating installed 3 Manual Pull Station Furnish 2 of each type and rating installed 4 Audible Indicating Devices Furnish 2 of each type installed 5s Visual Indicating Devices Furnish 2 of each type installe
155. all be as recommended by manufacturer Ds All fire alarm cable shall be plenum rated 216 WIRING METHODS A Wire Routing Route all device wiring from each device up into ceiling cavity within metallic conduit in recessed or unfinished areas or within surface raceway for renovated non fishable areas Stub all conduits into ceiling cavity and provide protective bushing for each B Cable Routing Route cable for all device wiring within accessible ceiling cavities Install in bridle rings at 4 spacing maximum No cabling is to lie on or attach to ceiling tile ducts pipes conduits or ceiling suspension wires rods or structural members Provide conduit stubs from devices and panels to the ceiling cavities Cx Route all fire alarm wiring from fire alarm panel within metallic conduit up into nearby ceiling cavity and connect to the wiring system indicated in A and B above Provide bushings at conduit ends PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A Manufacturer s Installation Requirements Install products in accordance with manufacturer s instructions and the minimum requirements of the latest edition of the National Electric Code NEC NFPA 72 and IBC Be Mounting Heights All devices shall be mounted at heights indicated below or as otherwise noted on the drawings drs Pull stations 42 to 44 above finished floor to operating handle or lever Bis Audible and Visual Notification Appliances 80 to 96 above finished floor
156. alth G3 All fluorescent lamps shall be ECO ALTO low mercury type G4 Engineer must approve all substitutes prior to bid All Recessed 1x4 2x2 and 2x4 fixtures shall have spring loaded latches Cam action friction latches are not acceptable G5 All ballasts shall be Universal 120 277 voltage Refer to Specifications Sections 265100 for additional requirements Luminaire Schedule Notes Coordinate exact locations of fixtures with Architectural elevations and approved shop drawings Provide connectors cables and all additional accessories for a complete installation Provide all additional mounting accessories for each application Provide bodine emergency ballast for luminaire JIAJI INJ Color shall be bronze Provide samples for Architect to approve END OF SECTION LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE 265200 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health n ECTION 266030 ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS PART 1 GENERAL Eat SECTION INCLUDES A Electric hand dryers Led REFERENCES A Underwriter s Laboratory Inc UL i gees SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A Submit under provisions of Section 260010 B Shop Drawings The following items shall be submitted for review and approval C Submittal booklet to include the following T Reference to Specification Section Bes A list of all
157. ame 2 Time and date 3 Time zone 4 5 Time server Network settings hostname IP address network gateway and DHCP status Bandwidth settings Ts License key required to add the number of IP cameras needed for the system A user shall obtain a license key by providing your network adapter hardware MAC address to the VMS software manufacturer The VMS software manufacturer shall provide a license key that must be entered manually in the license key edit fields or imported from a file 8 Importing and Exporting System Settings very feature in the system that is configured through the Setup Mode site tree shall have the ability to be imported or exported to or from other systems Iis Active Directory LDAP the VMS software shall be configured to connect to a LDAP or Active Directory server This shall allow the VMS software to authenticate users and groups in an nterpris nvironment and assign permissions to them Add IP Cameras The VMS software shall be used to add IP cameras to the VMS server After IP cameras have been added to a list of IP cameras on the VMS server the VMS Client software shall be used to configure the IP camera settings and view live and recorded video IP Camera Recording Setup After IP cameras have been added to the VMS server the VMS software shall be used to enable IP cameras to record video select the recording resolution and select the image per second IPS recording rate
158. and anchoring equipment S Construct supports of steel members Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure 4 Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed G Flashing 1 Provide flexible flashing and metal counterflashing where piping and ductwork penetrate weather or waterproofed walls floors and roofs 2s Flash vent and soil pipes projecting 3 minimum above finished roof surface with lead worked 1 minimum into hub 8 minimum clear on sides MECHANICAL GENERAL EQUIPMENT 230100 7 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health with 24 x 24 sheet size For pipes through outside walls turn flanges back into wall and caulk metal counterflash and seal 3 Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with lead 10 clear on sides with minimum 36 x 36 sheet size Fasten flashing to drain clamp device 4 Seal floor shower and mop sink drains watertight to adjacent materials 5y Provide acoustical lead flashing around ducts and pipes penetrating equipment rooms installed in accordance with manufacturer s instructions for sound control om Provide curbs for mechanical roof installations 12 minimum high above roofing surface Flash and counterflash with sheet metal seal watertight Attach counterflashing mechanical equipment and lap base flashing on r
159. and working condition INSTRUCTION OF EMPLOYEES At the completion of the work this Contractor shall instruct the employees who shall have charge of the equipment in the care adjustment and operation of all parts of the system MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 6 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Bx At the time designated by the Architect the equipment manufacturer s engineer shall instruct representatives of the Owner in the operation and maintenance of the equipment L23 GUARANTEE A All work done under these contracts shall be guaranteed by the respectiv contractors against defective materials and faulty workmanship for a period of 1 year from date of acceptance by the Owner B During such a period and before the expiration of each such guarantee contractor shall agree to make any and all repairs adjustments or replacements which may become necessary owing to initial settlement or shrinkage defective material workmanship or installation Ge He shall further agree to provide all labor and material which may be required and to restore to its original condition any adjacent work that he may disturb in making the necessary repairs adjustments or replacements in order to fulfill this guarantee 1 24 GENERAL NOTE A The HVAC Contractor shall replace filters in all new gas furnaces at the completion of
160. anels and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates Identify thermostats relating to terminal boxes or valves with nameplates Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags Identify air terminal units and radiator valves with numbered tags Tag automatic controls instruments and relays Key to control schematic Identify piping concealed or exposed with plastic pipe markers Use tags on piping 3 4 diameter and smaller Identify service flow direction and pressure Install in clear view and align with axis of piping Locate identification not to exceed 20 on straight runs including risers and drops adjacent to each valve and Tee at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure and at each obstruction Identify ductwork with stenciled painting Identify with air handling unit identification number and area served Locate identification at air handling unit at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure and at each obstruction Provide ceiling tacks to locate valves or dampers above T bar type panel ceilings Locate in corner of panel closest to equipment Provide Valve Identification Chart Post framed chart in Boiler Room Vibration Install isolation for motor driven equipment Bases a Set steel bases for 1 clearance between housekeeping pad and base low Set concrete inertia bases for 2 clearance between housekeepin
161. anent UL approved firestopping systems for all penetrations through fire rated floor or fire rated wall assemblies For areas that will require future access for the installation of additional cables repair or retrofit the firestopping system sha consist of re usable intumescent pillows or putty All firestopping sha meet the requirements of ASTM E 814 and UL 1479 B Subject to compliance with project requirements firestopping materials may be provided by one of the following manufacturers Ta Specified Technologies Inc STI Somerville NJ 800 992 1180 2 Tremco Beechwood OH 800 321 7906 3s 3M St Paul MN 800 328 1687 Gx Submit the following for review and approval Tes Product data sheets Ris UL System drawings for each firestopping application 3 Manufacturer s Certificates of Conformance for their products sol ACCESS PANELS A Provide panels with fire ratings equal to the surface in which they are installed and be 12 x 12 or 4 larger than each dimension of the enclosed box whichever is greater ae TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING A Make all connections at panels and switches make all splices and taps Install fuses in all fuse holders Complete all circuits from power sources to loads at the time of final inspection B Upon completion of the work test all parts of the electrical installation to ensure that it is free of unwanted grounds and other defects Preliminary testing with continuity meters will be permitted
162. ange and or flashing Different enhancements shall indicate normal alarm trouble time schedule shunt manual shunt and other status conditions provided by the system Ce The A SM system shall be capable of being configured to automatically call up a graphical map upon system generated alarms without an operator request d The A SM system shall provide for the import of graphics generated by other drawing programs Upon operator acknowledgement of alarm the A SM system shall display up to one section of text for each alarm The first line shall be the alarm message and the additional space shall be used for a user programmable response message or instruction list unique to each alarm point The A SM system shall provide for a status screen on the A SM system CRT LCD An operator shall manually display the status screen any time during a session with a mouse click The operator shall be able to select any group to view in more detail The status screen shall display the following a A complete list of all alarm points displaying the status of each alarm point b A complete list of all doors displaying the status of each door Ci A complete list of all outputs displaying the status of each output d A complete list of all alarm zones displaying the status of each alarm zone Multiple alarms may be queued in their order of priority n addition to the visual annunciation of a
163. ase The A SM system shall have a universal interface gateway capability to integrate third party devices or systems This universal gateway capability will reside on the A SM computer and will provide a bi directional serial interface I F library of both generic and application specific integration Each I F library shall allow for inputs and commands as well as bi directional control of external systems The universal gateway will operate as a secure multi tasking service of the A SM system so A SM thru put and operations are intact and system resources are properly administered PART 3 EQUIPMENT ACCESS SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SOFTWAR E The A SM software shall comply with all of the functional requirements as outlined under this specification The software shall b AXxess Security Management Software package from MAXxess Part number 7300 100 A SM COMPUTER The A SM computer shall initially be provided with sufficient processing capacity memory and hard disk space to accommodate the A SM system minimum requirements as defined within this specification The A SM computer and dedicated security system communications circuit shall be configured such that a severed or damaged network communications cable or communications failure with one or more of the workstations shall not cause failure of the entire network Access Control Syste
164. ase pan shall have no penetrations within the perimeter of the curb other than the raised 1 1 8 high downflow supply return openings to provide an added water integrity precaution if the condensate drain backs up The base of the unit shall have provisions for forklift and crane lifting with forklift capabilities on three sides of the unit HVAC EQUIPMENT 230835 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti Unit Top The top cover shall be one piece construction or where seams exist it shall be double hemmed and gasket sealed The ribbed top adds extra strength and enhances water removal from unit top Compressors All units shall hav direct drive hermetic scroll type compressors with centrifugal type oil pumps Motor shall be suction gas cooled and shall have a voltage utilization range of plus or minus 10 percent of unit nameplate voltage Internal overloads shall be provided with the scroll compressors Crankcase heaters shall be included Provide dual compressors Refrigerant Circuits Service pressure ports and refrigerant line filter driers are factory installed as standard An area shall be provided for replacement suction line driers Evaporator and Condenser Coils Internally finned 5 16 copper tubes mechanically bonded to a configured aluminum plate fin shall be standard Coils shall be leak tested at the factory to ensure the pressure integrity The evaporator coil and
165. at User Group The Custom User Privileges section shall contain the following list of privileges that can be assigned to a user 1 Allow Live Viewing a Available in Live Cameras b Available in Live Groups Available in Live Views exacqReplay VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 16 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health e Allow PTZ f Include in Event Monitor 2 Allow Searching a Available in Search Cameras b Available in Search Groups c Available in Search Views d Available in Search Events e Save Image and Copy to Clipboard f Print Image g Burn Disc h Export Video i Smart Search 3 Configuration a User Admin b View Admin VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM HARDWARE Server Requirements The VMS server software shall operate on the following minimum required hardware T Processor Intel Celeron 26 Graphics 1280x1024x32 bits 3 s RAM 2 GB 4 NIC 10 100BASE T Ethernet Des Hard Disk a Western Digital Enterprise Drives WD RE4 SATA or WD RE SATA or b Seagate Barracuda ES 2 SATA cue 30GB shall be reserved for the Operating System and VMS server software 6 Operating Systems a Linux Ubuntu 10 04 Provide one 1 exacqVision IPS04 1000 compact desktop IP Camera NVR Server Provide one 1 eight port Poe network switch by Netgear FIXED POSITION INTERIOR IP DOME CAMERAS The p
166. at both ends RECTANGULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS Manufacturers Le Tuttle amp Bailey Agitair Model RC Zi E H Price SMX 3 etalaire Series 5000 4 Titus TDV Type Square and rectangular multi louvered diffuser to discharge air in pattern as indicated on drawings Frame Surface mount type Fabrication Steel or aluminum with baked enamel off white finish Accessories Radial opposed blade damper and multi louvered equalizing grid with damper adjustable from diffuser face CEILING EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS GRILLES Manufacturers 1 Agitair Model EDGO Zee Acceptable equal by Anemostat Titus Carnes Metalaire Krueger provided specifications are met Type Streamlined blades 3 4 minimum depth 3 4 maximum spacing with blades set at 45 horizontal face Frame 1 1 4 margin with countersunk screw mounting Fabrication Aluminum extrusions with factory off white enamel finish color to be selected Damper Integral gang operated opposed blade type with removable key operator operable from face where not individually connected to exhaust fans Gymnasiums Provide front pivoted or welded in place blades securely fastened to be immobile WALL EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS GRILL El n Manufacturers DUCTWORK SYSTEMS 230890 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti E Tuttle amp Baile
167. atings 120V 208V and 240V breaker minimum AIC 10 000 amps unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or Specifications Amperes Interrupting Current AIC Ratings 277V and 480V breaker minimum AIC 18 000 amps unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or Specifications The Contractor shall verify the AIC of panelboards with the fault current study and adjust as required to comply with the study Molded Case Circuit Breakers NEMA AB 1 bolt on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers with common trip handle for all poles Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits Provide UL Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers where scheduled Provide circuit breakers UL listed as type HACR for heating air conditioning and refrigeration equipment branch circuits Do not use tandem circuit breakers Enclosure NEMA PB 1 1 2 1 Cabinet Front Interior Locations Type 1 Exterior Locations Type 3R Front shall meet strength and rigidity requirements per UL 50 Standards Front shall have ANSI 49 gray namel lectrodeposited over cleaned phosphatized steel Front shall be hinged 1 piece with door Mounting shall be flush or surface as indicated Panelboards shall have MONO FLAT fronts with concealed door hinges and mounted with trim screws Front shall not be removable with the door locked Doors on front shall have rounded corners and edges shall be free of burrs
168. by the contractor responsible for telecommunications Ts New Panel Power Provide 1P 20A breaker in closest normal panel and connect to main fire alarm panel with 2 12 1 12 grnd in conduit unless otherwise indicated J Additional panels added by manufacturer Provide 1P 20A breaker in closest normal panel and connect to additional panel with 2 10 1 10 gnd in conduit unless otherwise indicated K Interconnection to Lighting Control System There shall be an interconnection to the Lighting Control System Provide fire alarm IM relay to initiate dry contact closure on Lutron Panel L Notification appliances shall meet all applicable codes Notify the engineer of any problem areas before installation commences The engineer will review all recommendations for the potential problem areas and advise in writing if additional items or changes are required Any additional devices required after this point of the project are to be provided at no additional cost to the project M Measure ambient sound levels once the building is occupied and adjusts audible device tap setting to meet all applicable codes Tap settings shall be field adjusted to the lowest tap that meets code Tap settings shall be indicated on the installation and record drawings N Locate strobe devices at locations indicated on the drawings A device is only to be relocated if the device is in conflict with casework equipm
169. cate baseboard radiation on outside walls and run cover continuously wall to wall unless otherwise indicated Center elements under windows Install end caps where units butt against walls Cx Install convectors and cabinet heaters as indicated Coordinate to assure correct recess size for recessed convectors Ds Locate unit ventilators as indicated level and shim units and anchor to structure Coordinate exact location of wall louvers Seal airtight around connection of unit vent falseback to wall louvers E Protect units with protective covers during balance of construction 3 2 CLEANING A After construction is completed including painting clean exposed surfaces of units Vacuum clean coils and inside of cabinets B Touch up marred or scratched surfaces of factory finished cabinets using finish materials furnished by manufacturer Cx Install new filters END OF SECTION 230835 HVAC EQUIPMENT 230835 7 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 ti PART 2 SECTION 230860 G ENI ERAL SECTION INCLUDI ESI Exhaust Fans ENTILATION ENT EQUIPM Equipment for the Removal of Smoke and Grease Vapors REFERENCES AMCA 99 Standards Handbook AMCA 210 Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes AMCA 261 Directory of Products Licensed to Bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal NFPA 70 National E
170. ceiling tees 4 Provide at least 1 independent support rod or wire from structure to a tab on lighting fixture Wire or rod shall have breaking strength of the weight of fixture at a safety factor of 3 D Suspended Fixture Support As follows E Pendants and Rods Where longer than 48 brace to limit swinging 2i Stem Mounted Single Unit Fixtures Suspend with twin stem hangers INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 9 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti 33 Continuous Rows Use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and tubing or rod for suspension for each unit length of fixture chassis including one at each end 4 Do not use grid as support for pendant luminaires Connect support wires or rods to building structure Support luminaires according to manufacturer s requirements Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on reflected ceiling plan Install surface mounted luminaires plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other Secure to prevent movement Exposed Grid Ceilings Support surface mounted luminaires on grid ceiling directly from building structure Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below Install recessed luminaires using accessories and firestopping materials to meet regulatory requirements for fire rating Install clips to secure recessed grid supported luminaires in place Install wall mounted luminaires emergency lighti
171. cement responsibility Submit product certificates signed by manufacturers of cables connectors and gquipment certifying that products furnished comply with requirements and warranty is valid with equipment installed Submit evidence that all qualifications have been met Submit make model numbers of testers to be used for all testing of cables Labeling Scheme Submit labeling scheme for cabling outlets and equipment for approval 1 Contractor to coordinate with Owner for final room designations utilized in applied labeling scheme Labeling schemes applied without documented Owner coordination are subject to removal and re application by Contractor 2 All labels are to be typed SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT Submit under provisions of Section 260010 As Built Drawings Provide a marked up copy of original plans which reflect any changes or additions not shown on the plan Identify all cable and jack numbering as identified on site and in System Final Test Report Indicate routing of all IDF to MDF cabling Submit Test Report for each basic link from patch panel to jack patch panel Report to include test equipment type and calibration data date and operator Submit electronic copy of final comprehensiv schedules for project in software and format selected by Owner TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti
172. ch having 50 micro inches of gold plating 2 Plug dimensions and function shall comply with FCC 47 Part 68 5 33 Patch cords shall have a snag less feature integral to the strain relief boot on each end Strain relief boot shall be molded PVC and color matched to the cable jacket 4 Patch cords shall be constructed with category 6 patch cable with 24 AWG 7 32 tinned copper stranded conductors each insulated with polyethylene and overall jacket with UL flame retardant PVC S Patch cords shall be manufactured using a T568B wiring format and shall function suitably for either T568A or T568B wiring schemes 6 Patch cords shall be available in the following colors black blue gray yellow orange red green white and purple Custom lengths and colors shall be available with a delivery lead time quotation La Standard patch cord lengths shall range from 3 ft to 20 ft 8 Category 6 patch cords shall be backward compatible with existing Category 3 5 and 5e cabling systems for fit form and function D Performance Requirements Ly All transmission performance parameters shall be independently verified by a UL or ETL third party testing organization 2 Category 6 patch cords shall be channel performance balanced with Hubbell category 6 jacks patch panels and punch down blocks H TE ECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT
173. ciated report printer In addition the A SM system shall be capable of conducting a file search by field or combination of user definable fields Upon the users request searched and sorted files shal be capable of being printed in the order dictated by the user i e alphabetically by physical characteristics such as height hair color eye COLO GECI The A SM system shall provide for database queries on any field or combination of fields in the system databases The A SM system shall allow the operator to edit the queried records after the search Database operations that require a large number of temporary files to be generated as a result of database queries i e SQL shall not affect any aspect of overall system performance The A SM system processor and Ram capacity shall be sized to efficiently process and store specified minimum number of A SM transactions while maintaining the specified A SM system transaction speed when operating in a database query mode The event printer shall record in real time with designations all or owner selected A SM system activities including but not limited to 1 Log on and Log off denoting operator s ID Program changes Alarm conditions Alarm resets Alarm acknowledge Control commands Selective card tracking Invalid card use Selective reader tracking 0 Visitor card use PO MOAT A OB WN The A SM system shall provide for report printing and or display of any
174. ck formats G Enclosure The time switch shall be enclosed in a lockable steel NEMA 1 enclosure The time switch shall be powered by 120 or 60 Hz source Hs Contacts Switch configuration to be SPDT for each circuit with a UL 916 Energy Management Equipment listed rating of I Normally Open Contacts 470 VA pilot duty 12 240 VAC 2 Normally Closed Contacts 276 VA pilot duty 12 240 VAC Tx Output Channels As required plus 20 spare 8 min Te Accessories Provide relay for photo initiation of ON period on all channels 22 PHOTOELECTRIC RELAYS A Manufacturers 1 Intermatic 2 Tork Si Paragon 4 Allen Bradley Co Inc B Conform to UL 773A Cx Type Solid stage with SPDT dry contacts rated to operate relay or contactor coils to which connected D Time delay prevents false operation E Outdoor Sealed Units Weathertight housing resistant to high temperatures and equipped with sun glare shield and ice preventer PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Verify that surface is suitable for time controls and photo electric relay 322 INSTALLATION A Install time controls where indicated in accordance with manufacturer s instructions B Install time controls plumb Provide supports in accordance with Section 260190 Ci Refer to Section 260010 for mounting heights Ds Mount photocell for time control on north face of the roof Adjust sensitivity as
175. complete door functionality unit shall have four 4 inputs and 2 outputs It shall control two doors The unit shall be PoE compliant B Provide the MAXxess MAX MR51 with enclosure Connect the unit to network via Category 6 cable D WALL MOUNTED PROXIMITY READER Unit must have a static IP address A The wall mounted proximity card reader shall be proximity technology shall read encoded data from access cards and transmit the data through BLP to the A SM B A two color LED on the Face of the wall mounted proximity card reader audible tone shall indicate authorized and unauthorized reader uses Ce The wall mounted proximity card reader shall be capable of bei directly to a metal surface D The wall mounted proximity ira proprietary to a single manufacturer LP one The 2 the and the and ng mounted card reader and bit pattern shall not be Provide the manufacturer recommended power supply for the wall mounted proximity card reader The power supply shall conform to UL Class 2 power limit F The wall mounted proximity card reader shall have a minimum read range of 4 inches for door applications G The Wall Mounted proximity Card Reader shall be the HID 5395 Thinline II reader Provide quantities as shown on contract documents 6 ACCESS CARDS A The access card shall have only a hot stamp card number visible on the card an
176. condenser coil shall be leak tested at 600 psig The assembled unit shall be leak tested to 465 psig The condenser coil shall have a patent pending 1 1 1 hybrid coil designed with slight gaps for ease of cleaning A removable reversible double sloped condensate drain pan with provision for through the base condensate drain is standard Outdoor Fans The outdoor fan shall b direct drive statically and dynamically balanced draw through in the vertical discharge position The fan motor shall be permanently lubricated and shall have built in thermal overload protection Indoor Fan All 3 5 ton l phase units offer shall be direct drive type All 3 phase ID motors shall be belt drive type with FC fans with adjustable sheaves All motors shall be thermally protected All indoor fan motors meet the U S Energy Policy Act of 1992 EPACT Controls Unit shall be completely factory wired with necessary controls and contactor pressure lugs or terminal block for power wiring Unit shall provide an external location for mounting a fused disconnect device A choice of microprocessor or electromechanical controls shall be available Microprocessor controls provide for volt control functions The resident control algorithms shall make all heating cooling and or ventilating decisions in response to electronic signals from sensors measuring indoor and outdoor temperatures Th control algorithm maintains accurate t
177. condition in the system shall cause the following system operations i Indicate an alphanumeric message on the Main Control Unit and all Remote Annunciators of the specific device that caused the Alarm condition ngs ED to operate on the Main Control Unit and all lamp or LED shall remain on until the nces in the facility to operate unless th indicate zone or floor control of transmitted to the Supervising Station The ntil the system is reset at the Main Control functions if applicable floor and alternate floor as required by the n by door holders to close depending on the as a supervisory function per NFPA 90A unless otherwise required to report as an alarm condition by the local AHJ d Any security or access controlled doors or gates shall be released as required by the local AHJ or Building Owner Representatives e Output contact to lighting control panel input to enable selected lighting 2 Cause an au Supervisory Sequence of Operation dible Supervisory on until the Supervisor Supervisory condition the require acknowledgement Any SUPERVISORY condition in the system shall cause the following system operations ces Indicate an alphanumeric message on the Main Control Unit and all Remote Annunciators of the specific Supervisory condition signal and Supervisory Lamp or LED to operate on the Main Control Unit and all Remot
178. d 6 Audible Visual Devices Furnish 5 of each type installed Te Contact Interface Module Furnish 1 of each type 8 Keys Furnish 6 of each type WARRANTY Provide the warranty specified in Section 260010 PRODUCTS AND OPERATIONS MANUFACTURERS Provide a Fire Alarm and Automatic Detection System that is manufactured by a company that has a complete line of the products required for this project and has been successfully represented in this area for five years or more Obtain fire alarm and automatic detection system components through one source from a single manufacturer who assumes responsibility for compatibility of system components Following is a list of manufacturers that are known to meet these criteria However the specific equipment specifications and operations of the system to be provided for this project and the qualifications of the Authorized Representative Equipment Supplier of the manufacturer must meet or exceed th specifications to be considered for approval 1 Siemens Fire Safety 2 Edwards Systems Technology oe Notifier 4 Simplex Grinnell FIRE ALARM AND AUTOMATIC DE H ECTION CONTROL UNIT Control Panel Modular construction with flush or surface wall mounted enclosure as indicated on the Drawings Power supply Shall be an integral part of the control equipment and include primary and secondary power circuits The secondary supply shall automatica
179. d 60 40 plating over nickel P6E series panel adapter ports shall accept optional hinged dust covers P6E series panel adapter ports shall accept snap on icons for specific identification Space above the adapter ports shall be available for additional labeling per ANSI TIA EIA 606 A Category 6 panels shall be backward compatible with existing Category 3 5 and 5e cabling systems for fit form and function Panels shall accept a clip on rear cable management support bar to provide cable strain relief Panels shall include self adhesive clear label holders for each row of 24 ports Performance Requirements All transmission performance parameters shall be independently verified by a UL or ETL third party testing organization Category 6 panels shall meet or exceed Category 6 transmission requirements for connecting hardware as specified in ANSI TIA EIA 568 C 2 Transmission Performance Specifications for 4 Pair 100 ohm Category 6 Cabling The manufacturer shall provide Category 6 component compliance certificates from third party testing organizations upon request Panels shall be UL LISTED 1863 and CSA certified Panels shall exceed IEEE 802 3 DTE Power specification to 4 times the rated current limits with no degradation of performance or materials Panel contacts shall withstand a minimum of 2000 mating cycles with an FCC 8 position RJ 45 plug without degra
180. d experienc REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 Conform to requirements of NFPA 101 WORK INCLUD ea E Conformance Fixtures shall be manufactured in strict accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications Specifications and scale drawings are intended to convey the salient features function and character of the fixtures only and do not undertake to illustrate or set forth every item or detail necessary for the work Minor details not usually indicated on the drawings nor specified but that are necessary for the proper execution and completion of the fixtures shall be included the same as if they were herein specified or indicated on the drawings COORDINATION Coordinate luminaires with the Room Finish Schedules for type of ceiling construction The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for ordering the INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 2 proper fixtures and hardware required for installation in or on a specific ceiling Coordinate luminaires with Mechanical and Plumbing Contractors and their respectiv quipment Conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Architect prior to installation of luminaires and ceilings Conflicts not brought to the Architect prior to installation of luminaires and ceilings shall be the Electrical Contractors responsibility for all costs associat
181. d shall not indicate the contractor or the manufacturer name and or logo B Provide 100 proximity access cards compatible with the specified reader technology Pall DOOR POSITION CONTACTS A Surface mounted or recessed depending on site conditions ie Ademco U L Listed Access Control System 281300 11 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 4 EXECUTION 4 1 INSTALLATION A Install system according to NFPA 70 applicable codes and manufacturer s written instructions B Comply with UL 1641 Ce Wiring Method install wiring in raceways except in accessible indoor ceiling spaces and in hollow gypsum board partitions Use cable in ceilings Conceal raceways and wiring D Wiring within enclosures bundle lace and train conductors to terminal points Provide and use distribution spools and lacing bars E Number of conductors As required by system manufacturer for the functions of each device F Splices and terminations make connections on numbered terminal strips in terminal cabinets and equipment G Connections comply with tightening values specified under UL 486A H Identify components conductors and cable according to established criteria under Division 16 Color code conductors and apply wire and cable marking tape to designate wires and cables so writing is identified and in coordination with system wiring diagrams 4 2 GROUNDING A Ground system components and conduc
182. dation of electrical or mechanical performance Panels shall be third party verified error free Gigabit Ethernet performance to IEEE 802 3 standard Category 6 panels shall exceed 4 Gb s data transmission capacity within the bandwidth of 1 250 MHz when configured in a 4 connector channel Category 6 panels shall meet or exceed the 4 connector channel performance requirements of Category 6 per the ANSI TIA EIA 568 C 2 standard The 4 connector channel test configuration shall utilize Category 6 patch panels Category 6 jack and Category 6 patch cords from the same manufacturer with qualified Category 6 cable The 4 connector channel performance margins in the table below shall be guaranteed Conditions of requirement No 10 above apply Category 6 panels shall meet the current draft 10 Gb s performance requirements of IEEE 802 3 and TSB 155 for a maximum 55 meter channel length Conditions of requirement No 10 above apply T T Electrical Parameter Guaranteed Margins to 1 250MHz Category 6 Class E Channel Specifications Insertion Loss 3 NEXT 4 dB PSNEXT 5 dB TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health
183. de3corative frame painted white which encloses and easily removable flexible window The window shall be a smoked translucent flexibl plastic with a pull out ring pre mounted to the center of the window The window shall not be replaceable whil any valve is in an open position Window shall be silk screened with the following statement CAUTION MEDICAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES CLOSE ONLY IN EMERGENCY 19 ASTI ES R ALARM PANELS A aster alarm panels shall be Chemetron IMPACT Series 74 15 or approved equal by Tri Tech Medical Inc B IMPACT master alarm panels shall be designed to meet the requirements of NFPA and CSA Standards Alarms shall be UL listed and ULC approved as an assembly and shall include all necessary displays factory wiring transformers and circuitry requiring only 115 volt or 230 VAC primary power Internal voltage shall be stepped down to 15 VDC or control circuit power Ce Master alarm panels shall be modular in design Each panel shall include one or more 10 signal annunciator modules for wiring to remote switches External switches shall be normally closed NC type per NFPA 99 Dy Each alarm signal shall be labeled for its function using self adhesive labels provided with the unit Adjacent to each signal label shall be a 3 color Light Emitting Diode LED to signify condition of the external switch In the normal state
184. dequate length of conductors Train conductors to terminal points with no excess Use lacing bars to restrain cables to prevent straining connections and to prevent bending cables to smaller radii than minimums recommended by manufacturer Separation of Wires Comply with EIA TIA 569 rules for separating unshielded copper telecommunications equipment cables from potential EMI sources including electrical power lines and equipment Install a 1 rack unit blank filler plate between patch panels which contain more than 12 jacks Provide blank filler plates as required to fill rack Support raceways cabinets and all other equipment in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Install backboards and cabinets plumb and attach securely to building wall at each corner and additional as necessary to obtain a firm mounting Provide pullwire in each empty telecommunications conduit Install fiber optic cables in innerduct when not installed in cable tray Use armored fiber as an alternate to innerduct where equal protection is afforded Install fiber optic cables in innerduct inside conduit Provide multiple innerducts in larger conduits Support innerduct at manufacturers recommended intervals using manufacturer approved methods Provide Type 110 blocks for interconnections within the building Use 66 blocks for terminations of cables entering or leaving the premises Provide full assemb
185. dge Oral Health ti t Sequence electrical connections to coordinate with start up schedule for equipment ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT BY OTHERS Provide all power and control wiring for products furnished and installed under contracts for Divisions 2 through 14 Switches pushbuttons indicator lights and control panels are supplied as part of the equipment package unless otherwise noted on the drawings Provide power wiring for equipment as provided under the Mechanical Heating Ventilating Air Conditioning and Plumbing Contracts Complete all electrical power connections through the disconnect and starter to motor or load terminals Control wiring and overload protection for this equipment is the responsibility of the Mechanical or Plumbing Contractors Provide disconnect means for all mechanical and plumbing equipment as follows Provide disconnect means for all 3 phas quipment Mount switch adjacent to motor or load terminals Provide thermal overload switches for all single phase motors and single phase equipment Mount the switch adjacent to the motor or load terminals Check thr phas quipment for proper rotation Change rotation as required Smoke Dampers Ja Provide a disconnect switch enclosed contactor and fire alarm auxiliary relay for each smoke damper 2 Provide 2 10 1 10 gnd in conduit through the contactor and disconnect switch to damper motor from the n
186. directed by manufacturer E Connect photocell to time control with 3 12 in conduit unless otherwise directed by manufacturer F Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 260195 LIGHTING CONTROLS 260923 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 3 3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Perform inspection and testing Be Verify settings of photoelectric devices with photometer calibrated to National Institute for Science and Technology NIST within the past 6 months LIGHTING CONTROLS 260923 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 3 4 MANUFACTURER S FIELD SERVICES A Prepare and start systems as required 3 55 ADJUSTING A Adjust installed work as required 3 6 CLEANING A Clean installed work as required B Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and harmful materials Cx Remove dirt and debris from enclosure Sz DEMONSTRATION A Provide systems demonstration as required B Demonstrate operation of time controls and photoelectric relay 3 8 TRAINING A Personnel Training Provide and pay for the services of a factory authorized service representative to demonstrate the system and train Owners personnel Ts Provide training for operating testing troubleshooting and general maintenance of the system 2 Provide a minimum of one 1 hour session 3 Provide documentation of sessions to Architect Engineer with signatures of at least 3
187. ds Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings fasten securely Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before joining Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in fitting Allow joint to cure for 20 minutes minimum Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts to fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet locations and to cast boxes Install no more than equivalent of three 90 bends between boxes Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction as around beams Use factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2 size Avoid moisture traps provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit crosses control and expansion joints Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture Ground and bond conduit and wireways under provisions of Section 260526 Identify conduit under provisions of Section 260553 Do not install conduits in the topping on precast floor and roof planks and tees Wireway Supports provide steel channel supports as required or indicated Mount directly on suitable walls and structural elements Close ends of wireway Install fire rated pathways in strict accordance with the app
188. ducts specified in this section with minimum three years documented experienc WIRING DEVICES 262726 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 Bs Provide Products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc or a testing firm acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated Gx All devices shall meet Federal Spec WC 596 and WC 896 1 7 COORDINATION A Receptacles for General Contractor or Owner Furnished Equipment Match plug configurations and ratings B Cord and Plug Sets Match equipment requirements Cs Coordinate outlet box type and heights with Specification Section 260010 1 8 EXTRA MATERIALS A Furnish extra materials as described below that match products installed are packaged with protective covering for storage and are identified with labels describing contents RY Wall Plates 10 of each style size and finish installed Furnish at least 2 of each style size and finish installed 2 Switches Furnish 5 of each style size and finish installed None required for Indicator Switches and Wall Dimmers 3 Receptacles Furnish 10 of each style size and finish installed None required for Range and Dryer receptacles 19 WARRANTY A Provide the warranty specified in Section 260010 PA
189. dy and integral cable clamping jaws Match cord and receptacle type for connection Color Ivory unless directed otherwise by Architect WALL PLATES Super Stainless Steel Receptacle Cover Plate Interior Finish Walls Final finish selection by Architect 1 Hubbell Model SS8 2 Leviton Model 84003 3 Pass amp Seymour Model SS8 Super Stainless Steel Switch Cover Plate Interior Finish Walls Final finish selection by Architect 1 Hubbell Model SS1 20s Leviton Model 84001 3 Pass amp Seymour Model SS1 Metal Receptacle Cover Plate Electrical Rooms Mechanical Rooms and Boiler Rooms 1 Cooper Crouse Hinds Model TP516 2 Appleton Model 8365N 3 Steel City Model RS12 Metal Switch Cover Plate Electrical Rooms Mechanical Rooms and Boiler Rooms Ls Cooper Crouse Hinds Model TP512 2s Appleton Model 8361 Bs Steel City Model RS 9 Weatherproof GFI Receptacl Cover Plate All exterior building mounted receptacles unless otherwise noted Lf Taymac Model 20310 2 Hubbell Model WP826MH Si Leviton Model 5977 CL 4 Rating shall be maintained while in use 5 Provide horizontal cover if receptacle is mounted horizontally Provide all additional combination cover plates of the same series required for th ntire project All devices in the project shall have a cover plate WIRING DEVICES 262726 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health
190. e installed in the project Furnish 2 of each type installed 2s UTP Patch Cables of sufficient length to replace any similar cable installed in the project Furnish 10 of each type installed 3 Connector Modules Furnish 10 of each type and rating installed 4 Wall Plates Furnish 10 of each type and rating installed WARRANTY Provide the warranty specified in Section 260010 PRODUCTS UTP RACK MOUNT PATCH PANELS FOR DATA Manufacturers Ls Hubbell Premise Wiring 2 ADC Krone 3 The Seimon Company 4 Amp Inc Basis Of Design Hubbell Premise Wiring NEXTSP Design Requirements 1 T0 LI T ED Category 6 Patch Panels Category 6 patch panels shall be standard 8 position RJ 45 style un keyed FCC compliant receptacle in 24 and 48 port configurations 96 Port will not be acceptable Panel frames shall be black powder coated 14 gage steel with rolled edges top and bottom for proper stiffness Panel design shall incorporate plastic push fasteners to permit hands free positioning onto standard EIA 310 D 19 mounting rails Panels shall accommodate a minimum of 24 ports for each rack mount unit 1 RMU 1 75 in Panels shall be designed for 4 pair 100 ohm balanced unshielded twisted pair UTP cable Panels shall terminate 26 22 AWG solid conductors with maximum insulation diameter of 0 050 in Panels shall have attached wiring instruction labels to permit either T568A
191. e Annunciators The audible Supervisory signal may be silenced but the visual signal shall remain y condition is corrected Upon correcting the Supervisory signal shall resound and The system can then be reset 3 Cause a Supervisory signal to be transmitted to the Supervising Station upon activation and the back to normal condition 4 Supervisory conditions shall include but not limited to the following conditions as they apply to this project Sprink Sprink Sprink 0AaAaQA0 0 Duct detectors ler system val ler system val lve tamper shutoff and PIV switches ler system fire pump signals minimum of 3 signals lve room low temperature unless directed otherwise by the local AHJ Other conditions as listed in these specifications shown on the drawings or as directed by the local AHJ DIGITAL ADDR ESSABLE FIRE F ALARM SYST eal Z 283111 6 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ga Function Switches Included on all Remote Annunciators shall be a minimum of 12 manual function switches or pushbuttons that can be programmed to include the items listed below and other functions required in these specifications shown on the drawings or desired by the Building Owner 1 System DRILL function Zs Bypass Supervising Station Alarm Functions ONLY Trouble and Supervisory conditions shall continue to report to the Supervising
192. e CRT LCD screen display and event printing of card use all transactions or violations only by card and or by reader H The A SM system shall provide momentary or maintained release of card reader controlled door locks via the A SM computer keyboard Te The A SM system shall provide for user programming of the following data for each card Card number internal and hot stamp Access level Authorized areas Effective date Expiration date Cardholder name Cardholder social security number or equivalent ID number HWA OF WD t Access Control System 281300 7 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti Bi Employee status active retired temporary etc Oe Cardholder department name 10 Cardholder automotive license number 11 Cardholder home telephone number 12 Cardholder business phone number 13 Company name if other than system owner 14 Seventy 70 user definable fields The A SM system shall allow cardholder tracking by individual cards The A SM system cardholder database shall allow for the import of cardholder data with ASCII files created from other databases or system DATABASE QUERIES EDITING AND PRINTING The A SM system shall provide for database queries database editing and report printing via user definable parameters The A SM system shall be capable of printing requested queries and reports to the A SM computer screen or its asso
193. e PTZ Control Icon and then pressing the PTZ Preset number Date and Time The VMS shall display the current date and time Soft Trigger Icon The VMS shall allow the customization of the user interface to allow software triggers to be shown The VMS shall allow the user to pick their own icon and select the software triggers to display in the client The VMS shall also display the status of any soft triggers on connected VMS servers vent Buttons The VMS shall allow the user to monitor live video from remote location using a separate client application The VMS shali low the user to send a notification Soft Trigger via the server oused at the location being monitored The VMS Software client shall low the activation of Soft Triggers from th Live Video page by licking a pre configured icon awm yo Oo A Gs Pan Tilt and Zoom PTZ Controls The VMS software shall control PTZ cameras and be used to maneuver a mechanical PTZ camera and digitally pan tilt and zoom on any video The following methods of controlling a PTZ camera shall be available E PTZ graphics control windows 2s Live graphic overlay PTZ control icons 3 Keyboard control Up Down Left Right Arrows Page Up Page Down for Zoom 4 PTZ presets Dis Digital PTZ 6 USB joystick to control PTZ cameras 7 Proportional PTZ control by clicking the mouse
194. e VMS server The VMS software shall a KK Instant Recall Setup The VMS software shall have a feature to export a video segment from specific cameras or audio inputs to a CD or DVD upon an input trigger or other event being activated The software shall also send an email or text message notifying the recipient that the input trigger has been activated The VMS software shall be used to create a profile that determines the number of minutes of recorded video that occurs before and after the instant recall is activated that is recorded The Event Linking feature shall be used to link the profile to the type of event that should cause the video and audio segment to be exported LL Event Linking The VMS software shall be used to connect different types of events such as input triggers to a desired action such as recording video or triggering an alarm An event shall activate an action and be stored in a searchable database The VMS software shall recognize the following event types T Video Motion Dive Video Loss S Input Trigger 4 POS Port Js POS Profile 6 Health Tiy IP Camera Connection 8 Manual Event Soft Trigger os Analytics MM The VMS software shall recognize the following action types dee None 2 Record Video 3 Output Trigger VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 15 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health NN OO PP QQ RR Output Video Notify email and text notification Instant Recal
195. e damaged products before Substantial Completion END OF SECTION 266030 PART 1 ti t SECTION 271400 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES UTP Cables and Equipment Telephone Cables and Equipment odular Jacks and Mounting Hardware Equipment Racks Backboards Wire Management Lightning Protection Labeling REFERENCES NFPA 70 National Electrical Code ANSI TIA 568 C 0 Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premises ANSI TIA 568 C 1 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard ANSI TIA 568 C 2 Balanced Twisted Pair Telecommunications Cabling And Components Standard ANSI TIA 568 C 3 Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard BISCI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual Current Edition NEMA WD 6 Wiring Devices Dimensional Requirements ANSI TIA EIA 607 Grounding and Protection of Telecommunication Cables and Equipment EIA 310 D Cabinets Racks Panels and Associated Equipment EIA TIA 604 3 Fiber Optic Connector Internoteability Standard ANSI ICEA S 80 576 Industry Color codes UL 910 NFPA 262 Test method for fire and smoke characteristics of electrical and optical fiber cables used in air handling spaces UL 1666 Flame propagation height of electrical and optical fiber cables install
196. e full range of movement for adjustment and vibration without stressing the flexible conduit or connectors Coordinate installation of outlet box for equipment connected under Section 260180 RACEWAYS AND BOX 260533 9 El n 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health INTERFACE WITH CONCRETE SLABS Conduits are not permitted in concrete slabs or elevated slabs for this project Concrete Floors on Grade Install conduits under concrete slabs in stone base Concrete Elevated Floors Install conduits below slab in ceiling plenum of floor below Review all underslab conduit interface with Architect Engineer before installation ADJUSTING Test adjust and balance as required Adjust floor box flush with finish flooring material Adjust flush mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material Install knockout closures in unused box openings CLEANING Clean interior of boxes to remove dust debris and other material Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish END OF SECTION 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOX 260533 10 Gl n 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 SECTION 260583 E UTILITY SERVICE ENTRANC GENERAL SECTION INLCUDES Arrangement with Utility Company for permanent electric service Service entrance as indicated on the drawings Metering equipment COORDINA
197. e iron case of steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment top slot for reinforcing rods lugs for attaching to forms size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods FLASHING A Metal Flashing 26 ga galvanized steel Bi Metal Counterflashing 22 ga galvanized steel Flexible Flashing 47 mil thick sheet butyl compatible with roofing D Caps Steel 22 ga minimum 16 ga at fire resistant elements MECHANICAL GENERAL EQUIPMENT 230100 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health sD EQUIPMENT CURBS A Fabrication Welded 18 ga galvanized steel shell and base mitered 3 cant 12 thick insulation factory installed wood nailer s6 SLEEVES AND SEALANTS A Sleeves for Pipes Through Non fire Rated Floors 18 ga galvanized steel B Sleeves for Pipes Through Non fir Rated Beams Walls Footings and Potentially Wet Floors Steel pipe or 18 gage galvanized steel Gy Sleeves for Pipes Through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls and Fire Proofing Prefabricated fire rated sleeves including seals UL listed ira D Sleeves for Rectangular Ductwork Galvanized steel Firestopping Insulation Glass fiber type non combustible F Sealant Acrylic oh MOTORS A Manufacturers Eat Century Dv Westinghouse 3 Lincoln 4 Baldor Ss Or approved equal B Genera
198. e locations that match the manual station Indoor Protective Shield Factory fabricated clear plastic enclosure hinged at the top to permit lifting for access to initiate an alarm Lifting the cover actuates an integral battery powered audible horn intended to discourage false alarm operation Weatherproof Pull Stations Where indicated or required becaus th environmental conditions including temperature and humidity can become outside the listed ratings of a standard pull station provide the following T Provide manual pull stations that are suitable for the environment in which they are installed 2 If a non addressable device is required locate an addressable interfac module in an accessible location within the listed environmental conditions of the module and as close as possible to the device SPOT TYPE AUTOMATIC DETECTION Description All devices shall be UL listed Include features and meet requirements as follows T Detectors shall be documented as compatible with the control equipment to which they are connected Detectors shall be listed for the application indicated i e ceiling wall below access floor etc DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTI 283111 7 eal Z 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Bes The environmental conditions including temperature and humidity of each detector location shall be within the detectors listed ratings If the detect
199. e user to place video cameras on a map to show where they are located and which direction they are facing The map shall be created using any readable graphics format The VMS software shall be able to display live and recorded video from this map and detect any events or status changes occurring on those cameras When using an Enterprise class license the VMS software shall b abl to embed maps with in maps When an event happens on a map that is embedded inside of a map it shall display the alert on all parent maps and change the color of icons on the parent map and all subsequent parent maps VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 12 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health AA BB Cc System Information The VMS software shall be used to display system information about users that are currently logged into the system plug in file version information number and status and a system log that contains a detailed history of the process that occur on the system The system log shall be viewed by selecting the start and end date and time and clicking on t a t he search button The system log shall also be exportable to a file name nd opened with a text editor A log settings feature shall give the user he ability to set the maximum days that logged alarms and the system logs are kept on the system System Setup The VMS software shall have the following features to set up VMS servers 1 System n
200. earest 120 208V panelboard 3 Provide fire alarm wiring between auxiliary relay and fire alarm panel 4 Auxiliary relay shall control the contactor as required DIVISION 23 POWER REQUIREMENTS Refer to Mechanical Plumbing and Fire Protection Schedules on Drawings and Division 23 Specifications For the power requirements which were the basis of design confirm the actual power befor ordering installing notify Architect Engineer COORDINATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES Division of responsibility between Contractors shall be as indicated below The respective contractor shall provide all items of material and equipment for the following DIV DIV Ta Rooftop Air Conditioner RTC a Furnish and install unit b Starter c Fused disconnect switch fused per manufacturer NEC terminals g Control power transformer at starter X d Power wiring thru disconnect and starter to ul EQUIPMENT WIRING SYSTEMS 260180 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health DIV DIV 2 Electric Variable Air Volume Boxes V Furnish and install unit a b Local disconnect switch ie e c Power wiring thru starter and disconnect to Pail X DIV 23 terminals d Control wiring Tester Overload Protection DIV Bis Electric Cabinet Heaters ECH a Furnish and install unit b Thermal Toggle Switch Disconnect switch c Power wiri
201. ed to show approximate and relative locations of services and equipment Do not scale drawings to determine exact positions locations and clearances B Due to the diagrammatic layout and small scale of the drawings exact dimensions are not shown Coordinate location and position of equipment with all other trades and the Engineer Bring any discrepancies or interferences to the attention of the Architect and or Engineer for clarification Ca All drawings and specifications pertaining to general construction plumbing HVAC kitchen electrical and other work shall be carefully examined Where physical interferences with his work occur because of his failure to coordinate with other trade this Contractor shall rearrange his work at his own expense SUBMITTAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW A Submit shop drawings with a letter of transmittal to the Architect per requirements of the General Conditions and Architects instructions Be Properly prepare submittals before transmitting to the designated reviewer Tiy Prepare an individual submittal package for each related group of materials 2s Refer to individual 260000 Sections for materials to be submitted for review and approval 3 Collate all items to be submitted as required by Division 1 consisting of one copy of each item Permanently bind together by staples or other means all pages in each set ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
202. ed light obstruction smoke detector consisting of a rate transmitter and receiver or transmitter receiver and reflector The shall cover an area 30 wide and between 30 and 280 long ected beam smoke detectors shall include the following Field settable sensitivity settings Each projected beam smoked detector shall have an associated addressable monitor module to report alarm and trouble conditions to the fire alarm control panel The detector shall distinguish between smoke and accidental beam blockage Beam blockage shall report a trouble signal to the fire alarm control panel The detector shall automatically adjust for ambient influences including dirt and dust If a reflector is used it shall be of the size and type as provided by the manufacturer Test Stations Provide remote test stations as required All projected smoke detectors installed in a concealed space shall be provided with a Test Station consisting of alarm LED and test switch installed below the smitter in order to facilitate locating the unit for testing and tenance purposes or Protective Shield Factory fabricated wire guard to protect the beam smoke detector from physical damage UL listed for use with the beam detector ADDR A Desc ESSABLE INTERFACE MODULES ription Addressable Interface Modules provide a means of interfacing for monitor or control of non addressable devices to the fire a
203. ed vertically in shafts TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health t SYSTEM REQUIREMENT All cables Specified are to be supplied in plenum rated versions for this installation Coordinate the features of materials and equipment so they form an integrated system Match components and interconnections for optimum performance SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW Submit under provisions of Section 260010 Shop Drawings The following items shall be submitted for review and approval Ls Submittal booklet to include the following a Reference to Specification Section b A list of all equipment to be provided and installed Gis Data sheets to indicate dimensions knockout sizes material fabrication details finishes and accessories with specific item or model number highlighted d Data sheet to indicate each cable type including number of pairs punch down block outlet connectors with the specific item or model number highlighted e Data sheets to indicate supply dimensions ETL verified electrical characteristics and parameters upgrade expansion data and mounting methods for all hardware and materials with the specific item or model numbers highlighted Submit manufacturer warranty certificate stating length of warranty other accepted component manufacturers and overall testing repla
204. ed with rework of luminaires piping ductwork and ceiling grid QUALITY ASSURANC bl Materials equipment appurtenances as well as workmanship provided under this Section shall conform to the highest commercial standard as specified and as indicated on drawings CEILING TILE REMOVAL The Contractor shall remove and replace ceiling tile and grid work as required for the installation of electrical work Damaged tile and grid shall be replaced by the Contractor and shall match the existing ceiling system MAINTENANCE MATERIALS Provide 2 of each special tool required for maintenance EXTRA MATERIALS Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed are packaged with protective covering for storage and are identified with labels describing contents Ti Lamps Furnish 1 lamp for every 20 of each type and rating installed Furnish at least one of each type 2s Ballasts Furnish 1 for every 10 of each type and rating installed Furnish at least one of each type 36 Batteries Furnish 1 of each type and rating installed 4 Glass and Plastic Lenses Covers and Other Optical Parts Furnish 2 of each type and rating installed 5 Globes and Guards Furnish 2 of each type and rating installed WARRANTY Provide the warranty specified in Section 260010 PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Luminaires Ass Refer to the Luminaire Schedule
205. eiling using spring metal clips or metal or plastic cable ties to support cables from structure Do not support cables from ceiling suspension system Do not rest cable on ceiling panels L Modify as required for the installation of lug adapters crimp on reducers and hardware as necessary to terminate conductors on equipment M Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes equipment and panelboards N Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors O Make splices taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature ris P Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps No 6 AWG and larger Tape uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 of insulation rating of conductor Ox Use gutter taps for taps from parallel feeder cables R Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps 8 AWG and smaller Sy Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps 10 AWG and smaller T Cover ends of spare conductors with electrical tape U Conductor Splices Keep to minimum Ti Install splices and tapes that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than conductors being spliced Dx Use splice and tap connectors that are compatible with conductor material V Voltage Drop All feeders on the
206. either at the Project site or elsewhere and to report on and if required to interpret results of those inspections or tests M AHJ Authority ies Having Jurisdiction N Abbreviations and Names Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated The following acronyms or abbreviations as referenced in Contract Documents are defined to mean the associated names 1 AAHTO American Assoc of State Highway amp Trans Officials 2 ACI American Concrete Institute 3 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 4 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 5 ANSI American National Standards Institute 6 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials yi AWS American Welding Society 8 CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers Assoc 9 CRS I Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 10 EIA Electronic Industries Assoc 11 ETE ETL Testing Laboratories Inc 12 FM Factory Mutual Research Organization 13 ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association Inc ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260010 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 14 IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 15 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 16 IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America 17 IMSA International Municipal Signal Associatio
207. elboards with main service disconnect switch Handle Locks Ts Provide accessories which permit circuit breaker handles to be pad locked in the OFF position where indicated for indicated circuit breakers 2a Provide accessories which prevent circuit breaker handles from being manually moved from the OFF position for the handles of all circuit breaker which feed emergency lighting circuits public address and intercom systems and uninterruptable power supplies Load Side Terminations Provide lugs on circuit breakers of sufficient size to terminate conductors scheduled or indicated on plans Use only Owner assigned room numbers in final panel directory card For recessed double panels allow at least 4 between backboxes so that trim does not butt or overlap For surface mounted panelboards provide top and bottom skirts when panelboards are located in areas other than mechanical rooms Skirts to be same gauge and finish as panelboard and equipped with mounting flanges Provide nameplates and labels as called for in Section 260553 Provide 2 100 neutral assemblies in all split bus panelboards Provide Hinged Trim panelboard covers for all lighting and power panelboards The entire trim shall be hinged to swing to one side of the box to access the panel gutter space PANELBOARDS 262416 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health lt 3 PANELBOARD SHORT CIRCUIT RATING A UL label indicating seri
208. ements of ANSI TIA EIA 568 B 2 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard All high pair count cable shall consist of 24AWG thermoplastic insulated opper conductors that are formed into one or more units of unshielded isted pairs l high pair count cable shall be assembled into binder groups of 25 irs or part thereof following the standard industry color code NSI ICEA S 80 576 l high pair count cable shall be identified by distinctly colored inders and assembled to form the core high pair count cable shall have a sheath that consists of an overall hermoplastic jacket and may contain an underlying metallic shield and one more layers of a dielectric material applied over the cor high pair count cable shall be Plenum or Riser Rated in accordance ith NEC Article 770 UL Subject 1666 and UL Subject 910 z D O CR Zz P0 TPT Pav Pta Telephone Workstation Cable Provide UTP patch cables to match those used for data TELEPONE CABLE CONNECTIONS Main off brackets from backboard with all cross connect cables Service Entrance Provide Type 66 blocks Category 5E mounted on stand Intermediate Closet and or Consolidation Point Connections Provide UTP rack mount patch panels to match those used for data MODULAR JACKS Manufacturers 13 0303 0 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 2714
209. emperature control minimizes drift from set point and provides better building comfort A centralized Microprocessor shall provide anti short cycle timing and time delay between compressors to provide a higher level of machine protection Provide high pressure cutout Gas Heating Section The heating section shall have a progressive tubular heat exchanger design using stainless steel burners and corrosion resistant steel throughout An induced draft combustion blower shall be used to pull the combustion products through the firing tubes The heater shall use a direct spark ignition DSI system On initial call for heat the combustion blower shall purge the heat exchanger for 20 seconds before ignition After three unsuccessful ignition attempts the entire heating system shall be locked out until manually reset at the thermostat zone sensor Units shall be suitable for use with natural gas or propane field installed kit and also comply with the California requirement for low NOx emissions Gas Electric Only Unit shall be controlled with a 7 day programmable thermostat with multi stage control and fan control Provide throwaway filters Provide economizer HVAC EQUIPMENT 230835 6 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health N Provide roof curb PART 3 EXECUTION Sack INSTALLATION A Install in accordance with manufacturer s instructions B Lo
210. ent etc Do not center strobes on walls unless indicated to do so Set field selectabl strobe settings to meet applicable codes Settings shall be indicated on the installation and record drawings O Install automatic detection so it does not exceed the listed spacing and meets the requirements of NFPA 72 Do not locate automatic detection closer than 3 from HVAC grilles P Install the elevator smoke detectors heat detectors and control circuits per NFPA 72 and all applicable codes DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYST 283111 13 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health eal Z FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 260010 Be Acceptance Testing A 100 Acceptance Test shall be conducted by the Approved Equipment Supplier to meet the requirements of NFPA 72 Chapter 7 The Record of Completion shall indicate the total number of items tested in the system AUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER S FIELD SERVICES A Prepare and start systems under provisions of Section 260010 Bis Include services of certified technician to supervise installation adjustments final connections and system testing as required by local codes Gx Program the actual owner assigned room names numbers for alarm location ndication on displays System is not considered acceptable with architect
211. enuation in dB Km to be recorded in Final Test Report Contractor must test each fiber after installation using Power Meter A dB Printout end to end with connectors attached to be made and provided as part of the Performance Evaluation Report Traces must depict actual fiber loss dB Km fiber length ft and any fiber irregularities Runs over 1 000 must be tested using an optical time domain refractometer OTDR Test horizontal cables when installed and terminated as follows Both Wavelengths One Direction Link Loss lt 8 5 dB 200 meters Test centralized cables from utility entrances typically single mode as follows 1 One Wavelength 2 One Direction 3 Link Loss lt 3 3 dB for 300 meters 3 UTP Cable Testing Test each cable pair of each cable after installation for Specified Category performance Conduct test with a tester designed for testing above cable with RJ 45 jacks installed from each data outlet to associated patch cord through 0 panel jack Channel Provide printout for each test as part of the Performance Evaluation Report Minimum performance categories for report are to be as follows aap a Wire Map Continuity b Length Cs Near End Crosstalk pair to pair NEXT d Near End Crosstalk power sum PSNEXT Cx Equal Level Far End Crosstalk Loss pair to pair ELFEXT E Equal Level Far End Crosstalk Loss p
212. equipment to be provided and installed cr Data sheets to indicate voltage with specific items or model numbers highlighted 4 Installation methods 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Product Requirements Hand dryers shall be certified by Underwriters Laboratory UL Inc and shall bear UL labels 135 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Store products in manufacturer s unopened packaging until ready for installation B Store and dispose of solvent based materials and materials used with solvent based materials in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Maintain environmental conditions temperature humidity and ventilation within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results Lied WARRANTY A Provide the warranty specified in Section 260010 ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS 266030 1 11 054 00 Palmyra Borough Municipal Building PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURERS A World Dryer Corp T Phil Butler 708 234 8959 phil butler worlddryer com 22 ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS A SMARTdri PLUS Model K 973P stainless steel brushed housing with KKR 973 recess kit Provide the quantity shown on the drawings B Motor Universal type through flow discharge vacuum type with automatic resetting thermostat 1 07 HP 23 400 RPM Air flow rate 250 mph 22 000 linear feet per minute at air outlet at 77 cubic feet per minute
213. equired in NFPA 72 Any deficiencies that are to be listed on the Record of Completion shall be reviewed with the Architect Engineer on record for the project before the authority having jurisdiction is requested to sign the document Upon approval the original copy of the completed Record of Completion signed by all required parties shall be submitted through the Contractor to the Architect Engineer and Building Owner Drawings of the completed system reflecting any changes that were made from the original submission of drawings Copy of the system program in printed form and on a USB thumb drive Operating and Instruction Manuals of th ntire system Copy of the Testing and Maintenance Agreement for the first year of service Copy of the Supervising Station Monitoring Agreement Copy of the Certificate for Listing or Placarding the system System Program The equipment supplier shall provide a copy of the latest system program in printed form and on a USB thumb drive eal Z DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTI 283111 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health QUALIFICATIONS A anufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experienc B Equipment Supplier Shall be a local Company or local Branch office that is authorized by contract to provide all the products and equipment to be
214. er SUBSTITUTIONS A All substitutions must be submitted in accordance with Division 1 requirements B Substitutions submitted not in accordance with Division 1 requirements will be returned without review Gy All costs involved in changes in the building to the equipment to the arrangement of equipment or to the work performed or to be performed under other sections of the specifications due to the substitution of equipment in lieu of that shown on the drawings or specified shall be borne by the Contractor making such substitutions and shall include but not necessarily be limited to costs or fees in connection with resubmission of drawings for approval if required by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania local authorities or insuring agencies having jurisdiction over the work SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A Record Drawings Maintain one set of marked up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued Ts Preparation Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally Require individual or entity who obtained record data whether individual or entity is Installer Subcontractor or similar entity to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked up record prints a Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to ide
215. er excavated B Ream pipe and tube ends Remove burrs PLUMBING PIPING amp SPECIALTIES 230410 7 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions INSTALLATION Install in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Provide non conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space Group piping whenever practical at common elevations Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe joints or connected equipment Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed Establish elevations of buried water piping outside the building to ensure not less than 3 of cover Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing scrape brush clean and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility companies Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream Install valves with stems upright or horizontal not inverted Pipe vents from gas pressure reducing valves to outdoors and terminate in
216. ergency Electric Panel on Emergency circuit Responsibility for proper functioning of equipment shall be under this portion of specifications Where components are installed in locations exposed to weather they shall be weatherproofed FIRE PROTECTION 230300 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti t zal Q Wiring for tamper switches flow switches will be by REFERENCES ANSI ASME B16 1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25 125 250 and 800 ANSI ASME B16 5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings ANSI ASME B16 9 Factory made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings ANSI ASME B16 11 Forged Steel Fittings Socket welding and Threaded ANSI ASME B16 25 Buttwelding Ends ANSI ASME B36 10 Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe ANSI ASTM A135 Electric Resistance Welded Steel Pip ANSI AWWA C110 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings ANSI AWWA C151 Ductile Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast ASTM A53 Pipe Steel Black and Hot Dipped Zinc coated Welded and Seamless ASTM A234 Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for oderate and Elevated Temperatures NFPA 13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems NFPA 14 B Stand Pipe Systems NFPA 20 Fire Pump Systems SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with provisions of Section 230010 Shop Drawings Indicate pipe materials
217. eristic for any application Leakage through the closed damper shall be less than 0 45 at 4 WG pressure differential based on 1500 FPM open damper approach velocity les Damper motors shall be electric or electronic motors capable of modulating automatic dampers in response to a varying signal from a ATC SYSTEMS 230900 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health control device Actuators shall be capable of being used for either gradual or two position action Motors shall be large enough to operate dampers positively efficiently and smoothly Thermostats GUH GF 3 CU 3 ECH 1 ECH 2 Ls Thermostats shall be 7 day programmable type with LED Temperature Display and setpoint adjustment features PART 3 t EXECUTION INSTALLATION Install in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Install electrical work in accordance with NEC Electrical material and installation shall be in accordance with appropriate requirements of Division 16 Start up and commission systems Allow sufficient time for start up and commissioning prior to placing control systems in permanent operation Provide servic ngineer to instruct Owners representative in operation of system Provide basic operator training The control equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner All conduit shall be run parallel to or at right angles to the bu
218. erline Provide turning vanes in all elbows Where acoustical lining is indicated provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation Increase duct sizes gradually not exceeding 15 divergence wherever possible maximum 30 divergence upstream of equipment and 45 convergence downstream Provide standard 45 lateral wye takeoffs unless otherwise indicated where 90 conical tee connections may be used Size shall be as follows T Rectangular Duct Largest Duct Dimension Steel U S Standard Gauge Up through 12 26 13 through 30 24 30 through 54 22 55 through 84 20 84 and above 18 2s Round Duct Exhaust System Only Largest Duct Dimension Steel U S Standard Gauge Up through 8 26 9 through 22 24 23 through 36 22 37 through 50 20 AIR TURNING DEVICES EXTRACTORS Multi blade device with blades aligned in short dimension steel construction with individually adjustable blades mounting straps DUCTWORK SYSTEMS 230890 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A Gravity Backdraft Dampers Size 18 x 18 450 x 450 mm or Smaller Furnished with Air Moving Equipment Air moving equipment manufacturers standard construction B Multi Blade Parallel Action Gravity Balanced Backdraft Dampers 16 gage thick galvanized steel with blades of maximum 6 width with felt or flexible viny sealed edg
219. es linked together in rattle free manner with 90 stop steel ball bearings and plated steel pivot pin adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure DUCT ACCESS DOORS A Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible and as indicated By Fabrication Rigid and close fitting of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quick fastening locking devices For insulated ductwork install minimum 1 25 mm thick insulation with sheet metal cover Tz Less Than 12 Square Secure with sash locks 2i Up to 18 Square Provide two hinges and two sash locks 33 Up to 24x48 Three hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles 4 Larger Sizes Provide an additional hinge Cy Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable FIRE DAMPERS A Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555 and as indicated B Ceiling Dampers Galvanized steel 22 gauge frame and 16 gauge flap two layers 0 125 ceramic fiber on top side with locking clip er Curtain Type Dampers Galvanized steel with interlocking blades Provide stainless steel closure springs and latches for horizontal installations and closure under air flow conditions Configure with blades out of air stream Similar to Ruskin Model IBDZ from Dynamic Systems D Fusible Links UL 33 separate at 160 F with adjustable link straps for
220. es connected rating with integral or remote upstream devices allowabl Include size and type of upstream device allowable branch devices e and UL series connected short circuit rating B Fully r ated to interrupt symmetrical short circuit current available at terminals DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A Panelboards NEMA PB 1 circuit breaker type suitable for use as service entrance equipment B Panelboard Bus Copper ratings as indicated Provide copper ground bus in each panelboard Cy inimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating Lt Amperes Interrupting Current AIC Ratings 120V 208V and 240V breaker minimum AIC 10 000 amps unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or Specifications Dive Amperes Interrupting Current AIC Ratings 277V and 480V breaker minimum AIC 18 000 amps unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or Specifications 3 The Contractor shall verify the AIC of panelboards with the fault current study and adjust as required to comply with the study Dis Molded Case Circuit Breakers NEMA AB 1 bolt on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers with a common trip handle for each pole Provide circuit breakers with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits Provide UL Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers where scheduled Provide circuit breakers
221. esh air and return air ductwork except where noted B Lining shall be 1 thick fiberglass semi rigid board type or duct liner 3 0 lbs per cubic foot density with a thermal conductivity of approximately 0 23 BIUH hr sq ft PY ineh ue Relief ducts exhaust ducts and transfer ducts shall not be lined PART 3 EXECUTION Stell EXAMINATION A Verify that piping equipment materials have been tested before applying insulation materials B Verify that surfaces are clean foreign material removed and dry 3 2 INSTALLATION A Install materials in accordance with manufacturer s instructions B On exposed piping locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations INSULATION 230250 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti Insulated pipes and equipment conveying fluids below ambient temperatur Tes Provide vapor barrier jackets factory applied or field applied 2 Insulate fittings joints and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe 33 Pvc fitting covers shall be used 4 Continue insulation through walls sleeves pipe hangers and other pipe penetrations Bie Insulate entire system including fittings valves unions flanges strainers flexible connections and expansion joints For insulated pipes and equipment conveying fluids above ambient temperatur T Provide standard jackets with vapor barrier fact
222. ess of the audible alarm the display shall indicate abnormal as long as a fault condition exists The alarm shall automatically reset with the correction of the fault condition I The panel shall be equipped with dry contacts for each remote signal to enable the alarm to interface with another alarm or a central computer system Js The panel shall be equipped with contacts for connection to the PC based alarm monitoring software Alarms that require installation of additional circuit boards to allow PC based monitoring are not acceptable 2 20 HOT WATER TEMPERATURE MAINTENANCE HEAT TAPE A Furnish and install a complete UL listed system of electrical self regulating heating and cable components for domestic hot water By System shall be Raychem HWAT Plus or accepted substitute The system shall maintain 115 F Ge The cable shall be for 208 volt and shall include all components required for a complete system D Each circuit shall be protected by a 15A ground fault protection device E Heat tape shall be installed on all hot water piping 3 4 and over and on all 1 2 branches to within 5 of the fixture Es The system shall be tested after installation is complete 2621 APPROVED EQUALS A The following are approved equals providing they meet specifications 1 Drains Hydrants Wade Smith Ancon PAR Mixing Valves Powers Symmons PART 3 EXECUTION Bee EXAMINATION A Verify that excavations are to required grade dry and not ov
223. estrike Device Integral with ballast or solid state potted module factory installed within fixture and compatible with lamps ballasts and mogul sockets up to 150W or Minimum Starting Temperature Minus 40 F EXIT SIGNS A General Requirements for Exit Signs Comply with UL 924 for sign colors visibility luminance and ettering size comply with authorities having jurisdiction B Internally Lighted Signs 1 Lamps for AC Operation LEDs 70 000 hours minimum rated lamp life 2 Self Powered Exit Signs Battery Type Integral automatic charger ina self contained power pack a Battery Sealed maintenance free nickel cadmium type b Charger Fully automatic solid stage type with sealed transfer relay on Operation Relay automatically energizes lamp from battery when circuit voltage drops to 80 of nominal voltage or below When normal voltage is restored relay disconnects lamps from battery and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger d Test Push Button Push to test type in unit housing simulates loss of normal power and demonstrates unit operability e LED Indicator Light Indicates normal power on Normal glow indicates trickle charge bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle f Remote Test Switch in hand held remote device aimed in direction of tested unit initiates coded infrared signal Signal reception by
224. factory installed infrared receiver in tested unit triggers simulation of loss of its normal power supply providing visual confirmation of either proper or failed emergency respons g Integral Self Test Factory installed electronic device automatically initiates code required test of unit emergency operation at required intervals Test failure is annunciated by an integral audible alarm and a flashing red LED INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 7 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Wireguards Provide wireguards for all exit signs located in the Gymnasiums Locker Rooms Multi Purpose Rooms Electrical Rooms Mechanical Rooms Boiler Rooms and all other areas indicated on the drawings FLUORESCENT LAMPS Low Mercury Lamps Comply with EPA s toxicity characteristic leaching procedure test shall yield less than 0 2 mg of mercury per liter when tested according to NEMA LL 1 T8 rapid start low mercury lamps rated 32 W maximum nominal length of 48 3100 initial lumens minimum CRI 85 minimum color temperature 3500K and average rated life 30 000 hours unless otherwise indicated T8 rapid start low mercury lamps rated 25W maximum nominal length of 36 2200 initial lumens minimum CRI 85 minimum color temperature 3500K and average rated life of 30 000 hours unless otherwise indicated zZ 8 rapid start low mercury lamps rated 17W maximum nominal
225. final filters Sos Duct systems are clean of debris 6 Fans are rotating correctly Ts Fire and volume dampers are in place and open 8 Air coil fins are cleaned and combed 9 Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place 10 Air outlets are installed and connected 11 Duct system leakage is minimized 12 Hydronic systems are flushed filled and vented 13 Pumps are rotating correctly 14 Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place 15 Service and balance valves are open B Submit field reports Report defects and deficiencies noted during performance of services which prevent system balance as soon as observed Gy Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions 3 3 PREPARATION A Provide instruments required for testing adjusting and balancing operations B Provide additional balancing devices as required 3 4 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A Air Handling Systems Adjust to within 5 of design for supply systems and 10 of design for return and exhaust systems Be Hydronic Systems Adjust to within 10 of design 335 ADJUSTING A Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions B Permanently mark settings of valves dampers and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored Set and lock memory stops Ck After adjustment take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified TESTING ADJUSTING amp BALANCING 230990 2
226. for submittals required 1 3 EXTRA MATERIALS A Refer to Section 262413 and 262416 for extra materials required 1 4 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A Refer to Section 262413 and 262416 for maintenance materials required PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Sal PANELBOARD SCHEDULES A Refer to Panelboard Schedules attached to the following pages ZG GENERAL NOTES FOR ALL PANEL SCHEDULES A Provide oversize lugs if required by conductors upsized for voltage drop B Use only owner assigned room numbers names in final panel schedules on Provide ground bus and 100 neutral Dis Provide Hinged Trim panelboard covers for all lighting and power panelboards The entire trim shall be hinged to swing to one side of the box to access the panel gutter space E All Panelboards with greater than 42 poles shall have 2 panel backboxes Single backboxes with more than 42 poles will be unacceptable S43 STANDARD BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRE SIZING TABLE A Sizing Table PANELBOARD SCH 262420 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health EDULE STANDARD BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRE SIZING TABL KAKER TRIP RATING 2 12 1 12 GND 3412 1 12 GND 4 12 IN 3 4 IN 3 4 CONDUIT IN 3 4 CO
227. g and change of state NOTIFICATION APPLIANC CJ S Description UL listed horn and visual units for fire alarm notification Mounting Wall mounted or ceiling mounted where approved by the AHJ Semi flush where possible or surface mounted Provide manufacturer s standard back box for surface locations that match the notification appliance Indoor Protective Shield Factory fabricated wire guard or clear plastic enclosure to protect the notification appliance from physical damage UL listed for use with the notification appliance Weatherproof Notification Appliances Where indicated or required because th environmental conditions including temperature and humidity can become outside the listed ratings of standard devices provide weatherproof notification devices suitable for the environmental conditions in which it is installed Color White with red lettering unless directed otherwise by Architect AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES SPEAKERS T UL 1480 listed fire alarm speakers Field Selectable Taps 1 8 2 1 and 2 Watts Field Selectabl Taps for large spaces or spaces with high average ambient sound levels 1 2 4 and 8 Watts Audible devices shall meet the requirements of voice intelligibility per NFPA T2 VISUAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES Xenon strobe lights with clear polycarbonate lens and the work FIRE is engraved in minimum 1 hig
228. g Company or equal Arresters shall be of the piston type with a seamless Type L Copper chamber and have a permanent PSI air change above a two O ring piston Units shall be certified and sized by PDI WH201 and ASSE 1010 and carry an unconditional lifetime of the system warranty Arresters shall be installed per manufacturer s installation instructions MEDICAL GAS PIPING VACUUM PIPING MEDICAL AIR NITROUS OXIDE AND OXYGEN PIPING Copper Pipe ASTM B819 Hard Drawn Seamless Medical Gas Tubing Type K or Type L per NFPA 99 T Fittings Wrought copper socket type brazed per NFPA 99 ANSI AWS A5 8 Protect all piping in concealed locations by installation within a metal or PVC pipe or conduit MEDICAL GAS BALL VALVES All valves shall be Tri Tech Medical 51 Series or approved equal by Chemetron and must be installed and tested in strict accordance with NFPA 99 Standards and or any local codes before us The valves shall be bronze ball type with Teflon TFE seats and seals Valves shall be rated at working pressure of 600 psi 29 in Hg vacuum and s f ha be operated by a lever type handle requiring only a quarter turn from ully open position to a fully closed position Optional locking handles are available valves shall be equipped with Type K copper tubing extensions with two rass 1 8 NPT female gauge purge ports one on each side of the valve to acilitate installati
229. g pad and base Ce Adjust equipment level Prior to making piping connections to equipment with operating weights substantially different from installed weights block up equipment with temporary shims to final height When full load is applied adjust isolators to load to allow shim removal Connect wiring to isolated equipment with flexible hanging loop All vibration isolation devices including steel bases and pouring forms shall be supplied by a single manufacturer All piping located in Boiler Room shall be isolated from the building structure by means of spring hangers For Air Handlers not located in the Mechanical Rooms all piping 1 in diameter or greater shall be isolated with spring hangers having the same deflection for the first three hangers as those for the machine to which it is connected Bases for all end suction pumps shall be sized to include supports for the suction and discharge elbows Flexible conduit shall be used for all electrical connections to isolated equipment Flexible conduit shall be 50 longer than the actual distance between the rigid conduit and th quipment lectrical connection locations The schedule of isolators required shall be as follows Chiller 1 4 deflection neoprene or fiberglass pads Pumps inertia bases 1 minimum deflection springs Air handling units in mechanical rooms on grade 1 4 deflection neoprene or fiberglass pads Ceiling mounted air handling units 1
230. g pressure of 600 psi 29 in Hg vacuum and shall be operated by a lever type handle requiring only a quarter turn from a fully open position to a fully closed position Valves shall incorporate an adjustable packing and a blow out proof stem Only full port valves having flow rates comparable to equivalent size of pipe shall be used Valves shall be able to be piped from left to right or right to left Cc All valves shall be provided with Type K copper tubing extensions to facilitate installation Valves shall b 3 piec in lin repairable type Each valve assembly shall be supplied cleaned for oxygen service in accordance with current CGA Standards The valve tub nds shall be capped and sealed in a protective container to prevent contamination prior to installation D Gauges shall be 1 1 2 diameter for monitoring pressure and vacuum and shall state USE NO OIL Dual scale gauges are not acceptable for USA installations A fully color coded label package shall be supplied with each valve box assembly for application by the installer t The valve box shall be 18 ga sheet steel construction painted to prevent rust A single box shall house from one to three valves Boxes may be coupled with other boxes with a part ZV 801 zone valve box coupler kit Box shall be supplied with an adjustable plaster flange to 1 1 8 for easy mounting F Valve box assembly shall be supplied with f formed steel
231. ge systems to drain at low points Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level Prepare pipe fittings supports and accessories for finish painting Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing scrape brush clean and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding Do not penetrate building structural members unless indicated Provide sleeves when penetrating footings floors and walls Seal pipe and sleeve penetrations to achieve fire resistance equivalent to fire separation required Die cut screw joints with full cut standard taper pipe threads with red lead and linseed oil or other non toxic joint compound applied to male threads only Install valves with stems upright or horizontal not inverted Remov protective coatings Provide gate ball or butterfly valves for shut off or isolating service Provide drain valves at main shut off valves low points of piping and apparatus For underground piping provide thrust blocks at changes of direction Install equipment in accordance with manufacturers instructions Install buried shut off valves in valve box Provide post indicator Provide double check valve assembly at sprinkler system water source connection Locat fir department connection with sufficient clearance from walls obstructions or adjacent Siamese connectors to allow full swing of fire department wrench handle Locate outside alarm gong
232. gh and low level and off a High Level Operation 100 of rated lamp lumens Dis Low Level Operation 30 of rated lamp lumens Z Ballast shall provide equal current to each lamp in each operating mode 3 Capability Certified by manufacturer for use with specific bi level control system and lamp type indicated G Ballasts for Tri Level Controlled Lighting Fixtures Electronic type 1 Operating Modes Ballast circuit and leads provide for remote control of the light output of the associated lamp between high and low level and off a High Level Operation 100 of rated lamp lumens b Low Level Operation 30 and 50 of rated lamp lumens Di Ballast shall provide equal current to each lamp in each operating mode Biz Compatibility Certified by manufacturer for use with specific tri level control system and lamp type indicated H Provide lamps for all lighting fixtures furnished in the project Contractor to verify that lamps installed in fixtures are of the type recommended by the manufacturer BALLASTS FOR COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMPS A Description Electronic programmed rapid start type complying with UL 935 and ANSI C82 11 designed for type and quantity of lamps indicated Ballast shall be designed for full light output unless dimmer or bi level control is indicated 1 Lamp end of life detection and shutdown circuit 2s Automatic lamp starting after lamp replacemen
233. gs as may be necessary and proper providing and building in place all lintels required by these openings doing the necessary patching and rebuilding of the work required under the direction of the respectiv E ontractors and he shall be responsible for all loss or delay resulting herefrom LUBRICATION The contractor shall provide all oil for the operation of all equipment until acceptance The Contractor shall run in all bearings and after they are run in drain all oil from the bearings flush out all bearings and refill with MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 9 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health new oil The Contractor shall while th quipment is being o be held responsible for all damage to bearings perated by him up to the date of acceptance of the equipment The contractor shall be required to protect all bearings during installation and shall thoroughly grease steel shafts to prevent corrosion All motors and other equipment shall be provided with covers as required for proper protection during construction 319 JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS A Screwed Connections All join ts made in screwed pipe shall be made with red lead or pipe compound applied to the threaded end of the pipe and not applied within the fitting Threads sha ll be cut straight and true with sections reamed and cleaned before installation END OF SECTION 230010 MECHANICAL
234. h Ly Single phase motors for shaft mounted fans or blowers capacitor type in Single phase motors for fans pumps blowers start type 33 Motors located in exterior locations Totally 4 Motors located in outdoors Totally type Die Motors located in outdoors Totally type END OF SECTION 230100 nclosed weatherproof epoxy sealed MECHANICAL GENERAL EQUIPM ENT 230100 9 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Permanent split air compressors Capacitor nclosed typ nclosed weatherproof epoxy treated PART 1 t t PART 2 SECTION 230250 INSULATION GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Piping Insulation Jackets and Accessories Equipment Insulation Covering Breeching Insulation Ductwork Insulation Duct Liner Insulation Jackets REFERENCES American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM National Fire Protection Association NFPA Underwriters Laboratories UL Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Inc SMACNA ASHRAE Standard 90A 1980 SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with provisions of Section 230010 Product Data Provide product description list of materials and thickness for each service and locations QUALITY ASSURANC Gl Materials Flame spread smoke developed rating of 25 50 or less in accordance with ASTM E84 NFPA 255 UL 723 PRODUCT
235. h Setpoint amp Occupancy This electronic device utilizes a thermistor to vary the voltage output in response to changes in the zone temperature Wiring to the U C M controls must be 18 to 22 awg shielded ATC SYSTEMS 230900 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health twisted pair wiring The setpoint adjustment range is 50 F 88 F This sensor is provided with an externally adjustable setpoint a timed override button and a timed override cancel button An optional communications jack is available which snaps into the enclosure backplate Cs Sensor Enclosure The sensor enclosure consists of back plate cover security screw batteries and mounting hardware It provides openings for ventilation switches and indicators A security screw is located at the bottom of the enclosure and anchors the cover to the back plate to help prevent tampering D Each VAV box shall have a direct digital controller Multiple VAV boxes controlled by single controller shall not be acceptable Service technician shall be able to view change and program all points associated with VAV box from portable service tool plugged into space sensor or at computer t During the occupied mode primary air control damper shall modulate to maintain space temperature On a call for heat air control damper shall go to heat position and reheat coil valve shall modulate to maintain space temperatur setpoint Fs System operator shall be
236. h letters UL 1971 listed Field Selectable Candela Settings 1 Wall 15 30 75 110 Di Ceiling 15 30 75 95 Field Selectable Candela Settings for large rooms and spaces Is Wall 135 185 2 Ceiling 115 177 KNOX BOX Provide a flush mounted Knox Box at location where required by local AJH fire marshal fire chief etc and meeting their key requirements Surface mounted will be acceptabl in existing walls Connect to fire alarm system with a monitor module to provide a supervisory condition eal Z DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTI 283111 11 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR A Mounting Flush or surface mounted with matching surface box designed for the unit as indicated or required B LCD Annunciator Duplicate annunciator functions including all switching function switches and keypad as the fire alarm control panel Annunciator shall be capable of monitoring th ntire system and full system control Provide one 1 where indicated on the Drawings A ES FIRE ALARM CABLE A Manufacturers de Belden 2 West Pen Bis General B Non Power Limited Circuits Solid copper conductors with 600 V rated 75 C color coded insulation Wire type and sizes shall be as recommended by manufacturer Cc Power Limited Circuits NFPA 70 Types FPL FPLR or FPLP Wire type and sizes sh
237. he Contractor is responsible for understanding and following the requirements of the codes and standards referenced by these documents The Contractor shall be responsible for costs associated with changes when a code enforcement official determines that work does not comply with referenced codes and standards DEFINITIONS General Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract Indicated The term indicated refers to graphic representations notes or schedules on the Drawings or other Paragraphs or Schedules in the Specifications and similar requirements in the Contract Documents Terms such as shown noted scheduled and specified are used to help the reader locate the reference There is no limitation on location Directed Terms such as directed requested authorized selected approved required and permitted mean directed by the Architect requested by the Architect and similar phrases Approved The term approved when used in conjunction with the Architect s action on the Contractor s submittals applications and requests is limited to the Architect s duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract Regulation Th term regulation includes laws ordinances statutes and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction as well as rules conventions and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Wo
238. he cameras are set to record only upon motion or alarm The user shal select the desired time lapse increment in hours minutes or seconds Selecting zero shall disable this feature The VMS shall also have the ability to enforce storage rules on a per camera basis and allow the user either to limit the number of days of recording or to retain the video for a specific number of days When the setting is configured to limit the number of days of recorded video the VMS software shall delete any video older than the selected number of days When the VMS software is configured to keep the video for a specific number of days it shall maintain the recorded video to the exclusion of recording all other video Serial Profile Setup The VMS software shall be used to create and view transaction profiles so that character strings such as cash register VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 14 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health receipts ATM transactions or access control transactions can be viewed with live or recorded video Event keywords shall trigger a system alarm or action Recorded video shall be searched and retrieved using a search serial feature The user shall also be able to indicate the beginning and end of transaction key words II Serial Port Setup The VMS software shall provide two ways to receive serial data and control PTZ cameras The VMS software shall allow the u
239. her shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings 6 Note Construction Change Directive numbers alternate numbers Change Order numbers and similar identification where applicable Vs Provide one 1 hard copy and one 1 PDF electronic file on digital media acceptable to Architect Engineer for Owner Provide one 1 additional PDF electronic file for the Engineer B O amp M Manuals Electronic Files Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required Ts Electronic Files Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available Where scanning of paper documents is required configure scanned file for minimum readable file siz Dake File Names and Bookmarks Enable bookmarking of individual documents based upon file names Name document files to correspond to system subsystem and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files then create composite manual so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system subsystem and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel upon opening file 3 Provide two 2 copies of the PDF electronic files on digital media acceptable to Architect Engineer One copy shall be for the Owner and the other shall be for the Engineer Crs O amp M
240. her workmen Shoring shall be maintained until tests of lines are completed Trenches that pass under paving or roads and have less than 2 of cover shall have a load relieving slab over the pipe Trenches which pass under or within 18 of any wall foundation shall be backfilled with concrete mixes 1 part cement 3 parts sand and 5 parts coarse aggregate All repair of macadam or concrete paving made necessary by work done under this contract shall be performed by General Contractor at the expense of this contractor All such repairs shall match surrounding paving in materials and workmanship All grading and seeding made necessary by work done under this contract shall be performed by the General Contractor at the expense of this contractor Work shall comply with the Architectural Section of the Specifications PAINTING All exposed piping iron work and equipment installed in the mechanical equipment rooms under this contract shall be painted 1 prime coat and 2 coats of best quality oil paint of color as selected by the Architect Unless specifically noted insulation and galvanized piping in ceiling cavity area shall not be painted All grilles louvers etc unless otherwise indicated shall be either furnished in or painted in a color selected by the Architect When requested by the Architect the equipment shall be finished with a prime coat and then professionally painted in the field in a color
241. iameters of 050 in to 070 in maximum 4 TE J ECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 8 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Wiring blocks and connecting blocks shall have a temperature rating of 14 F to 140 F with up to 95 non condensing humidity Wiring blocks shall have through openings to permit rear cable entry and direct routing to each point of termination Connecting blocks shall connect to the wiring block with a locking force of 35 Lb minimum Connecting blocks shall withstand a minimum of 200 re terminations without degradation to electrical or mechanical performance IDC contacts in the connecting blocks shall be a spring temper phosphor bronze alloy 032 thickness with 100 micro inches minimum solder plate 60 tin 40 lead at the wire contact area IDC contact termination towers on the connecting blocks shall have tapered pair splitting features to aid wire insertion and minimize pair un twist IDC towers shall also have high definition color coding TELEPHONE CABLES Manufacturers DAoPWNE Belden Berk Tek Inc Superior Essex Inc Mohawk General Hitachi Cable Service Cable Provided by Utility Company unless otherwise noted Telephone High Pair Count Backbone Cables Cables must meet or exceed Category 1 5E requirements All high pair count cable shall conform to the requir
242. ical names and change the Normal State of the larm Outputs from the default of Hi 5 VDC to Lo 0 VDC The Status shall e NORMAL in either the Hi or Lo Normal State setting until an event from he Event Linking feature activates an ALARM status The user shall verify he proper operation of the output state by observing the Status state hich switches between Normal and Alarm By default the Normal State shall e set to Hi 5 VDC Tet tt oPHo Pp Storage Setup The VMS software shall be used to configure hard drives for video storage The VMS software shall be installed on your C drive and separate disk drives shall be used for video storage The video storage disk drives shall be designed for high duty cycle Disk drives shall be visible during configuration for review and adjustment The VMS software shall enable or disable a drive for video storage by selecting or deselecting the nabled feature during storage setup The entire disk drive shall be used or an upper limit shall be selected by adjusting a video space slider The VMS software shall have a feature to display the used space that displays the amount of the disk drive capacity used for storage The VMS software shall display the status of a healthy or missing disk drive Another feature shall L s ndicate the age of the oldest video recorded on this system The VMS oftware shall capture images periodically time lapse recording even if t
243. ication Code or HMAC is a type of message authentication code MAC calculated using a specific algorithm involving a cryptographic hash function in combination with a secret key As with any MAC it can be used simultaneously verify both the data integrity and the authenticity of the data Sis Right Click on Video a Clear this video panel b Digital PTZ Setup Mode Overview and Features The VMS software shall be used by Administrators and Power Users to configure systems A Setup Mode consist of a hierarchy of icons for configuring the systems also called a configuration tree Clicking on any of the icons in the configuration tree shall display a new screen for configuring th selected item configuration tree shall consist of the following icons and features 1 OOMOANADA OB WN ArATNA OAWNEROs My Systems Adding System Client Setup Joystick Setup Enterprise User Setup Event Monitoring Group Setup ap Setup System Information System Setup Add IP Cameras IP Camera Recording Setup IP Camera Setup Audio Input Setup Trigger Input Setup Alarm Output Setup Storage Setup Serial Profile Setup VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 10 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 19 Serial Port Setup 20 Notifications 21 Instant Recall Setup 22 Event Linking Setup 23 Schedule Setup 24 User Setup Q My Systems The VMS software shall have a feature for displaying systems that have
244. ier shall provide the connections to the supervising station and include the first year monitoring fee as part of this contract The Building Owner shall be responsible making the 2 telephone lines available for connection to the DACT and provide a list of personnel to be contacted by the Supervising Station should the need arise This contractor shall wire connect and test the operation of the DACT 6 If the system is certificated as a Central Station system the battery standby may be reduced to 24 hours of standby power capacity ing Project shall include one years annual monitoring of the Fire Alarm System Monitoring shall be provided by a UL listed approved Central Station The Central Station shall be approved by the Professional Engineer and authority having jurisdiction and include required daily test reporting Ow WN Auxiliary Relays Provide sufficient SPDT auxiliary relay contacts to provide accessory functions specified The relay control wiring shall be electrically supervised by the Fire Alarm System to within three feet of the device or equipment to be controlled eal Z DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTI 283111 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health The front panels of all Remote Annunciato ALARM TROUBLE and SUP ERVIASORY ACKNOWL rs shall include Operator controls for EDGE SILENCE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE
245. ilding structure and shall be concealed in all finished spaces OPERATION AND ADJUSTMENT On completion of the job the Contractor shall have completely adjusted the entire control system He shall arrange to instruct the Owner s representative in the operation of the control system and supply him with three copies of the fa a ontrol operating and instruction manual He shall obtain from the Owner s epresentative a signed receipt that he has received the instruction manuals nd complete instructions on the operation of the system The control system herein specified shall be free from defects in workmanship and material under normal use and service After completion of the installation the control manufacturer shall regulate and adjust all thermostats control valves control motors and other equipment provided under his contract If within twelve 12 months from the date of acceptance of any of th quipment herein described is proved to be defective in workmanship or materials it will be replaced or repaired free of charge The Contractor shall after acceptance provide any service incidental to the proper performance of the control system under guarantees outlined above for the period of one year Normal maintenance of the system or adjustments of components is not to be considered part of this guarantee CONTROL OF RTAC VAV SYSTEMS General High limit control mounted in discha
246. ile iron Class 52 Lx Fittings ANSI AWWA C110 standard thickness 2s Joints ANSI AWWA C111 tyton or mechanical joints SPRINKLER AND STANDPIPE PIPING ABOVE GROUND Steel Pipe ASTM A53 ANSI ASME B36 10 Schedule 10 or 40 black Sprinkler ds Steel Fittings ANSI ASME B16 9 wrought steel buttwelded ANSI ASME B16 25 buttweld ends ASTM A234 wrought carbon steel and alloy steel ANSI ASME B16 5 steel flanges and fittings ANSI ASME B16 11 forged steel socket welded and threaded 2s Mechanical Grooved Couplings Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock C shaped composition sealing gasket steel bolts nuts and washers galvanized for galvanized pipe GATE VALVES Manufacturers JEA Grinnell 2 Nibco oe Mueller Up to and including 2 Bronze body bronze trim rising stem handwheel inside screw solid wedge or disc threaded ends Over 2 Iron body bronze trim rising stem handwheel OS amp Y solid wedge flanged or grooved ends GLOBE VALVES Manufacturers ds Grinnell 2 Nibco 3x Mueller Up to 2 Bronze body bronze trim rising stem and handwheel inside screw renewable composition disc screwed ends with backseating capacity Over 2 Iron body bronze trim rising stem handwheel OS amp Y plug type disc flanged ends renewable seat and disc FIRE PROTECTION 230300 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health BALL VALVES
247. ile shall display a list of events that the user can click on to view If a profile is configured for Event Monitoring mode an Event Monitoring Box shall appear below a live video panel The box shall be moveable and resizable When a video event takes place it shall be automatically listed in the box that can be clicked on to display the video When events occur on two cameras at th sam time ach vent can be viewed for as long as necessary Event Monitoring shall be stopped if the user right clicks in the active video panel and disables the active event monitoring profile G Viewing Logical Camera Groups The VMS software shall have a feature for viewing logical groups of cameras The VMS software shall also have a feature creating camera groups This shall allow efficient viewing of cameras in a logical order Once camera groups are configured cameras shall be selectable in those groups if the user clicks on the Group button in the Navigation Pane H Creating Saving and Accessing Views The VMS software shall have a feature to organize your cameras into preset Views by selecting a Layout button in the Live mode and dragging the cameras to the appropriate spot on the Video View Panel After saving a view it shall be accessed by clicking the View button from the Navigation Pane Selecting a view from the Live Views Site Tree shall display the camera layout in th Video View Panel The VMS software shall have
248. ility Company s prior to starting any work In case of interference or problems the Architect shall decide which work is to be relocated regardless of which work is installed first at no additional cost See Division 1 General Requirements UTILITY COMPANY CONTACTS amp COORDINATION MET ED John Levengood 717 821 1641 Coordinate with each utility which serves the facility being constructed under this contract dle Verify the utility company requirements indicated on Contract Drawings and in the Specifications and adjust as required Zi Notify the utility company of the date of completion of those portions of the work which are provided for utility company use 3 Make all other notifications requested by the utility 4 Provide equipment submittals as necessary for Utility review and approval The Owner will pay all utility company service costs Contractor to verify with the various Utility Company s exact location of their facilities and exact location for terminating the service conduits before starting any work and adjust as required LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND OUTLETS Request detailed and specific information regarding the locations of all equipment as the final location may differ from that indicated on the drawings MATERIAL QUALITY Use the best grade and quality items in commercial practice Provide the manufacturer s name address and catalog number on a plate securely aff
249. ineer before trenches are backfilled or fixtures connected Testing instruments must be furnished by the Plumbing Contractor B When water is used for testing the drainage system below ground floor shall be filled with water to top of a vertical section of pipe 10 high except for clay pipe temporarily connected to the highest point on the lines to be tested The water shall be allowed to stand for at least 60 minutes for inspection after which if the lines prove tight the water is to be drawn off connection made with the sanitary sewer and trenches backfilled C All plumbing and drainage piping above the ground floor line must have the openings plugged where necessary and be filled with water to the level of the main roof or tops of vent pipes The water shall be allowed to stand for at least 60 minutes for inspection after which if the lines prove tight the water is drawn off and the fixtures connected D When air is used for testing a pressure of not less than 20 of mercury must be maintained without pressure loss for at least 15 minutes A mercury column gauge must be used in making air tests END OF SECTION 230410 PLUMBING PIPING amp SPECIALTIES 230410 10 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 t PART 2 GENERAL SECTION INCLUDI El n Water Closets Lavatories Sinks Water Coolers Urinals Showers Water Heater Circulating P
250. ing I Live video border display status on or off and PTZ focus Dive VGA acceleration options 3 Time lapse playback speed 4 Configuration icon for restricted users show or don t show Dic Event button customization 6 Color customization display options for a otion recording b Alarm recording Cs Free run recording d PTZ focus e Event Monitoring T Joystick Setup The VMS software shall be used to configure any standard USB joystick to work with the VMS Client workstation There shall be Position Controls that can be adjusted to personal preferences The sensitivity of the joystick shall be adjusted by moving the Sensitivity slide bar to the left making it less sensitive or to the right making it more sensitive Features shall also alter the north and south movement of the camera or view When th Invert Y Axis checkbox is selected th PTZ camera view shall move north when the joystick is moved down and South when it is moved up This shall be reversed by deselecting an Invert Y Axis checkbox The camera or camera view shall zoom in or out by twisting the j I j oystick to the right or left depending on personal preference When th nvert Rudder checkbox is selected the camera shall zoom in by twisting the oystick the left and zoom out when it is twisted to the right Deselecting the Invert Rudder checkbox shall reverse the zoom control One or more of joystick buttons shall be programmed by using a drop down me
251. ingle canopy designed to mount a Single fixture Finish same as fixture Cs Wires ASTM A641 A641M Class 3 soft temper zinc coated 12 gauge D Rod Hangers 3 16 minimum diameter cadmium plated threaded steel rod E Hook Hangers Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with threaded attachment cord and locking type plug Fs Aircraft Cable Support Use cable anchorages and intermediate supports recommended by fixture manufacturer G Safety Cables Install manufacturer s standard safety cable on all fixtures in the Gymnasium PART 3 EXECUTION SLM INSTALLATION A Set all luminaires level secure plumb and square with ceilings and walls according to manufacturer s written instructions or approved shop drawing B Install lamps in all fixtures Contractor to verify that lamps installed in fixtures are of the type recommended by the manufacturer Cx Support for Fixtures in or on Grid Type Suspended Ceilings alg Provide a minimum of 4 ceiling independently supported rods or wires for each fixture Locate at the fixture corners 2s Support Clips Fasten to fixtures and to ceiling grid members at or near each fixture corner with clips that are UL listed for the application 3 Fixtures of Sizes Less Than Ceiling Grid Install as indicated on reflected ceiling plans or center in acoustical panel and provide support of fixtures independently with at least two metal channels spanning and secured to
252. ings bushings and hinges R Demonstrate resetting of fire dampers to Owner s representative Ss Provide flexible connections immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment Tee Provide balancing dampers at points on supply return and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct take off U Provide balancing dampers on duct take off to diffusers grilles and registers regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser grille or register assembly V Support duct silencers independent of ductwork W Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with architectural features symmetry and lighting arrangement X Install diffusers to ductwork with airtight connection Ye Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black CLEANING A Clean duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated dust To obtain sufficient air clean half the system at a time Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters or bypass during cleaning SHEET METAL WORK A Provide air duct systems as shown on the drawings Construction methods unless otherwise specified shall conform with the recommendations in the latest edition of the ASHR
253. ining shall be oriented to the specific system being installed under this contract including central processor Training manuals shall be delivered for each trainee with 2 additional copies delivered for archiving at the project site The manuals shall include an agenda defined objectives for each lesson and a detailed description of the subject matter for each lesson The contractor shall furnish audiovisual equipment and other training materials and supplies as necessary Where the contractor presents portions of the course by audiovisual material copies of the audiovisual material shall be delivered to the Owner on the same media as that used during the training session Two 4 hour training sessions shall be provided for in the base contract Gs Demonstration and Training The equipment supplier shall arrange for the demonstration and training of the system operation by a professional trainer with representatives of the owner Multiple visits shall be provided to train the desired personnel that will operate the system The training shall up to a 24 hour maximum and shall be based on the Owner s needs during the first year of operation 3 4 TESTING A General The contractor shall perform pre delivery testing site testing and adjustment of the completed system The contractor shall provide all personnel quipment instrumentation and supplies necessary to perform all testing Written notificati
254. inting output commands door access alarm access etc on a time day programmable basis up to one year in advance ne 3 ACCESS CONTROL A The A SM system shall provide control point outputs for lock power control activated by card reader wireless control A SM computer keyboard or time schedule Bi All alarm control points as well as card reader inputs shall be capable of independent time schedule via software controls from the A SM computer Gs The A SM system shall provide for controlled access through card reader controlled doors based on the card users access levels An access level shall define a door or group of doors accessible by a cardholder during a certain time period s Time periods shall include both authorized days and hours D The A SM system shall provide for automatic card expiration by specified time and date E he A SM shall store in memory every card access transaction describing the nature of the transaction time date reader location and cardholder name and validity status F The A SM system shall provide for alarm indication at the A SM computer for unauthorized reader use attempts Unauthorized reader use alarms shall be user selectable on a reader by reader basis When configured in card and PIN mode the system shall automatically invalidat th badg after five consecutive invalid PIN attempts G The A SM system shall provid
255. ioning or ventilating fans when air temperature goes above a preset limit Controls shall require manual reset to restart the fan Range shall be 25 F to 215 F and setpoint shall be adjustable by a calibrated knob located on the front of the case Using this control with the standard stop setting of 125 F Shall conform to Section 172 SBFU Pamphlet No 90A T Sensing element shall be installed horizontally back and forth across coil face Operation shall not be affected by ambient temperature changes at controller s case Dampers and Motors Automatic dampers shall be of the modular type Frames shall be a combination of 13 gauge formed galvanized steel channels together with corner brackets riveted to the channels to form a damper that is rigid and always in perfect alignment To withstand high velocities blades shall be formed into two halves and resistance welded together Square blade shall be precisely made to fit the blade and shall assure positive blade pivoting without slippage Bearings shall be made from oil impregnated bronze Seals on blade tips and on top and sides of the damper shall be made from Buyle rubber and shall withstand temperatures from 20_F to 200 F Blade linkage shall be located within the damper frame Two linkage arrangements shall be available One for variable pressure drop applications and one for relatively constant pressure drop applications as required to provide a near linear charact
256. iple or trapeze hangers J Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings K Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed L Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points M Install valves with stems upright or horizontal not inverted N Hydronic piping shall be tested with water at 150 psig and system shall not lose over 2 psig in two hours with no visible signs of leakage O Provide traps at condensate pipe connection to all units END OF SECTION 230510 HVAC PIPING amp SPECIALTIES 230510 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 PART 2 ts n ECTION 230835 HVAC EQUIPMENT GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Rooftop HVAC Unit Electric Wall Heaters Cabinet Heaters VAV Boxes Central Control Panels REFERENCES ANSI NFPA 70 National Electrical Code SUBMITTALS Submit shop drawings in accordance with provisions of Section 230010 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Conform to ANSI NFPA 70 code for internal wiring of factory wired equipment PRODUCTS VAV SINGLE DUCT TERMINAL UNITS VAV l1thru VAV 15 T General Unit Information The unit casing shall be comprised of 22 ga galvanized steel Outlet connection shall be slip and drive Agency Listing The unit shall be
257. ipment without a metallic wall at the point of entrance Equipment Grounding Conductor Provide separate insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway Terminate each end on suitable lug bus or bushing or terminal CONNECTIONS General Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized Select connectors connection hardware conductors and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible 1 Use electroplated or hot tin coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer to order of galvanic series 2 ake connections with clean bare metal at points of contact 3 ake aluminum to steel connections with stainless steel separators and mechanical clamps 4 ake aluminum to galvanized steel connections with tin plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps Se Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces Exothermic Welded Connections Comply with manufacturer s written instructions Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable Equipment Grounding conductor Terminations For 8 AWG and larger use pressure type grounding lugs 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure type connectors Noncontact Metal Raceway Ter
258. ire Systems Group Inc 610 775 1200 1 800 344 4012 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A Submit under provisions of Section 260010 B Shop Drawings Provide complete shop drawings which include the following 1 Indicate all system device locations on architectural floor plans No other system s shall be included on these plans 2 Include full schematic wiring information on these drawings for all devices Wiring information shall include cable type conductor routings quantities and connection details at devices 3 Include a complete intrusion detection system one line block diagram Gs Product Data Provide complete product data that includes the following Manufacturer s data for all material and equipment including terminal devices local processors computer equipment and any other equipment provided as part of the system de A system description including analysis and calculations used in sizing equipment Description to show how the equipment shall operate as a system to meet the performance requirements of this specification The following information shall be supplied as a minimum a Central processor configuration and memory size b Description of site equipment and its configuration Cis Protocol description d Rigid disk system size and configuration e Backup archive system size and configuration f Start up operations Gx System expansion capability and method of implementation h System power
259. is contract The design and gauge of steel used shall be as required by the manufacturer s specifications Fir NON CONTINUOUS CABLE SUPPORTS J HOOKS A Non continuous cable supports shall provide a bearing surface of sufficient width to comply with required bend radii of high performance cables B Non continuous cable supports shall have flared edges to prevent damage while installing cables G Non continuous cable supports 1 15 16 and larger shall have a cable retainer strap to provide containment of cables within the hanger D Non continuous cable supports shall have an electro galvanized finish and be rated for indoor use in non corrosive environments E Non continuous cable supports shall be UL listed with manufacturer s name and part number stamped on PART 3 EXECUTION Brel INSTALLATION A Install products in accordance with manufacturer s instructions B Provide anchors fasteners and supports in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation Gs Fasten hanger rods conduit clamps and outlet and junction boxes to building structure as required Do not use spring steel clips and clamps D Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry plaster or gypsum board partitions and walls expansion anchors or preset inserts in solid masonry walls self drilling anchors or expansion anchor on concrete surfaces sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs and wood screws in wood construction HANGERS A
260. ixed in a convenient place All electrical equipment or apparatus of any one system must be the product of one manufacturer or equivalent products of a number of manufacturers which are suitable for use in a unified system Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc or other testing firms acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction WORKMANSHIP Execute all work utilizing qualified and competent employees and in a manner consistent with good workmanship Install all equipment in accordance with Engineer s approved shop drawings and manufacturer s recommendations Firmly support and secure to the building construction all materials and equipment Use only approved hardware and methods as described in these Specifications PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS Responsibility for care and protection of electrical work rests with Contractor until it has been tested and accepted Refer also to specific requirements in each section of this specification ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260010 8 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 19 20 coal 22 23 SCAFFOLDING AND HOISTING The Contractor shall furnish and erect all scaffolding hoists shoring platforms railings ladders and other devices required by local state and federal laws to install all systems and equipment Scaffolding and all other equipment shall be removed at
261. ized electronic equipment 4 Supplementary Text Prepared on 8 1 2 x 11 white bond paper Die Drawings Attach reinforced punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text a If oversize drawings are necessary fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts b If drawings are to large to be used as foldouts fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual At appropriate locations in manual insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles descriptions of contents and drawing locations 6 Provide three 3 hard copies for Owner Submit to Architect Engineer for review and approval D The Contractor shall submit 3 copies of the final wiring certificates E he Contractor shall submit a copy of the Project Warranty 10 WARRANTY A The Contractor shall submit the following guarantee clef Written one 1 year full warranty guarantees shall be submitted for the entire electrical installation installed under this project except lamps The warranty shall begin at substantial completion of the project If the manufacturer s warranty begins when th quipment ships or is ordered then the Contractor shall extend the warranty to cover the construction period plus the warranty specified under substantial completion If the manufacturer s standard guarantee provides for a longer period the longer period shall apply
262. l PTZ Preset JOA A Pre and Post Triggers shall be used to trigger certain action types before and after an event occurs For example if a door opening is set to trigger video recording a Pre and or Post Trigger shall be configured to capture the video for up to 100 seconds before and or after the door opened Event Buttons The VMS software shall be used to assign manual events or soft triggers to event buttons When an event button is assigned the VMS software shall activate trigger by manually clicking on an event button Schedule To maximize the amount of storage on your VMS server the user shall be able to schedule camera audio and event recording based on individual needs For example the user shall be able to configure recording video during business hours but record only motion or event video after business hours The VMS software shall be used to configure camera and event recording schedules By default the VMS software record motion as the default schedule The default Event schedule shall be event recording as configured in the Event Linking feature The system shall have the following modes of video recording 1 Motion Blue means video is recorded when motion is detected 2 Free Run Green means video is continually recorded nonstop 3 Alarm Red means video is recorded when there is a triggering event 4 Off White means video is no video recorded The system shall have the followi
263. l Construction and Requirements T otors Less Than 250 Watts for Intermittent Service Equipment manufacturer s standard and need not conform to these specifications 2 Electrical Service a Refer to Section 16180 for required electrical characteristics EF Type xe Open drip proof except where specifically noted otherwise b Motors Design for continuous operation in 40 C environment ont Design for temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG 1 limits for insulation class service factor and motor enclosure type d All motors shall be high efficiency type 4 Explosion Proof Motors UL approved and labeled for hazard classification with over temperature protection S Visible Nameplate Indicating motor horsepower voltage phase cycles RPM full load amps locked rotor amps frame size manufacturer s name and model number service factor power factor efficiency 6 Wiring Terminations a Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities sizes and materials indicated Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70 threaded for conduit Ds For fractional horsepower motors where connection is made directly provide threaded conduit connection in end frame 8 TAGS A Plastic Tags Laminated thr layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color Tag size minimum 1 1 2 diameter B Chart Typewritten letter size list in anodized aluminum frame Room numbers shall corres
264. l Notes 20 208V 3PH 4w 100 Neutral with Ground Bus L P1 4 Integral TVSS L2 0 000 urface Description Load O A va Description i i oo Oo n ighting ighting eceptacles Rm 113 eceptacles Rm 113 eceptacles Rm 113 eceptacles Rm 113 eceptacles Rm 113 eceptacles Rm 112 eceptacles Rm 112 eceptacles Rm 112 eceptacles Rm 112 eceptacles Rm 112 eceptacles Rm 111 eceptacles Rm 111 eceptacles Rm 111 eceptacles Rm 111 eceptacles Rm 111 eceptacles Rm 114 116 eceptacles Rm 114 pare pare _ P gt o 9 2 o 2 P P P o P P N ighting ighting eceptacles Rm 101 eceptacles Rm 101 102 eceptacles Rm 104 eceptacles Rm 103 eceptacles Rm 103 ater Cooler Receptacle eceptacles Rm 108 125 eceptacles Rm 125 eceptacles Rm 125 eceptacles Rm 125 eceptacles Rm 125 eceptacles Rm 109 eceptacles Rm 109 eceptacles Rm 109 eceptacles Rm 109 eceptacles Rm 109 uilding Lighting imeclock 0 9 13 z iN o D Oo 0 7 D D v3 v3 0 7 oO 0 4 0 4 DIDI DID DID DDD DDD ADD 2 D DIDI DAD A Ai wv 1 0 Phase Totals Total Connected Load KVA 43 7 KVA 4 o 2 O Q za 2 A A oO N N O O O O P o P P P 1 Amp Pole 20 1 DNotrofratrofna rofna rofng rofno no nofnatrofng rota rofno rol z D S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S 3 AJA olovli VvINININININ gt gt gt
265. l be provided SPD shall have a minimum EMI RFI filtering of 30dB at 100 kHz with an insertion ratio of 50 1 using MIL STD 220A methodology PANELBOARDS 262416 5 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Te SPD shall be provided with one set of NO NC dry contacts 8 SPD shall have a warranty for a period of 10 years incorporating unlimited replacement of suppressor parts Warranty shall be the responsibility of the electrical distribution equipment manufacturer and shall be supported by their respective field service division By Type L2 Unit Non Critical Load Applications alee Voltage Rating 120 208V 3 phase 4 wir De Application Distribution panel power receptacle or lighting panel on system with 120 208V service voltage 3h Minimum Modes of Protection Common or Normal iN L G N G 4 Maximum acceptable let through voltage UL 1449 L N Mode 700 volts Siy Pulse Life Category C3 lt 10 drift 5000 pulses 6 Minimum acceptable single pulse surge current capacity 120 000 amps per phase T Short Circuit Current Rating UL 1449 3 ED 100 000 amps minimum 8 The following models are acceptabl a Square D Model TVS2IMA12 b Eaton Model SPD100208Y2A Cz Siemens Energy amp Automation Model TPS3C0110000 PART 3 EXECUTION Sel INSTALLATION A Insta panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1 1 and NEC Standards By
266. larm system open modu Ty Ow WN Addressable Monitor Modules Provide means to monitor the status of a normally or closed contact Some functions that require addressable monitor les include Sprinkler System Kitchen Hood Systems Monitoring Ancillary Fire Protection Systems Knox Box Non Addressable Devices Addressable Control Module Provide means to control equipment using a form C relay consisting of one normally open and one normally closed contact Contact rating shall be as required for control function Some functions that require addressable control modules DOP WNE D Addr nclude Smoke Door Holder Control Air Handling Unit Control Smoke Control Functions Elevator Controls Security Access Controlled Doors and Gates Ancillary Fire Protection Systems H ssable interface modules shall include the following The interface modules shall be individually addressable and custom programmed for the items they monitor or control DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTI 283111 10 eal Z 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 10 t 12 13 Des The interface module shall mount on a 4 square outlet box and be provided with a faceplate 3h Each module shall be provided with a label identifying the address and the control or monitor function 4 odules shall include a status LED identifying normal condition unit malfunctionin
267. larms specified the A S ystem shall be capable of providing customized audible voice nnunciation and action taking messages for each alarm input An ntegral word recognition voice synthesizer software module shall be ncluded with the A SM control software he A SM software shall be capable of sending email messages to designated recipients upon a change of status of any of the alarm inputs and systems designated for monitoring he A SM computer and event printer shall display and record the alarm message in real time including the time date location point description event type and point status of each point transaction H H n H y q Access Control System 281300 6 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 20 The A SM system database program shall be capable of printing 21 The operator shall be able to verify current status of any point in t system and change any of the programmable point descriptors via t A SM computer displaying and archiving of all point transactions The A SM system shall allow the owner to over ride this mode on a point by point basis ne ne 22 All software applications shall be specifically designed for the security and access control industry A current high level language shall have been used to develop all application programs 23 The A SM system shall include a schedule program that will allow t owner to automatically schedule events such as report pr
268. lassified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated PRODUCTS PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Manufacturers A Grinnell Zi Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products a or approved equal Plumbing Piping DWV 1 Conform to ASTM F708 MSS SP58 MSS SP69 MSS SP89 Qe Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1 2 to 1 1 2 Malleable iron adjustable swivel split ring Ss Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 and Over Carbon steel adjustable clevis 4 Multiple or Trapeze Hangers Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods Sio Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Cast iron hook MECHANICAL GENERAL EQUIPMENT 230100 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 6 Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 and Over Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp Ts Vertical Support Steel riser clamp Si Floor Support Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle lock nut nipple floor flange and concrete pier or steel support oe Copper Pipe Support Carbon steel ring adjustable copper plated Cc Plumbing Piping Water Medical Gas Vacuum Ley Conform to ASTM F708 MSS SP58 MSS SP69 MSS SP89 2 Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1 2 to 1 1 2 Malleable iron adjustable swivel split ring 3 Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 and Over Carbon steel adjustable clevis 4 Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 Carbon steel
269. le to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated COORDINATION Coordinate work of this section with telephone switch and telephone instruments provided as part of this project 1 Adjust arrangements and locations of equipment racks cabinets backboards patch panels and cross connects in IDF MDF Rooms and consolidation points to accommodate and optimize arrangement and space requirements Review revised layouts with Engineer before proceeding with work T DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver products to project site in manufacturer s original unopened cartons and containers each bearing names of product and manufacturer Store products in dry spaces protected from the weather The storage temperature shall be 68 F to 122 F TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 2 MAINTENANCE SERVICE Furnish service and maintenance of complete data cabling system for one year from Date of Substantial Completion of project at no additional cost to Owner EXTRA MATERIALS Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed are packaged with protective covering for storage and are identified with labels describing contents de Fiber Optic Patch Cables of sufficient length to replace any similar cabl
270. le tube rated 5200 initial lumens minimum WAU BWNE Provide lamps for all luminaires furnished in the project Contractor to verify that lamps installed in luminaires are of th typ recommended by the manufacturer HID LAMPS High Pressure Sodium Lamps ANSI C78 42 CRI 21 minimum color temperature 1900K and average rated life of 24 000 hours minimum ia Dual Arc Tube Lamps Arranged so only one of two arc tubes is lighted at one time and when power is restored after an outage the cooler arc tube with lower internal pressure lights instantly providing an immediate 8 to 15 of normal light output Pulse Start Metal Halide Lamps Minimum CRI 65 and color temperature 4000K INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 8 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Ex Ceramic Pulse Start Metal Halide Lamps Minimum CRI 80 and color temperature 4000K D Provide lamps for all luminaires furnished in the project Contractor to verify that lamps installed in luminaires are of th typ recommended by the manufacturer 23 9 FINISHES A Manufacturer s standard color unless otherwise indicated in Luminaire Schedule to be custom color 2 410 FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS A Single Stem Hangers steel tubing with swivel ball fittings and ceiling canopy Finish same as fixture B Twin Stem Hangers Two steel tubes with s
271. lectrical Code NFPA 96 Installation of from Commercial cooking Equipment UL 705 Power Ventilators SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with provisions of Section 230010 Product Data clearly plotted specified operating point capacity PRODUCTS EXHAUST FANS Inline and Ce anufacturers 1 Penn Ventilator Zephyr Pan Cook 3 Greenheck 4 Acme Furnish and install ceiling inline exhaust fans iling U models sound level ratings as not schedule and all fans shal capacities only and the amplitudes and magnetic mot with integral backdraft dam true centrifugal wheels with les shall be aerodynamic design of white eggcrate grille Ceiling model grill ed ll bear the UL label Manufacture or hum levels in decibel AMCA Certi Provide data on fans and accessories including fan curves with sound power and electrical characteristics and connection requirements levels at rated nits shall be direct drive Fans shall have acoustically insulated housing and shall have maximum Air deliveries shall be as indicated in the fied Ratings Seal for air r shall submit vibration s Units shall be equipped pers which shall be cha inlet perpendicular shape and provide 85 fr plug and receptacle inside open area the housing V ENTILATION ENT EQUIPM 230860 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health tterproof Fans shall have to or remote fr
272. length of 24 1400 initial lumens minimum CRI 85 minimum color temperature 3500K and average rated life of 30 000 hours unless otherwise indicated os E 5 rapid start low mercury lamps rated 28W maximum nominal length of 45 2 2900 initial lumens minimum CRI 85 minimum color temperature 3500K and average rated life of 30 000 hours unless otherwise indicated 5 rapid start low mercury lamps rated 14W maximum nominal length of 45 2 1400 initial lumens minimum CRI 85 minimum color temperature 3500K and average rated life of 30 000 hours unless otherwise indicated T5HO rapid start high output low mercury lamps rated 54W maximum nominal length of 45 2 5000 initial lumens minimum CRI 85 minimum color temperature 3500 K and average rated life of 30 000 hours unless otherwise indicated Compact Fluorescent Lamps 4 pin low mercury CRI 80 minimum color temperature 3500K average rated life of 10 000 hours at 3 hours operation per start unless otherwise indicated 13W T4 double or triple tube rated 900 initial lumens minimum 18W T4 double or triple tube rated 1200 initial lumens minimum 26W T4 double or triple tube rated 1800 initial lumens minimum 32W T4 triple tube rated 2400 initial lumens minimum 42W T4 triple tube rated 3200 initial lumens minimum 57W T4 triple tube rated 4300 initial lumens minimum 70W T4 trip
273. ll equipment to be provided and installed PANELBOARDS 262416 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti Cs Data sheets to indicate voltage main bus ampacity circuit breakers short circuit rating with specific items or model numbers highlighted SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT Submit under provisions of Section 260010 Record actual locations of Products indicate actual branch circuit arrangement Contractor to submit a copy of all panelboard directory schedules to the Owner showing correct room name and or number for his approval Contractor to make changes recommended by the Owner before final typed directories are installed in panelboards Submit record copy of all testing performed Provide a copy of approved Panel Directory Schedules to be included in O amp M Manuals QUALIFICATIONS Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing of panelboards specified in this section with minimum three years documented experienc REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 Furnish products listed and classified by UL or testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and indicated Provide UL servic ntrance equipment on all units used as service entrance equipment DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Inspect and report concealed damage to carrier within their required tim period Handle carefully to a
274. lly supply power to the system upon loss of primary power The secondary power shall be sized to meet the Remote Station requirements of 60 hours of system operation under maximum quiescent load plus 5 minutes of full load operation DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti under an alarm condition Provide power supplies and batteries with a minimum of 20 spare capacity These secondary power capacities shall apply to all remote controls alarm extender panels supervising station reporting units and other ancillary controls provided with the system Provide dedicated 24 volt DC power supplies for all magnetic door smoke door hold open devices Jr If the system is certified as a Central Station System the battery stand by may be reduced to 24 hours of stand by power capacity System Supervision All initiating device circuits notification appliance circuits and ancillary circuits shall be supervised as class B circuits All nd of line device locations shall be clearly marked on the drawings Initiating Device Circuits Signaling line circuits shall be limited to a maximum of 60 devices without short circuit protection Circuits over 60 devices shall require circuit isolation modules to prevent short circuits from affecting more than 60 devices Each initiating device circuit shall be loaded to not more than 80 of its maximum number
275. ly of all racks equipment enclosures cabinets and file servers with all accessories installed TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 17 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health GROUNDING A Comply with Section 260526 and applicable details on plans B Provide connections to the main ground bus on all backboards telephone lin protectors IDF Racks and MDF Racks in the project Connect to ground buses with cables per Specification Section 260526 and applicable details on plans FINAL TESTING AND INSPECTION A Provide testing in accordance with ANSI TIA EIA 568 C 1 B Cable Test Provide prior to substantial completion a Performance Evaluation Report which will contain the following Le Cable Test List by cable number each UTP and Fiber Optic Cable in the project which details a Fiber Optic Cables 1 Cable ID Number 2 Final measured attenuation in dB Km 3 List any discrepancies with the fiber installation bad terminations faulty labeling etc b UTP Cables 1 Cable ID Number 2 List continuity reversal open shorts and miswires 3 Category performance 4 List other discrepancies with the UTP installation bad terminations faulty labeling etc 5 Tester printout for each cable Bis Test Method All fiber cabling to be tested as follows Fiber Testing Cable to be factory pre tested on a reel basis for all fiber on this project The att
276. m 281300 9 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti The A SM shall communicate with the system workstations printer and ACU s via EIA standard ports All wiring between the A SM computer and the ACU s shall be supervised by poll response technique such that any loss of communication shall cause a supervisory alarm at the system terminal The A SM computer shall be capable of being restored to full operation from a complete shutdown within five minutes The A SM shall be self booting upon power restore The A SM computer shall annunciate all component communications and power failure and supervisory alarms anywhere within the A SM system The A SM computer shall provide for non volatile storage of the operating system program user database and event data files A hard disk shall be provided as the primary mass memory storage device and a CD ROM shall be provided for downloading operating system software The A SM computer shall continuously maintain a database record of all A SM system transactions for a minimum of 200 000 transactions The A SM system shall prompt the operator to back up the database as the memory becomes filled The A SM system shall automatically prompt memory capacity warnings The A SM computer shall meet the following minimum specifications Es Processor Pentium 4 2 0 GHz 2n Operating system Microsoft Windows XP Pro 3s Database I F Microsoft SQL 2005
277. m the server and is connected to the server through a local or wide area network All interaction viewing live or recorded video and administration with the server shall be performed through either the Local or Remote client Deve When configuring a server with full administrative privileges with either a Local or Remote Client all administration and configurations functions shall be identical By having full administration and configuration features from a Remote Client customers and installers shall not be required to administer features where the server hardware is physically located Sg Video recording shall be allowed to continue at all times during the administration and configuration of any feature of a server from either a Local or Remote The VMS Client software shall have the same VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health functionality when connected remotely as it does when it is run locally on the same computer as the server software 4 The VMS Client software shall operate on any of the following operating systems a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 2008 b Microsoft Windows 7 all versions rons Linux Ubuntu 6 06 8 04 10 04 Debian Package d Mac OSX operating on Intel CPU 5 Any combination of VMS Client applications running on any of the supported operating systems shall be able to connect to view and re
278. minations If metallic raceways terminate at metal housings without mechanical and electrical connection to housing terminate each conduit with a grounding bushing Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to grounding bus or terminal in housing Bond electrically non continuous conduits at entrances and exits with grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors unless otherwise indicated Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturer s published torque tightening values If manufacturer s torque values are not indicated use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B Compression Type Connections Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors Use tools and dies recommended by connector manufacturer Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor Moisture Protection If insulated grounding conductors are connected to ground rods or grounding buses insulate entire area of connections and seal against moisture penetration of insulation and cable GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health H Main Telecommunications Ground Bus Connect to the following Abs CATV entrance ground lug with 6 copper green insulation 2a Telephone entra
279. ms Lighting fixture locations in mechanical and electrical equipment rooms are approximate Coordinate mounting height and location of lighting fixtures to clear mechanical electrical and plumbing equipment and to illuminate adequately meters gauges and equipment INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 10 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health X Concealment Whenever a fixture or its hanger canopy is applied to a surface mounted outlet box Provide a finishing ring to conceal the outlet box Yx Replace blemished damaged or unsatisfactory fixtures as directed 34 2 CONNECTIONS A Ground Lighting Units Tighten electrical connectors and terminals including grounding connections according to manufacturers published torque tightening values Where manufacturers torque values are not indicated use those specified in L 486A and UL 486B SES FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Inspect each installed luminaire for damage Replaced damaged luminaires and components B Tests Verify normal operation of each luminaire after luminaires have been installed and circuits have been energized with normal power source Interrupt electrical energy to demonstrate proper operation of emergency lighting system Cy Replace or repair malfunctioning luminaires and components then retest Repeat procedure until all units operate properly D Report results of tests Ra Replace luminaires that show evidence of corrosi
280. multiple core processors with a recommendation of one core for each VMS client application VMS Server Software A server is a computer system that provides services to other computing systems clients over a TCP IP network The VMS Server software shall record and retrieve video audio and alarm data and provide it to the VMS Clients upon request The VMS Server software shall operate on any of the following operating systems Ls Microsoft Windows Server 2003 2008 as Microsoft Windows 7 all versions 3 Linux Ubuntu 6 06 8 04 10 04 Debian Package Standalone Client Server A client and server can simultaneously reside and operate on one computer and communicate to each other through a TCP IP loopback interface a special IP address 127 0 0 1 that is designed for the client and server software to communicate with each other on the same computer By combining the functionality of the VMS Client and Server software on one system administrators shall be able to deploy both standalone and network configurations that can scale as required The administrator shall have the added benefit of configuring and administering the VMS server with identical features either locally or remotely VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Te Edge based Motion Detection When using motion based video recording the VMS server software shall be based on met
281. n 18 ISA Instrument Society of America 19 LPI Lighting Protection Institute 20 NEC National Electrical Code 21 NECA National Electrical Contractors Assoc 22 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Assoc 23 NETA International Electrical Testing Assoc 24 NEPA National Fire Protection Assoc 253 UG Underwriters Laboratories Inc O Federal Government Agencies Names and titles of federal government standard or Specification producing agencies ar often abbreviated The following acronyms or abbreviations referenced in the Contract Documents indicate names of standard or Specification producing agencies of the federal government Names and addresses are subject to change but are believed to be but are not assured to be accurate and up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents CFR Code of Federal Regulations 2 EPA Environmental Protection Agency e FAA Federal Aviation Administration US Department of Transportation 4 FCC Federal Communications Commission Diy FS Federal Specification from GSA Specifications Unit WFSIS 6 MIL Military Standardization Documents US Department of Defense 7 Naval Publications and Forms Center 8 OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration US Department of Labor De REA Rural Electrification Administration US Department of Agriculture DRAWINGS A The accompanying drawings are a part of the contract documents and are intend
282. n equipment damage 4 Document ratings of system and of each major component Maintenance Data es Routine preventive maintenance schedul 2 Lists of special tools maintenance materials and replacement parts 3 Repair instructions for procedures to check repair and test equipment during typical malfunctions 4 Recommended cleaning methods frequency and materials QUALITY ASSURANC Pl Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experienc Supplier Authorized or Franchised distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum three years documented experienc REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 LIGHTING CONTROLS 260923 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 2 ti Products Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc or a testing firm acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated WARRANTY Provide the warranty specified in Section 260010 PRODUCTS TIME CONTROLS Electric photo initiated anufacturers 1 Intermatic ET8000CR Series 23 Tork oR Paragon Scheduling Capability T The electronic time switch shall be a solid state digital type capable of distributing setpoints on independent daily schedules throughout a 7 day time period The time switch shall provide for a 5
283. n UL 486A and UL 486B FIELD QAUALITY CONTROL Provide field inspection testing adjusting and balancing Inspect each wiring device for defects Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation Verify that each receptacle device is energized Perform the following field tests and inspections 1 After installing wiring devices and after electrical circuitry has been nergized test for proper polarity ground continuity and compliance with requirements 2a Test GFCI operation with both local and remote fault simulations according to manufacturer s written instructions Remove malfunctioning units replace with new units and retest as specified above Check each TVSS receptacle indicating lights for normal indication ADJUSTING Adjust installed work as required to meet field conditions Adjust devices and wall plates so they are flush and level CLEANING Clean installed work as required Clean exposed surfaces to remove splatters and restore finish END OF SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES 262726 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 ENERAL SECTION INCLUD Fus es SECTION 262813 FUSES El n Spare Fuse Cabinet REE NFPA 70 ERENCES National Electric Code NEMA FU 1 Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW Submi
284. nce protector with 6 copper green insulation 3 Bond to metal water pipe with 6 copper green insulation Provide 1 conduit where run is over 3 away 4 Bond to building roof steel with 6 copper green insulation Provide 1 conduit where run is over 3 away Bi Ground counterpoise with 3 0 copper green insulation in 1 conduit 6 Main service entrance equipment ground bus with 3 0 copper in 1 1 4 conduit Ta MDF rack ground bus with 3 0 copper provide in 1 1 4 conduit when not in cable tray Ts MDF Rack Ground Bus shall connect to the following Ts Each IDF in the project with 1 0 copper green insulation via cable tray and 1 1 4 conduit Bond to cable tray near IDF and MDF Racks De Bond to rack with 6 copper green insulation 3a Building structural steel with 6 copper green insulation Sis Identification Provide tag on each ground conductor at bus to read as follows Caution Ground Wire Do not Remove Provide I D marking of all conductors as per N E C 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Perform NETA ATS testing and inspection of the grounding and bonding system B Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation Cs Use suitable test instrument to measure resistance to ground of system Perform testing in accordance with test instrument manufacturer s recommendations using the fall of potential method Provide
285. nd experienced in this type of work Install all wiring in accordance with manufacturer s and U L recommendations Wiring Methods Ts Wire Routing Route all device wiring from each device up into ceiling cavity within metallic conduit in recessed or unfinished areas or within surface raceway for renovated non fishable areas Stub all conduits into ceiling cavity and provide protective bushing for each 2a Cable Routing Route cable for all device wiring within accessible ceiling cavities Install in J hooks at 4 spacing maximum to panel No cabling is to lie on or attach to ceiling tile ducts pipes conduits or ceiling suspension wires rods or structural members Provide conduit stubs from devices and panels to the ceiling cavities 3 Route all intrusion detection wiring from panel within metallic conduit up into nearby ceiling cavity and connect to the wiring system indicated in A and B above Provide bushings at conduit ends Provide cables as recommended by the equipment supplier Provide a dedicated 120 volt circuit in separate conduit as a source of primary power for the master control communicator Supply install and wire recommended transformers and DC power sources to the master control communicator The transformer shall not be shared with anything else Perform walk tests and set up procedures for each detector as specified by the manufacturer to ensure that all boundaries
286. nd hardware items Field verify the final rough in location for the actual equipment to be connected Lighting Fixtures As scheduled or indicated END OF SECTION 260010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260010 13 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 A SECTION 260180 EQUIPMENT WIRING SYSTEMS GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Electrical Connections to Equipment Specified under other Sections RELATED WORK DIVISIONS REFERENCES NEMA WD 1 General Purpose Wiring Devices NEMA WD 6 Wiring Device Configurations ANSI NFPA 70 National Electrical Code REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Conform to requirements of ANSI NFPA 70 Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc ora testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown COORDINATION Coordinate work under provisions of Section 260010 Obtain and review shop drawings product data and manufacturer s instructions for equipment furnished under other sections Determine connection locations and requirements Sequence rough in of electrical connections to coordinate with installation schedule for equipment zJ EQUIPMENT WIRING SYSTEMS 260180 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ri
287. nd trim of stainless steel cast aluminum or other non ferrous material Furnish all necessary materials accessories and any other equipment required for the complete and proper installation and operation of all lighting fixtures included in this contract All lighting fixtures to be listed and labeled by UL or other testing agency acceptable to local code and authorities for installation in fireproof or non fireproof construction damp or wet locations as required Provide luminaires with all associated appurtenances including but not necessarily limited do lamps ballasts reflectors lenses and or louvers sockets holders suspension accessories pendants canopies recessing boxes plaster frames and similar items completely wired assembled installed and tested as specified and in the manner indicated All fluorescent troffer type lighting fixtures shall be designed to completely eliminate light leakage between the fixture body and doorframe and shall be provided with positive acting hinge and latch flush doorframes INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ira All recessed fluorescent incandescent and high intensity discharge lighting fixtures shall be provided with an integral automatic resetting thermal cutout All Alzak type of reflector cones and louvers used with any tri phosphor type of fluorescent lamp shall be specially anodized in order to
288. ng as scheduled Que Install hangers to provide minimum 1 2 space between finished covering and adjacent work 3 Place hangers within 12 of each horizontal elbow 4 Use hangers with 1 1 2 minimum vertical adjustment Di Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub with 5 maximum spacing between hangers 6 Support vertical piping at every floor Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub Ting Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation provide multiple or trapeze hangers 8 Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping 9 Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping 10 Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe 11 Provide additional supports for heavy valves and specialties and provide sway bracing where needed 12 Prime coat xposed steel hangers and supports Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces pipe shafts and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed 13 Insulation protection saddles shall be installed at all pipe hangers and supports for insulated lines Saddles shall be rolled with a radius to suit the insulation O D Saddles shall be 16 gauge galvanized steel and shall be 8 long F Equipment Bases and Supports diz Provide housekeeping pads of concrete minimum 4 thick and extending 4 beyond supported equipment 2 Provide templates anchor bolts and accessories for mounting
289. ng scheduling features Ts Day customize the recording schedule by day 2 Camera customize the recording by camera 3 Event enables or disables events for a particular time and day 4 Audio customize the audio recording schedule Users Setup The VMS software shall be used to add or delete users of the VMS server The User Setup screen shall allow the user to configure a user group access level and the cameras they have access to viewing A user shall have the ability to login to view live and recorded video Adding a new user to the VMS server shall consist of creating a username password and group access level also known as privileges or access rights Users shall be assigned to one of four pre defined groups or a custom user group shall have different level of access to system features The system shall have the following pre defined group access levels I s Administrator Has access to all features of the system 2 Power User Has access to all features except adding or deleting users 3 User Admin Has access to view live video search recorded video and add and delete users 4 Restricted Has access to view live video and search recorded video a The User Group drop down list shall also contain all custom User Groups that have been previously created When a user selects a User Group the Custom User Permissions and Custom User Privileges section shall display the permissions and privileges granted to th
290. ng thru disconnect to unit d Control wiring X DIV DIV 26 23 4 Exhaust Fans EF OOo a Furnish and install unit b Local Disconnect Switch Thermal Toggle Switch c Power wiring thru wall switch disconnect fae X switch starter to unit d Control wiring DIV DIV Di Water Heaters a Furnish and install unit b Fused disconnect switch fused per manufacturer NEC c Power wiring thru disconnect to unit X Cc The respective contractor shall provide all items of material and equipment for the equipment listed in the matrix D Any material and equipment not listed in the matrix shall follow the following requirements ale Starter Controls by Division 23 Ze Fused disconnect switch by Division 26 32 Additional items required by Division 23 ROUGHING IN REQUIREMENTS A The Contractor shall provide complete roughing in requirements including conduit power and control wiring and etc For the following items furnished under Divisions 6 8 10 11 12 and 14 unless otherwise indicated on the drawings TEs Door Hardware 2 Smoke Dampers Sis Water Cooler 4 Washer Dryer B The equipment supplier shall provide wiring point to point diagrams where the Electrical Contractor is to make final connections Cx Refer to approved shop drawings for roughing in requirements EQUIPMENT WIRING SYSTEMS 260180 3 13 0303 00
291. ng units and exit signs at height as indicated on Drawings or as directed by Architect Install accessories furnished with each luminaire Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities Provide wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within luminaire Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor Fixture Locations Do not scale electrical drawings for exact location of the lighting fixtures In general the architectural reflected ceiling plans indicate the proper locations of lighting fixtures Appurtenances Install each fixture properly and safely Furnish and erect hangers rods mounting brackets supports frames and other equipment required Coordination Furnish lighting fixtures complete with appurtenances required for the proper safe and distortion free installation in the various surfaces in which they appear Determine surface types from the Architectural drawings Install lighting fixtures in strict conformance with manufacturer s recommendations and instructions Rigidly align continuous rows of lighting fixtures for true in line appearanc Do not install fixtures and or parts such as finishing plates lenses and trims for recessed fixtures until all plastering and painting that may mar fixtures finish has been completed Mechanical Roo
292. ngs where required for adjustment of manual dampers and fire dampers Access doors shall be furnished by this contractor for installation by the General Contractor Access doors must meet fire rating requirements of associated wall or ceiling Fire dampers shall in all cases be accessible with suitable means provided for replacing fusible links Where no other means are available access doors shall be provided in ductwork END OF SECTION 230890 DUCTWORK SYSTEMS 230890 8 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 ira SECTION 230900 ATC SYSTEMS GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Control Equipment amp Wiring Sequence of Operation SCOPE OF WORK Furnish and install a complete electronic electric system of automatic temperature controls for controlling all equipment as herein specified or implied The Contractor shall submit complete temperature control diagrams with written sequence of operation and factory printed specification data sheets covering each control device proposed to be used for engineer s approval prior to installation of any equipment or part of system The manufacturer of the control equipment shall guarantee all materials and workmanship furnished by same for a period of 1 year after acceptance of the complete control system by the Owner Normal system maintenance or readjustment of components after such time shall not be part of the guarantee
293. nit Price E1 Duplex Receptacle amp Wiring T Description Provide an additional duplex receptacle assembly Include 20A 120V duplex receptacle backbox cover plate conduit raceway with 2 12 conductors and 1 12 ground wire to a point of authorized connection necessary wall penetration cutting and patching terminations and labeling Perform in accordance with applicable Division 26 Sections and drawing requirements for similar work 2 Unit of Measurement Per assembly em Maximum Distance 75 feet 4 Quantity Allowances Include 10 assemblies G Unit Price E2 Data Outlets and Wiring L Description Provide an additional C4 data outlet as detailed on the Drawings consisting of backbox jacks plate cabling patch panel port conduit all terminations and labeling warranty shall be included on this outlet Perform in accordance with applicable Division 26 Sections and drawing requirements for similar work 2s Unit of Measurement Per assembly 3i Maximum Distance 300 feet 4 Quantity Allowances Include 5 assemblies 1 4 RULES AND REGULATIONS A Perform in accordance with the rules and regulations of the National Electrical Code NEC International Building Code IBC and other Codes and Standards cited in this specification and the requirements of the utility companies serving the project site ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260010 1
294. nk shall be 7 1 2 deep WASHING MACHINE CONNECTION BOX P 5 A Furnish and install washing machine connection unit Fixture shall be Gray Manufacturing Co Inc Model FB200 with 1 2 combination MPT brass sweat connections and 2 drain Unit shall be for recessed installation and shall be provided with top or bottom supplies as required MOP SINK P 6 A Mop receptor shall be Model MSB 2424 as manufactured by Powers Fiat Skokie Illinois or equal Color shall be T 31 White Drift The drain body shall be factory installed stainless steel 302 with combination strainer and lint basket Faucet shall be American Standard Heritage Service sink faucet with Aquaseal valves renewable seats 4 arm brass handles threaded hose and spout bucket hook top brace to wall vacuum breaker union inlets adjustable 8 centers female thread chrome finish Contractor shall install drain with trap B Furnish and install with Model 832 AA hose and hose bracket 889 CC Mop Hanger and E 77 AA Vinyl Bumper Guard WATER HEATER P 8 A Water heater shall be Model HE45 100 direct vent as manufactured by Rheem Ruud Unit shall have a gas input of 100 000 Btu hr and a recovery rate of 128 gph at 90 F temperature rise Water heater shall have a storage capacity of 45 gallons and shall have the AGA seal of certification with a
295. nstallation of mechanical or electrical services to any mechanical equipment accepted as approved equals the echanical Contractor shall be responsible for any additional costs incurred or coordination required RULES AND REGULATIONS A All work shall be performed in accordance with the rules and regulations of the National Plumbing Code local plumbing codes the utilities having jurisdiction and the IPC 2006 IBC 2006 IMC 2006 NFPA Code Uniform Plumbing Code 1991 B All work shall be performed in accordance with the rules and regulations of Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry Federal Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration the Department of Education and all codes and agencies having jurisdiction ep All construction design fabrication tests rating and installation shall comply with the rules and regulations of all local state or national codes and agencies having jurisdiction over this project Any costs involved in complying to these rules and regulations shall be included in original bid of this Contractor D This Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction and installation permits certificates and inspection fees relative to his work He shall also prepare all specific plans as required by proper authorities before acceptanc of the work Costs incurred in the preparation of such plans shall be included in the Contractor s original bid
296. nt switches or receptacles in single multi gang wall plates Th Connect wiring device grounding terminal to metallic outlet box with bonding jumper or branch circuit equipment grounding conductor for non metallic boxes and isolated ground outlets J Connect wiring devices by wrapping solid conductor around screw terminal Connect solid and stranded wires by inserting in screw tension pressure plate connectors Provide solid tails or solderless connectors for stranded conductors where screw tension pressure plates are not available Use of spring tension back wired terminals is unacceptable WIRING DEVICES 262726 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health t Coordinate with trade responsible for painting to insure final coat has been applied before installing wall plates Provide all devices outlet boxes junction boxes etc with the appropriate type cover plate Use junior or jumbo size plates for all outlets installed in masonry walls Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas abov accessibl ceilings and on devices installed in surface mounted boxes CONNECTIONS Ground equipment in accordance with Section 260526 Wire all devices in accordance with Section 260180 Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer s published torque tightening values If manufacturer s torque values are not indicated use those specified i
297. ntify or measure and record later b Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique ce Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it d Record and check the mark up before enclosing concealed installations 2a Content Types of items requiring marking include but are not limited to the following a Dimensional changes to Drawings b Revisions to details shown on Drawings ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260010 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Ce Depths of foundations below first floor as Locations and depths of underground utilities e Revisions to routing of cable tray and conduits fx Revisions to electrical circuitry g Actual equipment locations h Locations of concealed internal utilities ecg Changes made by Change Order Bie Changes made following Architect s written orders k Details not on the original Contract Drawings Tes Field records for variable and concealed conditions m Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically Sis ark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked up record prints 4 ark record sets with erasable red colored pencil Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location 5u ark important additional information that was eit
298. nu to select the following settings VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 11 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Jes PTZ Zoom In Out 2 Increase Decrease PTZ Zoom Speed 3h Increase Decrease PTZ Pan Tilt Speed 4 Next Previous Video Panel s View This Camera Only 6s Toggle Digital PTZ shits Traverse the Camera Tr 8 Go to PTZ Preset Number 1 16 I s Open the Find Camera dialog U Enterprise User Setup The VMS software shall allow the configuration of the same user accounts across several servers from the same interface Th Enterprise User Setup shall allow an administrator to create a user account assign a password and assign a Group and then choose the servers on which the user should have permissions Event Monitoring Setup The VMS software shall be used to configure the VMS Client to react to events that take place on servers to which it is connected To activate the event monitoring feature the user shall create a P nd define a new event monitoring profile a set of actions such as the laying of live video or an alarm sound triggered by sources such as video motion and input triggers Each profile shall then be activated and assigned to a specific video panel by the user The following event monitoring profiles shall be available 1 Virtual Matrix A Virtual Matrix profile shall automatically show video as it is triggered For example if there is
299. o t Sure Lites AEL2 series LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE 265200 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Lamps Ballasts Mtg Mark Manufacturer Catalog Number Description Volts Mtg Hei h t Notes No Watts Type No Type eg Omega OM4LED28120 R4LED35KCSS Prescolite LF4 series d F10 Gotham EVO series LED downlight UNV LED 1 1LE RC Portfolio LD4 series Daybrite SWN214 UNV 1 2 EB F11 Columbia AW series 1 x2 fluorescent surface UNV 2 14 FI4WTS5 835 1 ILE RC Lithonia LB series wraparound Metalux WS series Gardco 101L 3 35LA NW UNIV BRP Invue ENV series 35W LED wall mounted 6 Above SEI Kim Lighting WC series fixture UNI 2 j ep A i SA Door 2 Lithonia WSQ series Gardco 101L 3 55LA NW UNIV BRP Invue ENV series 55W LED wall mounted 12 0 nee Kim Lighting WC series fixture UNY E 7 WLED i ay AFG 2 Lithonia WSQ series uC PM iG an Avra Cable ting PT WB C Bollard AI S OOo P Pendant G W Wall Bracket e a a General Notes Gl Check descriptions against catalog numbers Report any discrepancies prior to submitting a proposal for this work Where the listed manufacturer of acceptacle substitutes makes more than one grade of the fixture provide the grade of fixture with equal or better construction materials and 2 G performance as determined by the manufacturer LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE 265200 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral He
300. o a new location double clicking shall start video playback Tis Recorded Bar bars that represent recorded video or audio 8 Video Playback Controls includes the following controls a Play video in reverse in fast double speed b Play video in reverse in normal speed om Stop video play d Play video forward in normal speed e Play video forward in fast speed f Play video forward one frame at a time g Play video backward one frame at a time VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 8 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 9 Calendar used to select the day of the video search 10 Start Search Time used to change the time of the video search 11 Search Button initiates a new video search based on changes that have been made in the camera selection tree calendar and start time 12 Video Playback Window video window that video is played back in 13 Export Buttons includes Save Picture Save Video Print Picture and Burn to CD or DVD 14 Scrub Bar and Scrub Handle used to quickly scrub back and forth through video 15 Stop Download Button used to stop the download 16 Smart Search allows search for occurrences of motion in specific areas of a video window K Multi Camera Search and Playback The VMS software shall have the capability to search for and play back video from multiple cameras Simultaneously All recorded video shall be played back and displayed in a synch
301. oducts HPM Series Mounts Heavy duty two vertical steel only spaced to mount 19 wide panels and chasses constructed to EIA 310 D dimensions with base plate and bracing Ta Universal keyhole mounting for left or right swing 28 Mounting holes must provide options to mount directly to racks or walls Mounting Rails 2 drilled and tapped to EIA 310 D dimensions ae 10 32 rack screws included Mounting Space Racks units as required plus 20 spare Provide multiple brackets totaling the indicated number of units hinged for future termination without dismounting patch panel Provide the following Accessories de Optional lid to protect equipment from dust Model HPM LID LIGHTNING PROTECTION Manufacturers 1 Circa 2 Siecor 3 ITW Linx Basis of Design Circa Building Entrance Terminals Lx 1880 Series for 110 punchdown 2 1890 Series for 66 punchdown Design Requirements Le Protection shall be available in 25 pair 50 pair or 100 pair 2 Equipped with an internal fuse link 3 Equipped with a removable splice chamber should the terminal fuse within a multiple configuration 4 Stackable to allow for future service expansion 5 External ground connectors accept 6 14 AWG ground wire 6 Accommodates industry standard 5 pin protection module 7 Designed to exceed the requirements set forth in UL 497 Provide protection for number of pair in service cabl ntering premises Provide on each cable or p
302. of addresses Notification Appliance Circuits Supervised notification modules shall be installed as class B circuits with end of line device locations clearly marked on the drawings Load signal circuits and modules to not more than 80 of rated capacity Notification Appliance Circuit Supervision All visual notification appliances throughout the facility shall be synchronized All audible notification appliances throughout the facility shall be synchronized and operate on the temporal code 3 pattern Visual and audible notification appliances shall be controlled independently allowing either to be silenced or operated manually at the control unit Supervising Station Signal Transmitter Provided as part of the system shall be a Digital Alarm Communications Transmitter DACT that is capable of reporting the following signals to a U L Listed Supervising Station T Alarm Conditions Trouble Conditions Supervisory Conditions Provide capability to provide additional signals as required by the AHJ The DACT shall be installed to meet the requirements of NFPA 72 with 2 telephone line connections and 24 hour standby power as required for Remote Station Supervising Station reporting The system shall be programmed to report as a minimum every 24 hours to the Supervising Station and shall alternate telephone lines for reporting purposes Unless otherwise directed by the Building Owner th quipment suppl
303. of coverage are sufficient to detect intruders in each secured area The alarm contractor shall provide complete wiring diagrams to the electrical contractor as part of the shop drawing submittal and shall supervise the installation in order to ensure a complete operating and trouble free system Provide 3 sets of keys for all panels stations and devices Provide dedicated auxiliary power supply units in the Intrusion Detection System Panel as required for operation of auxiliary devices Provide interface wiring and equipment to interface system to building local area network and telephone system Provide interface wiring and equipment to interface the access control system INTRUSION DETECTION SYST 281600 4 eal Z 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health S S2 PROGRAMMING AND TEST A After completion of the installation of the system and before the system is turned over to the Owner the system shall be completely tested by the Equipment Supplier for proper operation 33 TRAINING A The Equipment Supplier shall arrange demonstration and training of the system operation with representatives of the Owner Multiple visits shall be provided to train the desired personnel that will operate the system B General The contractor shall conduct training courses for personnel designated by the Owner Training shall cover the maintenance and operation of the system The tra
304. of these specifications which are completely satisfactory and acceptable in operation performance and capacity Approval either written or verbal of any drawings descriptive data or samples of such material equipment and or appurtenance does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to turn over the same to the Owner in perfect working order at the completion of the work Replace any materials equipment or appurtenances the operation capacity or performance of which does not comply with the drawings and or specification requirements or which is damaged prior to acceptance by the Owner with proper and acceptable items in working order satisfactory to the Engineer and Architect without additional cost to the Owner ACCESS Furnish and erect all scaffolding and ladders required in the installation of wiring equipment and fixtures ANCHOR BOLTS Provide and set in place at the time of pouring of concrete foundations all necessary anchor bolts as required for the equipment called for under these specifications Provide anchor bolts of the hook type of proper size and length to suit the equipment The Contractor is responsible for proper emplacement of the bolts and must have representative present at the time foundations are poured INSERTS Where desired in cast in place concrete provide and install inserts of an approved type Where two or more parallel conduits a
305. oil The entire cooler shall be warranted for 5 years Finish shall be stainless steel Entire unit shall be lead free Refrigerant shall be R 134a 229 EXPANSION TANK P 18 A Furnish and install a Taco Model PAX 84 pressurized diaphragm expansion tank or approved equal Unit shall be line supported 11 diameter and 23 in length Tank shall be ASME stamped 22 gallons 12 gallons acceptance volume 2 E10 FLUE VENT PIPING A Flue vent piping shall be Model PS as manufactured by Metal bestos or approved equal by VanPacker Metal Fab or Duro Vent Piping shall be double wall flue with aluminum coated steel outer jacket and Type 316 stainless steel liner separated by an air space Be Vent piping shall be installed in full compliance with the terms of its UL listing with manufacturer s installation instructions and with nationally recognized building codes representing good practices for such installation Cx The installation shall be continuous from connection to gas fired equipment outlets up to vent top Installation shall be complete with flanges elbows tees increasers drain cap stack cap roof thimble and flashing and wall supports for complete system age APPROVED EQUALS A The following are approved equals providing they meet specifications Tes Faucets Moen Delta 2 Water Closets Urinals Lavatories Kohler Eljer Crane 3 Shower Valves Powers PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Verify that walls and floor finishes
306. ol algorithm and direct digital control technology The controller shall monitor zone temperature setpoints zone temperature and its rate of change and valve airflow using a differential pressure signal The controller shall be provided in an enclosure with 7 8 knockouts for remote control wiring A Trane zone sensor shall be provided O Override Commands The following override commands may be received by the Unit Control Module UCM from the Tracer System les Control Mode Action Offset and Commands a Control Mode Occupied or Unoccupied b Control Action Heating or Cooling HVAC EQUIPMENT 230835 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health om Control Offset Enabling Control Offset will increase the cooling temperature setpoint and decrease the heating temperature setpoint by a control offset value Drive damper fully open Drive damper fully closed Drive damper to maximum airflow setpoint Drive damper to minimum airflow setpoint Disable unit heat Reset Enabling the reset function forces the controller and the flow sensor to recalibrate POO He E Editable Setpoints and Functions Ta Occupied and unoccupied cooling temperature setpoint 30 F 100 F De Occupied and unoccupied heating temperature setpoint 30 F 100 F 3 4 Maximum flow setpoint 10 100 of unit equivalent cataloged airflow Minimum heating and cooling flow setpoint 0
307. om inlet Terminal box shall be provided with cord entire fan motor and wheel assembly shall be removable without disturbing the housing Motors shall be suitably grounded and mounted on rubber in shear vibration isolators C2 Furnish Lek Trol variable speed controller 22 ROOFTOP CENTRIFUGAL EXHAUSTERS A Manufacturers 1 Penn Ventilator Domex 20 Cook 3 Greenheck 4 Acme By Furnish and install rooftop centrifugal exhausters Unit shall be direct drive or belt drive as indicated Housing shall be heavy gauge spun aluminum weatherproof with integral shield Fan wheel shall be of centrifugal design statically and dynamically balanced Fan shall have integral factory formed base Housing shall have wiring channel Unit shall be of direct discharge design Motor and fan assembly shall be mounted on vibration isolators Unit shall be equipped with bird screen backdraft damper and safety disconnect switch Gs Fan shall be mounted on Roof Curb furnished and installed by this Contractor 203 ROOF VENTILATOR HOODS AND ROOF CAPS A Manufacturers Fy Penn Ventilator Airette Gravities 2s Cook oe Greenheck 4 Acme Biz Roof ventilators shall be of the size shown on the drawing Vent housing shall be heavy gauge aluminum with hoods designed for intake or exhaust All vertical seams shall be continuously welded with lock formed seams on hood ends Hoods shall be stressed and sloped f
308. om temperature setpoint time of deviation time from last changeover and number of unit control modules requiring heating or cooling Based upon this information the system heat cool mode is selected The central control panel also monitors the system air temperature to determin capacity staging and to ensure that high and low temperature limits are not violated B System temperature control is accomplished by switching relays to sequence either the gas furnace or air conditioning unit Ci The central control panel also controls system static air pressure to the design pressure by opening and closing the bypass damper Bypass damper control is accomplished via a communications link D The systems sixth binary output can be configured to disable outside air t ventilation during the unoccupied mode reflect the system heat cool status or be controlled by an ICS System Control Options The following control options are selectable at the central control panel 1 Priority Shutdown The central control panel will go into priority shutdown when the supply air temperature sensor fails when communication to the communicating sensor bypass control is lost or when contacts connected to the priority shutdown binary input are closed 2 Air Conditioning Unit Control When configured as a 2 heat 2 cool controller the binary outputs are designated as follows Fan Cool Cool Heat Heat 0aAaQA0 0 NRNEF ATC SYSTEMS
309. omatic lamp starting after lamp replacement Sound Rating Class A Total Harmonic Distortion Rating Less than 20 Transient Voltage Protection IEEE C62 41 Category A or better Operating Frequency 20 KHz or higher Lamp Current Crest Factor 1 7 or less BF 0 95 or higher unless otherwise indicated Power Factor 0 95 or higher T OMDANHDOBWNE Single Ballasts for Multiple Lighting Fixtures Factory wired with ballast arrangements and bundled extension wiring to suit final installation conditions without modification or rewiring in the field Ballasts for Low Temperature Environments 1 Temperatures 0 F and Higher Electronic type rated for 0 F starting and operating temperature with indicated lamp types 2 Temperatures 20 F and Higher Electromagnetic type designed for use with indicated lamp types Ballasts for Dimmer Controlled Lighting Fixtures Electronic type T s Dimming Range 100 to 5 of rated lamp lumens Qi Ballast Input Watts Can be reduced to 20 or normal 3 Compatibility Certified by manufacturer for use with specific dimming control system and lamp type indicated INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health F Ballasts for Bi Level Controlled Lighting Fixtures Electronic type Te Operating Modes Ballast circuit and leads provide for remote control of the light output of the associated lamp between hi
310. on Gauge purge ports shall be shipped with a 1 8 NPT lug Valves shall be 3 piece in line repairable type Valves shall incorporate n adjustable packing and blow out proof stem Only full port valves having low rates comparable to equivalent size of pipe shall be used moO Hh OP Adhesive backed caution labels shall be acquired separately and field installed The labels shall state CAUTION GAS NAME VALVE DO NOT CLOSE EXCEPT IN EMERGENCY and or any other required labeling per NFPA 99 Labels shall be color coded for the appropriate gas service and include a section for stating the area being serviced by the valve Fach valve assembly shall be supplied cleaned for oxygen service in accordance with the current Compressed Gas Association CGA Pamphlet G 4 1 ends capped and sealed in a polyethylene bag to prevent contamination prior to installation PLUMBING PIPING amp SPECIALTIES 230410 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 268 ZONE VALVE BOX ASSEMBLY A All zone valve boxes shall be the Tri Tech Medical Z Series or approved equal by Chemetron and shall be installed and test6ed in strict accordance with NFPA 99 Standards and or any other local codes before us Bx The valves shall be dual gauge port forged brass ball type with Teflon TFE seats and seals All valves shall be rated at a workin
311. on building wall as indicated Place pipe runs to minimize obstruction to other work Place piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings FIRE PROTECTION 230300 6 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health AA BB CC DD Center heads in ceiling tile Flush entire piping system of foreign matter Hydrostatically test entire system at 200 psig Requir test b witnessed by Fire Marshall and or authority having jurisdiction A 1 inspector test connection with a 2 smooth bore corrosion resistant outlet shall be installed on the end of the most distant sprinkler line in accordance with NFPA 13 The Inspector s Test Connection shall be equipped with a 1 shut off valve and plug All valves on connections to water supplies and in supply pipes shall be approved indicating type Valves shall b supervised open in an approved manner Check valves shall be approved straightway type that can be installed ina vertical or horizontal position Approved automatic ball drip shall be provided in the piping between the check valve and the outside hose coupling All valves shall be protected by tamper switches FLOWTEST Contractor shall be responsible for conducting water system flow tests to determine system parameters needed for hydraulic design END OF SECTION 230300 FIRE PROTECTION 230300 7 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PAR
312. on during project warranty period 3 4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A Clean luminaires after installation Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer B Adjust luminaires to provide required light intensities 39 START UP SERVICE A Burn in all lamps that require specific aging period to operate properly prior to occupancy by Owner Burn in fluorescent and compact fluorescent lamps intended to be dimmed for at least 100 hours at full voltage or as recommended by manufacturer END OF SECTION 265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 11 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 PART 2 ECTION 265200 n LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE GENERAL SUMMARY This section includes the attached Luminaire Schedule reinafter in the The fixture manufacturers catalog numbers scheduled h Luminaire Schedule may not include all the required accessories or hardware that is necessary for a complete installation Provide all the required accessories or hardware that is necessary for a complete installation Furnish luminaries with all associated appurtenances including but not tested as specified and in the manner indicated In instances where a specific luminaire symbol has not luminaire number provide a complete luminaire of the designated for a luminaire symbol of similar function and or Architect LUMINAIR
313. on of planned testing shall be given to the Owner at least 14 days prior to the test and in no case shall notice be given until after the contractor has received written approval of the specific test procedures Test procedures shall explain in detail step by step actions and expected results demonstrating compliance with the requirements of the specification Test reports shall be used to document results of the tests Reports shall be delivered to the Owner within 7 days after completion of each test B Performance Verification Test The contractor shall demonstrate that the completed system complies with the contract requirements Using approved test procedures all physical and functional requirements of the project shall be demonstrated and shown Cy Programming After completion of the installation of the systems and before the system is turned over to the Owner the system shall be completely tested by the equipment supplier for proper operation Programming shall include the initial setup of the software in preparation of the Owner programming the system END OF SECTION 281600 INTRUSION DETECTION SYST 281600 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health eal Z PART 1 ts SECTION 282300 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Closed circuit television surveillance system Accessories REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
314. ontractor in person EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL The Contractor shall do all excavation and backfilling and all shoring sheeting pumping and other work incidental to excavating as required for his installation MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Backfill shall be made with clear earth free from rocks frozen earth debris or other foreign materials Backfill shall be deposited in uniform layers of not over 8 thick and each layer shall be mechanically tamped before the next layer is applied All excavated material remaining after the backfilling operation shall be removed from the site by this Contractor Any settlement in trench backfill shall be brought to grade and damage to pavement or slabs caused by such settlement shall be repaired at the Contractor s expense All ditching pumping canvas covers and other methods required to protect and 6 17 keep all excavation and trenches free from water at all times during the construction period shall be furnished installed and maintained by the Contractor If the trench bottom becomes muddy all mud shall be removed and replaced by bankrun sand and gravel or other suitable material as approved by Architect and compacted to the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil Bottom of trench shall be protected against frost or freezing This Contractor shall provide adequate shoring to protect his and ot
315. oof curbs Flatten and solder joints Ts Adjust storm collars tight to pipe with bolts caulk around top edge Use storm collars above roof jacks Screw vertical flange section to face of curb Hs Sleeves Lis Set sleeves in position in formwork Provide reinforcing around sleeves Dye Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction Provide for continuous insulation wrapping Sig Extend sleeves through floors one inch above finished floor level Caulk sleeves 4 Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor ceiling or wall close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with fire stopping insulation and caulk airtight Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration S Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces S42 MANUFACTURER S FIELD SERVICES A Prepare and start systems under provisions of Section 230010 SAE SCHEDULES A Pressure Gage Schedul Li LOCATION Water Heater Outlet B Stem Type Thermometer Schedul Ey LOCATION Water Heater Outlet Gy Supports and Hangers HANGER ROD PIPE SIZE MAX HANGER SPACING DIAMETER Inches Feet Inches 2tol 6 3 8 1 1 4 to 2 9 3 8 2 1 2 to 3 10 1 2 4 to 5 T2 5 8 6 12 3 4 3I to T2 t2 7 8 14 and Over 12 1 PVC All Sizes 4 378 C I Bell and Spigot or No Hub 5 3 4 and at Joints 3 4 APPLICATION A Motors MECHANICAL GENERAL EQUIPMENT 230100 8 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Healt
316. op in ceiling cavities of each floor above the lowest floor for future changes upgrades Neatly cable tie service loop to structure or cable tray to prevent susceptibility to damage UTP Cable Length Ts Maximum installed length of each UTP cable between closet and workstation outlet is to be 90 meters 295 feet Ensure lengths are within specification prior to installation Contact Engineer for procedure in the event of excessive distances prior to installation Que Minimum length shall be 15 meters 49 feet Provide service loop as required to increase length on short runs Install cable without damaging conductors shield or jacket do not use unjacketed pairs for jumpers Do not bend cable in handling or in installing to smaller radii than minimums recommended by manufacturer No splicing is permitted for UTP and fiber optic cables Cables must be continuous between termination points Make splices taps and terminations only at indicated outlets terminals cross connect and patch panels Provide at least 10 of cable slack at MDF or IDF closet This slack may be stored in the cable tray or a cable management device behind the MDF IDF Provide 2 diameter in service loops or use figure 8 or serpentine Provide at least 1 of slack at each workstation outlet This slack may be coiled within device box observing bend radius minimum or within accessible ceiling space using approved J hook support
317. or T568B wiring configurations Panels shall have individual port identification numbers on the front and rear of the panel Panels shall utilize 8 port adapter modules each secured with two screws Adapter module housings shall be UL 94 V 0 rated thermoplastic Panel adapter modules shall be 110 style termination with tin lead solder plated IDC contacts Printed circuit boards shall be fully enclosed front and rear for physical protection TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 20 21 gt 22 23 1 2 a 10 11 12s oe Panel contacts shall withstand a minimum of 2000 mating cycles with an FCC 8 position RJ 45 plug without degradation of electrical or mechanical performance Panel contacts shall be constructed of Beryllium copper for maximum spring force and durability Contact plating shall be a minimum of 50 micro inches of hard gold in the contact area over 50 micro inch of nickel Panel termination method shall follow the industry standard 110 IDC punch down using a standard 110 impact termination tool Panels shall be compatible with a 4 pair multi punch impact termination tool designed specifically for the purpose Bending or other damage to the panel using a multi pair punch tool shall not occur IDC contacts shall be Phosphor Bronze with 100 micro inch tin lea
318. or drainage Provide aluminum expanded metal bird screen with 85 free area Ex Provide an insulated fabricated UniBeam roof curb and backdraft damper relief exhaust only D Roof caps shall be Penn Model 11FR Mount roof cap on roof curb PART 3 EXECUTION Sad INSTALLATION A Install in accordance with manufacturer s instructions B Secure roof exhausters with lag screws to roof curb Gs Extend ducts to roof exhausters into roof curb D Install flexible connections where indicated E Provide sheaves required for final air balance F Install backdraft dampers on inlet to roof exhausters VENTILATION EQUIPMENT 230860 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health G Provide backdraft dampers on outlet from cabinet and ceiling exhauster fans and as indicated H Do not operate fans for any purpose until ductwork is clean filters in place bearings lubricated and fan has been test run under observation END OF SECTION 230860 VENTILATION EQUIPMENT 230860 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 t t SECTION 230890 DUCTWORK SYSTEMS GENERAL SECTION INCLUDI El n Metal Ductwork Nonmetal Ductwork Duct Cleaning Air Turning Devices Extractors Backdraft Dampers Combination Fire and Smoke Dampers Duct Access Doors Fire Dampers Flexible Duct Connections Volume Control Dampers Duct Silencers Diffusers Registers Grilles Louvers
319. or remotely from the A SM system manufacturer 3 The ACU shall be capable of providing control output points initialized by alarm events remotely controlled by the A SM computer or by software time schedul 4 The ACU shall have memory and logic circuits as required to insure continued operation of connected devices without degradation in system security in the event that communication with the A SM computer is interrupted Si The ACU power supply shall provide four hours of battery back up to provide continuous operation during power failure Weatherproof Nema 4 enclosures will be provided to house power supplies in all outdoor applications 6 ACU s shall be capable of communicating via RS 232 RS 485 fiber optic and CAT5 Ethernet with no additional communication converters except telephon modems where communications via existing public telephone lines are used All communications shall be fully supervised Access Control System 281300 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 22 SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS General Ts The A SM system software shall be designed to support Multi tasking multi user applications Independent simultaneous performance of multiple system functions from system workstations or ACU s shall not cause and appreciable reduction in system performance or response time The system shall allow the operator to switch between the system software and other applications while the system sof
320. or will b xposed to environmental conditions outside of its listed ratings provide a device that is suitable for the environment in which it is installed If a non addressabl devic is required locate an addressable interface module in an accessible location within the listed environmental conditions of the module and as close as possible to the device 33 Detectors installed in air plenums shall be listed for the air velocities present 4 Spot type smoke and heat detectors shall fit into a base that is common for both types of detectors Dis Within one year of substantial completion upon request of the Owner and as approved by the AHJ replace any detector with an alternate type Allow for a maximum of 5 of the total detectors installed but not less than 5 B Indoor Protective Shield Factory fabricated wire guard to protect the automatic detector from physical damage UL listed for use with the automatic detector SPOT TYPE SMOKE DETECTORS A Description Addressable photoelectric thermal type with the capability to program the detector for specific hazard profiles The detector shall be intelligent and be able to determine the difference between actual fire conditions and deceptive phenomena such as dust steam aerosols and other non fire conditions The detector shall be immune to false alarms capable of automatically adjusting sensitivity to match the environment and pro
321. ors where a dielectric main water fitting is installed connect ground bonding conductor to street side of fitting Bond grounding conductor to conduit or sleeve at each end E Water Meter Piping Use braided type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters Connect to pipe with grounding clamp connectors F Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system upstream from equipment shutoff valve G Install Products in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Hs Install rod electrodes at locations indicated Install additional rod electrodes as required to achieve specified resistance to ground L Provide grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in foundation footing GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti Provide bonding to meet Regulatory Requirements Provide a grounding bushing and equipment grounding conductor on the terminal end of metallic conduit systems where any of the following conditions occur T A conduit carrying circuit conductors protected by an overcurrent devic rated 50 amps or larger is connected to a metallic enclosure by concentric knockouts or reducing washers Ds Concentric knockout rings or bridges are broken 3 The enclosure is non metallic and does not have an integral grounding strap 4 Conduits stub up through floors and foundations into switchboards transformers and other equ
322. ory applied or field applied 2 Insulate fittings joints and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe 3 PVC fitting covers shall be used For heat traced piping insulate fittings joints and valves with insulation of like material thickness and finish as adjoining pipe Size larg nough to enclose pipe and heat tracer Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping Cover hydrous calcium silicate insulation or Fiberglass Industrial Insulation Board with metal mesh and finish with heavy coat of insulating cement Do not insulate over nameplate or ASME stamps Bevel and seal insulation around such Install insulation for equipment requiring access for maintenance repair or cleaning in such a manner that it can be easily removed and replaced without damage For exterior applications provide insulation with vapor barrier jacket Cover with caulked aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal duct section All ductwork on roof shall be lined as specified and also externally insulated with 2 fibrous board duct insulation Insulation shall be glued and mechanically fastened to ductwork and sealed at joints with vapor barrier tape Insulation shall be weatherproofed with EDPM covering External Duct Insulation Application ds Secure insulation with vapor barrier with wires and seal jacket joints with vapo
323. ow to perform common software tasks The program must have the ability to stop rewind pause during training presentations Access Control System 281300 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health TOs 11 12 13s 14 oes 16 17 18 3 19 The software must have the ability to generate and send emails based on alarm and or normal access activity Those transmissions must include time date user activity and location The software will include a voice synthesizer that reads event lines The software must include a universal communication gateway interface to third party devices or systems The serial integration of the third party system should allow for inputs and commands and bi directional control of the external system via unique icons on graphical floor plans This software module resides on the main system control software server and it is capable of up to 100 external third party interfaces The software must have the capability of database partitioning Graphical maps a The A SM system shall provide for map graphics that graphically depict A SM system status Icons placed on graphical backgrounds shall be used to indicate the real time status of each system connection including card reader connections alarm inputs control point outputs communication connections etc b The icon of the device in alarm shall be differentiated from other device symbols be enhancement color ch
324. ower sum PSELFEXT g Return Loss h Attenuation i Propogation Delay Js Delay Skew ki PSACR Powersum Attenuation Crosstalk Ratio TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 18 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 4 System Performance Report Provide a narrative detailing the system as a whole in regards to the quality of installation and any discrepancies affecting performance This narrative to indicate a summary of the above Cable Test as well as an accurate summary of specified Category performance as well as capability of the cabling system to perform at specified Category bandwidth Indicate steps necessary to correct all deficiencies in the cable installation to nabl specified Category performance 3159 WARRANTY A The installation shall be provided with a minimum 25 year warranty for strict compliance with the performance requirements of ANSI TIA EIA 568 C 1 to support and conform to ANSI TIA EIA 568 C 1 specifications covering any current or future application which supports transmission over a properly constructed horizontal cabling system premises network which meets the channel performance as described in ANSI TIA EIA 568 C 2 END OF SECTION 271400 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 19 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 ga SECTION 281300 ACCESS CONTROL SYST ea
325. p of the system supplier and copies of certifications and listings that are required in the specifications di Fire Alarm Cable e Matrix of operation of the system Es Standby battery calculations 2 Upon approval of the submittal material provide system drawings prepared in AutoCAD to include the following a All control equipment with interconnecting wiring b Field connections of all circuits connecting to the control equipment oun Floor layouts with fire alarm system device locations shown is Addressable device numbers for each addressable devic e Notification appliances circuited and numbered with candela setting for visual units and output setting for audible units fos Typical device connections for each type device used in the system g Basic riser diagram to include control equipment and all field circuits h Indicate temperature settings of thermal detectors Local Code Authority Submission It shall be the responsibility of the Approved Equipment Supplier to provide the required materials and submittal data including drawings to the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction AHJ for their review and approval if necessary Any fees for the submission and approval process shall be the responsibility of the installing contractor SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT Submit under provisions of Section 260010 Record of Completion The equipment supplier shall complete the Record of Completion as r
326. p N G Maximum acceptable voltage protection rating UL 1449 third edition L N Mode 700 volts DISTRIBUTION SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 264313 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health t ti ti Pulse Life Category C3 lt 10 drift 5 000 pulses Minimum acceptable single pulse surge current capacity 120 000 amps per mode equivalent to 240 kA per phase Short Circuit Current Rating 200 000 amps minimum The following models are acceptabl Square D Model TVS2EMA24A Eaton Model SPD200208Y2K Siemens Energy amp Automation Model TPS3C1230000 GE Energy Model THE120Y125WMN1 Advanced Protection Technologies APT Model TE 2XT 240 Transtector Systems Inc Model DP300 Liebert Corporation Model LM125120YENS WAU BPWNE El TYPE L2 UNIT NON CRITICAL LOAD APPLICATIONS Type 2 SPD Voltage Rating 120 208V 3 phase 4 wir Application Distribution panel power receptacle or lighting panel on system with 120 208V service voltage inimum modes of protection Common or Normal L N L G amp N G aximum acceptable voltage protection rating UL 1449 third edition L N Mode 700 volts Pulse Life Category C3 lt 10 drift 5 000 pulses inimum acceptable single pulse surge current capacity 80 000 amps per mode equivalent to 160 kA per phase Short Circuit Current Rating 200 000 amps minimum The following
327. pe CISPI 301 hubless service weight 1 2 Fittings Joints Neopren Cast iron gaskets and stainless steel clamp and shield assemblies PLUMBING PIPING amp SPECIALTI 230410 2 ES 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PVC Pipe ASTM D2729 if approved by local authority Schedule 40 Solid Wall Te Fittings PVC Zo Joints ASTM D2855 solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement WATER PIPING BURIED Copper Tubing ASTM B88 Type K hard drawn 1 Fittings ASME B16 18 cast bronze or ASTM B16 22 wrought copper and bronze 2 5 Joints ASTM B32 solder Grade 95TA Cast Iron Pipe AWWA C151 Peg Fittings Ductile iron standard thickness 2 Joints AWWA C111 rubber basket with 3 4 19 mm diameter rods Gl WATER PIPING ABOVE GRAD Copper Tubing ASTM B88 Type L hard drawn dg Fittings ASME B16 18 cast bronze or ASME B16 22 wrought copper and bronze Bis Joints ASTM B32 solder Grade 95TA No Lead BALL VALVES Manufacturers 1 Up to and Including 3 Inches a Nibco b Crane Cc Stockham Up to and including 3 Bronze two piece body bronze ball Teflon seats and stuffing box ring lever handle with balancing stops solder or threaded ends SWING CHECK VALVES Manufacturers T Nibco 2 Crane 3 Stockham Bronze swing disc solder or screwed ends WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES Manufacturers ls Wa
328. pecial installation requirements 14 Jacks shall be compatible with single conductor standard 110 impact termination tools 15 Jacks shall be compatible with a 4 pair single punch impact tool designed specifically for the purpose 16 Jacks shall include a translucent stuffer cap for wire retention and to permit visual inspection 17 Stuffer cap shall have retention snaps to assure conductor strain relief 18 Jacks sha accept FCC compliant 6 position plugs 19 Jacks sha accept optional hinged dust covers 20 Jacks sha be compatible with ANSI TIA EIA 606 A color code labeling 21 Jacks sha accept snap on icons for specific identification 22 Jacks shall be available in various colors to meet specific customer applications 23 Jacks shall have attached wiring instruction labels to permit either T568A or T568B wiring configurations 24 Category 6 jacks shall be backward compatible with existing Category 3 5 and 5e cabling systems for fit form and function D Performance Requirements 1 All transmission performance parameters shall be independently verified by a UL or ETL third party testing organization 2s Category 6 jacks shall exceed Category 6 transmission requirements for connecting hardware as specified in ANSI TIA EIA 568 C 2 Transmission Performance Specifications for 4 Pair 100 ohm Category 6 Cabling 3 Category
329. pment is in compliance with the specifications QUALIFICATIONS Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experienc REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Conform to requirements of ANSI NFPA 70 Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc ora testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown PROJECT CONDITIONS Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings Conductor sizes are based on copper Substitution of aluminum for conductors specified as copper is not permitted Conductor sizes are based upon 75 C insulation temperature ratings When the contractor furnishes equipment which is listed for use with conductors having temperature ratings of less than 75 C he shall furnish conductors sized in accordance with the 60 C column of NEC Tables 310 16 or 310 17 and the appropriate conduit size Wire and cable routing shown on Drawings is approximate unless dimensioned Route wire and cable as required to meet Project Conditions Include wire and cable lengths within 10 of length shown ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABL 260519 1 el n 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health tid Where wire and cable routing is not shown and destination only is indicated determine exact routing and lengths required
330. pond to Owners room numbering system MECHANICAL GENERAL EQUIPMENT 230100 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health STENCILS A Stencils With clean cut symbols and letters of following size T 3 4 to 1 1 4 Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe 8 long color field 1 2 high letters Dee 1 1 2 to 2 Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe 8 long color field 3 4 high letters 33 2 1 2 to 6 Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe 12 long color field 1 1 4 high letters 4 8 to 10 Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe 24 long color field 2 1 2 high letters Di Over 10 Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe 32 long color field 3 1 2 high letters 6 Ductwork and Equipment 2 1 2 high letters B Stencil Paint As specified in Section 09900 semi gloss enamel colors conforming to ASME A13 1 20 PIPE MARKERS A Color Conform to ASME A13 1 B Plastic Pipe Markers Factory fabricated flexible semi rigid plastic preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed Ce Plastic Tape Pipe Markers Flexible vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings D Underground Plastic Pipe Markers Bright colored continuously printed plastic ribbon tape minimum 6 wide by 4 mil thick manufac
331. project have been sized to limit voltage drop to 2 or less It shall be the Contractor s responsibility to size branch circuits as necessary based on their actual lengths to limit branch circuit voltage drop to 3 or less This will limit the overall voltage drop at each outlet to the 5 maximum allowed by the National Electrical Code INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A Identify wire and cable under provisions of Section 260553 B Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated on Drawings ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABL 260519 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ir n 3 6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Perform field inspection and testing Provide a written report of all test results to the Engineer B Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper connection Replace all conductors and cables with damaged insulation sheaths or jackets Cx Measure tightness of bolted connections and compare torque measurements with manufacturer s recommended values Di Verify continuity of each branch circuit conductor Provide a written report of all test results to the Engineer END OF SECTION 260519 ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABL 260519 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health El n ECTION 260526 n GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL
332. proved submittals shall be corrected as directed by the Architect and resubmitted in 6 sets until approved within 30 days after the original submittal was disapproved No work involving any materials or equipment covered by shop drawings shall be started until the respective shop drawings are approved None of the items listed under Section 1 2 shall be installed until final approval has been given by the Architect Identify Project Contractor Subcontractor or supplier pertinent drawing and detail number and specification section number as appropriate on shop drawings On shop drawings apply Contractor s stamp signed or initialed certifying that review approval verification of Products required field dimensions adjacent construction work and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contractor Documents On shop drawings provide space for Contractor and Architect Engineer and Construction Manager review stamps VISIT TO THE SITE Prior to submission of his bid the Contractor shall visit the site to acquaint himself with the existing conditions Bids as submitted will be interpreted to include all costs and change made necessary by such conditions COORDINATION OF WORK Contractor shall coordinate his work with that of other trades In case of interference or problems the Architect shall decide which work is to be relocated regardless of which is installed first
333. put status of the following equipment and systems 1 Access Control Card reader controlled door held open alarm intrusion alarms and invalid card use alarms annunciated as separate alarms 2s Door Position Switches Normally closed contacts from concealed door position switches surface mounted door position switches or overhead door position switches to monitor the secure status of each door in the system 3s Dual technology Motion Sensors A normally closed contact from a dual technology motion sensor for remote monitoring of the secure status of areas 4 Glass break detectors A normally closed contact from a glass break sensor for remote monitoring of the secure status of certain windows Se Photoelectric Motion Sensors A normally closed contact from a photoelectric motion sensor for remote monitoring of the secure status of areas 6 Tamper Switches Normally closed contacts from tamper switches for remote monitoring of the secure status of all ACU s power supplies and power distribution units Access Control Units ACU s The ACU s shall be capable of collecting alarm input point status and card reader data prioritizing the information and transmitting that data back to the AS M computer ACU s shall support a minimum of 20 card readers through the use of 2 door modules called Card Reader Processors BLP s Des The ACU shall incorporate Flash ROM to allow for efficient firmware updates from the host software and
334. r control devices shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor who provides the HVAC and plumbing equipment Power wiring from panelboard or similar source through all equipment disconnects to motors or heating equipment shall be furnished and installed by the Electrical Contractor Equipment disconnect switches unless otherwise specified or supplied by the equipment supplier as an integral part of the equipment shall be furnished and installed by the Electrical Contractor All electrical equipment components and wiring furnished and installed under this portion of the specifications shall conform to all requirements of the applicable portions of the electrical specifications MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health E All base flashing where required shall be by others with necessary counter flashing by this contractor F All structural work needed for support of mechanical equipment or components shall be supplied by this contractor G All concrete pads necessary for the support of HVAC and plumbing equipment or components shall be supplied by the contractor who provides the HVAC and plumbing equipment H All access panels in finished walls or ceilings shall be supplied by this contractor for installation by the General Contractor I If any changes are required in the i
335. r barrier adhesive or tape to match jacket PA Secure insulation without vapor barrier with staples tape or wires 3 Install without sag on underside of ductwork Use adhesive or mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging Lift ductwork off trapeze hangers and insert spacers 4 Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive Ds Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping Insulation including finishes and adhesive on the exterior surfaces of ducts and equipment shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less as determined by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with NFPA 255 1972 as required by NFPA 90A Smoke development rating for pipe insulation shall not exceed 50 Linings in air ducts and equipment shall meet the Erosion Test Method described in Underwriter s Laboratories Publication No 181 These linings including coatings and adhesives and insulation on exterior surfaces of pipes and ducts INSULATION 230250 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health in building spaces used as air supply plenums shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less as determined by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with NFPA 255 1972 as required by NFPA 90A N Duct Insulation T All insulation surf
336. r notations 4 System configuration with peripheral devices batteries power supplies diagrams and interconnections oe Descriptive data and sequence of operation of operating user and application software 6 Minimum requirements for Owner supplied hardware Product Data Provide data for each system component and software module including catalog sheets specifications wiring damper and valve schedule flow diagram of system PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS The control system shall be as manufactured by Trane or approved equal CONTROL EQUIPMENT Control Cabinets Control cabinets shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel Unless otherwis specified all controllers electric relays switches and other equipment furnished as part of the control system which are not required to be mounted on mechanical equipment shall be cabinet mounted All devices specified or noted to be mounted within cabinets shall be mounted on the rear subpanel All devices specified or noted to be mounted on front of the panel shall be flush mounted on the cabinet All electrical devices shall be wired to a numbered terminal strip and all pneumatic devices shall be completely factory piped adjusted and checked for proper operation prior to shipment to job site Electric High Limit Control Electric high limit control shall be designed to be mounted in air handling duct systems and wired to shutdown and lock out air condit
337. r stortz type as required by local authority Dis Outlets Two way Siamese or Stortz type with thread size to suit fire department hardware threaded dust cap and chain of matching material and finish 3 Drain 3 4 automatic drip 4 Label Sprinkler Fire Department Connection E Double Detector Check Valve Assembly Ta Watts No 709 DDC Series 2 Size 6 7 0 psig loss at 1000 GPM 3 Epoxy coated cast iron check valve bodies with bronze seats furnished with bronze body ball valve test cocks stainless steel internal parts Provide strainer and 2 0 S amp Y Valves water meter in compliance with local authority PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 PREPARATION A Ream pipe and tube ends Remove burrs B Remove scale and foreign material from inside and outside before assembly FIRE PROTECTION 230300 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions INSTALLATION Install piping in accordance with NFPA 13 for sprinkler systems and NFPA 14 for standpipe and hose systems Route piping in orderly manner plumb and parallel to building structure Maintain gradient Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space and other work Group piping whenever practical at common elevations Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe joints or connected equipment Slope piping and arran
338. re installed continuous inserts may be used Where required to distribute the load on the inserts install a piece of reinforcing steel of sufficient length through the inserts SLEEVES Furnish to the General Contractor sleeves and locations where work of this contract must pass through new walls floors ceilings roofs and other construction Extend each sleeve through the floor wall or partition and cut flush with each surface unless otherwise required For sleeves in bearing and masonry walls floors and partitions provide standard weight steel pipe finished with smooth edges For other than masonry partitions through suspended ceilings and for concealed vertical piping provide No 22 U S G galvanized iron unless otherwise specified Where conduits pass through the roof provide pre molded synthetic rubber flashing booths or other approved means approved by the Roofing Contractor Install as per Roofing Contractor ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260010 10 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Dy Provide any sleeve or opening not installed or made during construction under the requirements for cutting and patching E Provide sleeves as required in existing walls for renovation projects w30 FIRESTOPPING A The Contractor shall be responsible for providing perm
339. ree from scale and dirt Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps E After completion fill clean and treat systems Z2 INSTALLATION A Install in accordance with manufacturer s instructions B Install heating water chilled water piping to ASME B31 9 Ga Route piping in orderly manner parallel to building structure and maintain gradient B Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space E Group piping whenever practical at common elevations F Sleeve pipe passing through partitions walls and floors G Slope piping and arrange to drain at low points H Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe joints or connected equipment Refer to Section 230100 De Pipe Hangers and Supports 1 Instal in accordance with ASTM B31 9 ASTM F708 and MSS SP89 2 Support horizontal piping as scheduled oe Install hangers to provide minimum 2 space between finished covering and adjacent work 4 Place hangers within 12 of each horizontal elbow Sa Use hangers with 12 minimum vertical adjustment Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe HVAC PIPING amp SPECIALTIES 230510 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 6 Support vertical piping at every other floor Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping T Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation provide mult
340. rge air supplies shall upon sensing alarm conditions completely shut down the unit supply fan heating section and close outside air damper The responsibilities of the ATC Contractor are to provide installation of all factory provided controls and to ATC SYSTEMS 230900 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health provide any controls as required to perform th specified sequenc of operation B The ATC System for the VAV Units shall include the following Ls 2 Central Control Panels 1 for each system 2s 15 field verify VAV boxes Varitrac boxes each with a unit control module 3 15 field verify DDC Zone Sensors with setpoint and occupancy 4 2 VAV Changeover Bypass Units Bis 2 VAV Changeover Bypass System Controllers 6 Interconnecting wiring 7 Start up and programming by factory authorized personnel Cc The gas furnace section shall provide morning warm up and heating when all zones in a system are calling for heating D The DX cooling section shall provide cooling E he integral electric heater or duct mounted electric heater shall provide heating when the system is in the cooling mode and that zone requires heating or reheat F When a system is in the occupied mode the ATC damper for outside air from the associated HRU unit shall be fully open SYSTEM CONTROL A The central control panel scans the VAV and VariTrac unit control modules to determine the deviations fr
341. rity access control system The cabinet shall be a NEMA 1 enclosure with tumbler lock key The cabinet shall include adequate venting for the power supplies and batteries Installation that includes multiple cabinets for the required controls at the same location shall not be permitted CAD drawings shall be supplied of each control location showing the layout of all modules and wiring interconnections These drawings shall be submitted for approval Ie The remote controls shall include but not limited to the following modules a XR 500NL Network Intrusion Panel b 714 Series Expansion Modules Crs 322 Power Transformer d Battery Backup 7 Hour Minimum e Enclosure with a minimum of 20 spare space capacity 860 Relay Output Modules and 305 Plug in Relays Provide adequate quantities to interface other systems as necessary for the project 2a The panel shall be installed at location shown on the drawings Zone Expansion Panel Provide 1 DMP Model 714 16 zone expansion panel Door Position Contacts Provide GE Security Model No 1078W flush 1 door contacts and magnets in all doors at locations that include a card reader and lsewhere where shown on the drawings Motion Detectors Provide Passive Infrared motion detectors that are manufactured by Bosch Security Provide devices as follows select type as required for locations indicated on the Drawings Les Long Range Detectors Bosch Model DS720i with OA120 2x
342. rk Furnish The term furnish means supply and deliver to the Project Site ready for unloading unpacking assembly installation and similar operations Install The term install describes operations at the Project site including the actual unloading unpacking assembly erection placing anchoring ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260010 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health applying working to dimension finishing curing protecting cleaning and Similar operations H Provide The term provide means to furnish and install complete and ready for the intended us To Contractor The Contractor or Electrical Contractor The term means the Contractor responsible for all work under this Division J Installer An installer is the Contractor or another entity engaged by the Contractor either as an employee subcontractor or contractor of lower tier to perform a particular construction activity including installation erection application and similar operations Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they ar ngaged to perform Te The term experienced when used with the term installer means having a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project being familiar with the special requirements indicated and having complied with requirements of the authority having jurisdiction 2s Trades Using terms such as carpent
343. roduct specified shall be an all in one indoor outdoor vandal resistant dome enclosure with integrated H 264 MPEG 4 Part 10 camera and varifocal lens providing HD720p resolution at full video frame rate of 30fps with audio Dual encoders allow simultaneous viewing of both H 264 and MJPEG video streams and shall conform to the ONVIF and PSIA standards The D camera offers Lightgrabber II for enhanced image sensitivity and TS Direct To Storage recording Requiring low power the camera is PoE IEEE 802 3af compliant The camera offers Day Night functionality with high sensitivity for use in low light indoor outdoor applications The dome camera is constructed of cast aluminum and tamper resistant clear polycarbonate dome bubble with inner liner and is IP 66 NEMA4 rated General Requirements Ts The IP dome camera shall be a high impact aluminum vandal resistant Day Night color dome camera with a progressive scan CMOS sensor on The IP dome camera shall utilize a CMOS sensor that is 1 3 inch with a dichroic infrared mirror capable of producing HD720p resolution 3 The IP dome camera shall have no less than 1280 H x 720 V pixels 4 The camera shall be H 264 MPEG 4 Part 10 compliant VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 17 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 10 20 Zl 22 23 24 25 26 27 he IP dome camera shall provide H 264
344. ronized multi camera layout in one of the following screen layouts alse 4 camera 2x2 layout an 9 camera 3x3 layout Bu 12 camera 4x3 layout 4 16 camera 4x4 layout 5 20 camera 5x4 layout 6 30 camera 6x5 layout 7 48 camera 8x6 layout 8 Selected pre configured views Tis Audio Search and Playback The VMS software shall allow search and play back of audio in synchronization with video M Exporting Files The VMS software shall have the capability to export video maps Point of Sale data and audio files To export a file the user shall mark the starting and ending point of the video to export After the VMS software has exported a video and or audio file it shall provide an option to burn the data to a CD or DVD The VMS software shall provide the option of exporting the file in the following formats dys Standalone Ex exe includes an executable player with the video and audio data Dek AVI File avi a multimedia container format 3 PS File ps a format for multiplexing video and audio 4 QuickTime File mov native for Macintosh computers N Copy Save and Print Images The VMS software shall also be used to save and print an image The VMS software shall have the capability to copy a picture to a clipboard and paste it into a document O Standalone Player The VMS software shall have the capability to export video and audio files with an executable
345. roved shop drawings and the equipment manufacturer s recommendations Apply the factory supplied gasketing material prior to the installation of the wall plates for the fire rated pathways Secure wall plates to devices per th quipment manufacturer s recommendations for the fire rated pathways jia Install n accordance with manufacturer s instructions Install boxes in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation except for mounting heights J Install n locations as shown on Drawings and as required for splices taps wire pulling equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements RACEWAYS AND BOX 260533 7 El n 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health TEs JJ KK LL MM NN OO PP QQ RR SS TT UU VV WW XX YY ZZ AAA BBB CCC DDD Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights indicated Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned Adjust box location up to 10 if required to accommodate intended purpose Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 262726 Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance Install pull boxes and junction boxes abov accessibl ceilings and in unfinished areas only Inaccessible Ceiling Areas Install outlet and junction boxes no more than
346. rovide full year control by providing automatic leap year and daylight saving time adjustment A user selectable override shall be provided for states not observing daylight saving time The time switch shall also provide holiday or special day control requirements by providing up to 99 holiday schedules Each of the holiday schedules shall be programmable for a single day or any duration as required Each holiday schedule shall provide automatic no load activity and shall be independently programmable for a unique load schedule if required emory A non volatile memory shall maintain all program data for the life of the time switch without the need for battery backup The time switch shal include a factory installed lithium battery backup which shall maintain clock time and calendar data for 8 years minimum The single coil cell backup shall be user replaceable without removing the field wiring Protection The time switch logic control circuitry shall be isolated and shielded to prevent EMI and RFI interference for reliable operation in LIGHTING CONTROLS 260923 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health electrically noisy environments The power board circuitry shall provide protection for transients up to 6 000 volts All control times shall be accurate to the minute and synchronized to the 50 to 60 Hz input The time switch shall provide user selectable 12 hour AM PM or 24 hour clo
347. rt DTS Direct To Storage for recording f time lapse and event recording using network attached storage 36 The IP dome camera shall have an event handler allowing the camera to send an image or video clip to an FTP site email address and or network attached storag when receiving an internally or externally generated event 37 The IP dome camera shall support the following licensed On Camera IQapps a TQaccess Software that enables multiple users to receive alerts via a pop up window when the camera receives a hardware or software trigger 38 The IP dome camera shall be FCC Part 15 Class B CE and RoHS compliant 39 The IP dome camera shall operate within an ambient temperature of 20 C 4 F to 50 C 4 122 F Ge The Interior Dome IP Camera shall be an IQinvision IQeye Alliance MX Series ITQM31NE B5 H 264 HD720p Color Indoor Outdoor Vandal Resistant Network Dome Camera with Integrated Lens Provide in quantities as shown on the drawings PART 3 EXECUTION Sie INSTALLATION A Install system in accord with manufacturer s instructions B Wiring shall be provided and installed according to the standards specified lsewhere herein for CAT6 structured data cabling Contractor must provide as built wiring diagrams to the School district Cy Wiring shall be tested according to CAT6 standards D Approximate wiring is indicated on the Contract Drawings Installation shall be
348. ry is not intended to imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name such as carpenter It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespersons of the corresponding generic name 3 Assigning Specialists Certain Sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities are performed by specialists who are recognized experts in those operations The specialists must be engaged for those activities and their assignments are requirements over which the Contractor has no choice or option However the ultimate responsibility for fulfilling Contract requirements remains with the Contractor a This requirement is not to be interpreted to conflict with enforcing building codes and similar regulations governing the Work It is also not intended to interfere with local trade union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions K Project Site is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other work as part of the Project The extent of the Project site is shown on the drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which the Project is to be built L Testing Agencies A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests
349. s Pair 3 White Green Green d Pair 4 White Brown Brown 11 Cable shall be supplied in 1000 ft spools or 1000 ft Reelex boxes Performance Requirements ce All transmission performance parameters shall be independently verified by a UL or ETL third party testing organization 2s Cable shall exceed Category 6 transmission requirements specified in ANSI TIA EIA 568 B 2 1 and shall be tested to 500 MHz 3 Worst case cable performance shall be 1 0 dB headroom over current TIA EIA and ISO standards limits for NEXT loss and PSNEXT loss 4 Worst case cable performance shall be 3 0 dB over current TIA EIA and ISO standards limits for ELFEXT and PSELFEXT loss Bix Worst case electrical performance characteristics shall be as follows a Characteristic Impedance 100 15 1 0 100 MHz 100 20 101 250 MHz T z b Maximum Conductor Resistance 9 38 100 Meters 20 C Cw Maximum Resistance Unbalance 3 d Maximum Mutual Capacitance 5 6 nF 100 Meters 1 kHz e Maximum Capacitance Unbalance 330 pF 100 Meters f Maximum Delay Skew 45 ns 100 Meters 6 The manufacturer shall provide Category 6 component compliance certificates from third party testing organization upon request T 13 0303 00 Leba ELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING CONNECTORS amp EQUIPMENT 271400 6 non Ridge Oral Health oie Cable shall be UL and c UL listed 8 Cable shall exceed IEEE 80
350. s organized by Cameras cameras connected to servers Groups logical grouping of cameras Maps cameras placed on maps and Views saved live display layouts Clicking on navigation pane bars shall switch the navigation tree into the desired navigation tree display 4 Video View Panel The VMS shall display video from cameras Cameras shall be dragged from the navigation tree into the view panel to display their live video If multipl video view panels are in a layout video shall be moveable by dragging video from one view panel to another panel 5y About Icon The VMS shall provide information about the version number of the client software in use The VMS update to the latest version of the client by this section VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 282300 6 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health SYSTE shall provide an option to clicking on a link in 1 1 1 0 see Zi Help Icon The VMS shall provide context sensitive documentation from the online user manual Show Hide Navigation Tree Icon The VMS shall have the ability to hide the Navigation Tree Full Screen Icon The VMS shall nlarge the video display area by hiding the title and task bars PTZ Control Icon The VMS shall provide PTZ control that allows the maneuvering of a PTZ camera The VMS shall also allow the calling of PTZ presets by either right clicking on th camera cell and then selecting the PTZ Preset or by clicking th
351. selected by the Owner Th Mechanical Contractor shall assume responsibility for all costs involved CUTTING AND PATCHING This Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting and patching required for installation of his work on this project Cutting and patching methods shall conform to the requirements for new construction contained in other sections of this specification ls Patching in surfaces that will remain visible when the project is finished shall be identical in appearance to the undisturbed surface MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 18 19 20 coal 22 2 Patches in fire rated walls ceilings and floors shall maintain the fire rating of these barriers by the use of approved materials including special fire rated sealing compounds or materials identical to the barrier materials Refer to the Architectural Specifications for approved methods and materials WORK SEQUENCE Refer to Architectural Drawings and Specifications for Phasing Requirements for this Project This Contractor shall plan and coordinate his work in accordance with those requirements CLEANING Upon completion of the installation thoroughly purge all piping of all obstructions and scale and adequately flush all liquid carrying piping to assure a clean system Wash all fixtures with soap and water remove labels and protective co
352. ser to create a physical connection to the serial port or communications port on hey can be used to communicate with serial devices such as Point of Sa the back panel of the server The VMS software shall also allow the user to transmit serial data over a network connection in ASCII format The VMS software shall be used to configure serial ports on the VMS server so that t le terminals or PTZ cameras The VMS software shall provide a choice for configuring the serial port including Unused POS Point Of Sale or PTZ Pan Tilt Zoom The PTZ option is used to control the motion of a PTZ camera The VMS software shall default to Unused until it is otherwise configured A unique name shall be assigned to the port The VMS software shall also allow the user to receive data over the network using three different methods HTTP TCP and sending data to a specific port on the server JJ Notifications The VMS software shall be used to configure an e mail server lso support SSL and TLS connections for transmissions of the mail and message profile that will send an email message when an event occurs The user shall use the Event Linking feature to configure the events that should cause an email message to be sent The E mail Server Configuration feature shall allow the user to configure the outgoing SMTP mail server that should be used to send email from th
353. ssories as scheduled to NEMA AB 1 Handle Lock Include provisions for padlocking Load Side Terminations Provide lugs on circuit breakers of sufficient size to terminate conductors scheduled or indicated on plans Provide grounding lug in each enclosure Provide Products suitable for use as service entrance equipment where so applied inimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating Adjusted per Fault Current Study 1 Amperes Interrupting Current AIC Ratings 120V 208V and 240V breaker minimum AIC 10 000 amps unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or Specifications 2 Amperes Interrupting Current AIC Ratings 277V and 480V breaker minimum AIC 18 000 amps unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or Specifications 3 The Contractor shall verify the AIC of panelboards with the fault current study and adjust as required to comply with the study ENCLOSURE Enclosures NEMA KS 1 1 Interior Dry Locations Type 1 2 Interior Wet Locations Type 4 3 Exterior Locations Type 3R 4 Kitchen Stainless Steel 5 Dishwashing Rooms Areas Stainless Steel FUSES Refer to Section 262813 LOAD SIDE H ERMINATIONS Provide lugs on switches of sufficient size to terminate conductors scheduled or indicated on plans ENCLOSED SWITCHES amp CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 3 EXECUTION Stl INSTALLATIO
354. stem shall be interconnected with the building fire alarm system to unlock doors as required by code during an alarm condition All door hardware such as magnetic locks electric strikes request to xit devices etc are to be provided by the Door Hardware provider General contractor Coordinate with the provider prior to installation to ensure proper system functions QUALIFICATIONS Manufacturer Equipment manufactured by MAXxess Anaheim California Pre approved vendor Sage Technology Solutions Inc Charlie Mowrer 717 653 6641 Supplier The supplier must have a minimum of five years experience in the design and installation of systems equal in size and type required by this project The supplier must maintain a local service organization within a fifty 50 mile radius of the installation with spare service replacement boards components and accessories whose local personnel can provide five Access Control System 281300 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 2 ti reference installation sites which they have installed for each item of equipment in each system listed here in The supplier must be the authorized representative of the equipment manufacturer supplied and have full time technicians trained and certified in the installation and service of the equipment supplied The supplier must supply with the shop drawing submittal a list of five installations along with
355. t 3 Sound Rating Class A 4 Total Harmonic Distortion Rating Less than 20 5s Transient Voltage Protection IEEE C62 41 1 and IEEE C62 41 2 Category A or better Operating Frequency 20 KHz or higher Lamp Current Crest Factor 1 7 or less BF 0 95 or higher unless otherwise indicated Power Factor 0 95 or higher 0 Interface Comply with 47CFR18 Ch 1 Subpart C for limitations on electromagnetic and radio frequency interference for non consumer equipment 11 Ballast Case Temperature 75 C maximum O O LTr BALLASTS FOR HID LAMPS A Electromagnetic Ballast for Metal Halide Lamps Comply with ANSI C82 4 and UL 1029 Include the following features unless otherwise indicated 1 Ballast Circuit Constant wattage autotransformer or regulating high power factor type 2 Minimum Starting Temperature Minus 22 F for single lamp ballasts 3 Rated Ambient Operating Temperature 104 F 4 Open circuit operation that will not reduce average lif Ss Low Noise Ballasts Manufacturers standard epoxy encapsulated models designed to minimize audible fixture noise B Electronic Ballast for Metal Halide Lamps Include the following features unless otherwise indicated Es Minimum Starting Temperature Minus 20 F for single lamp ballasts 2 Rated Ambient Operating Temperature 130 F oe Lamp end of life detection and shutdown circuit INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 6 13 0303 00 Lebanon
356. t under provisions of Section 260010 Shop Drawings The following items shall be submitted for review and approval Submittal booklet to include the following Ls a b om Reference to Specification Section A list of all equipment to be provided and installed Data sheets to indicate electrical characteristics time curves fuse coordination on a 11x17 time curve graph paper with specific item or model number highlighted SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT Submit under provisions of Section 260010 Record actual fuse sizes QUALIFICATIONS Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experienc REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 Fur aut EXT Fur pac nish p hority RA MATI nish e roducts listed and classified by UL or testing firm acceptable to having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and indicated ERIALS xtra materials described below that match products installed are kaged with protective covering for storage and are identified with labels describing contents Fuses Furnish 3 of each size and type installed Le FUSES 262813 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health WARRANTY A Provide the warranty specified in Section 260010 PART
357. tallation In renovation projects MC cable shall be used for existing fishable walls for new recessed devices and equipment For larger than 30A circuits use flexible metal conduit Greenfield with the appropriate conductors In underslab branch circuit raceways there should be no less than one raceway extension installed from electrical device to an above accessible ceiling location terminated in a junction box per room The intent of this requirement is to give future access to this raceway and circuits INSTALLATION Install products in accordance with manufacturers instructions Use solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller Use stranded conductors for control circuits Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits Use conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABL 260519 3 pi n 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health F Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 from the panelboard to the last outlet G Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere 277 volt branch circuits longer than 200 from the panelboard to the last outlet H Pull all conductors into raceway at same time Ts Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for all building wire gz Protect exposed cable from damage K Support cables above accessible c
358. th ti Install cable limiters on both ends of each parallel cable in the designated set END OF SECTION 262813 FUSES 262813 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES amp CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 GENERAL Lede SECTION INCLUDES A Fusible switches B Nonfusible switches C Enclosed Circuit Breakers de2 REFERENCES A NECA Standard of Installation Published by the National Electrical Contractors Association B NEMA FUL Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses Ci NEMA KS 1 Enclosed Switches Di NETA ATS Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems published by the International Electrical Testing Association E NEMA AB 1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers F NFPA 70 National Electrical Code LIB SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A Submit under provisions of Section 260010 B Shop Drawings The following items shall be submitted for review and approval Ii Submittal booklet to include the following a Reference to Specification Section b A list of all equipment to be provided and installed om Data sheets to indicate type switch ratings dimensions and enclosure with the specific items or model numbers highlighted 1 4 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A Submit under provisions of Section 260010 B Maintenance Data Incl
359. ther work Ps Install hangers supports clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building structure Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal conduits to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible Install supports in compliance with NEC requirements Q Torque sleeve seal nuts complying with manufacturer s recommended values Ensure that sealing grommets expand to form watertight seal R Remove burrs from ends of pipe sleeves Sy Do not use bridle rings or tie wraps to support cables J hooks are the only acceptable support method END OF SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 260529 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 1 ea a G EN ERAL RAC exible Metal Conduit SECTION INCLUDES Metal Conduit Flexible Metal Conduit Liquidtight F Electrical Metallic Tubing Nonmetallic Conduit Fittings and Conduit Bodies Wireways Boxes Cabinets PNCLOSULrES REF ER ENC ES ANSI C80 1 ANSI C80 3 E Rigid Steel Condui lectrical Metall t EWAYS AND BOX ic Tubing ECTION 260533 CJ Zinc Coated Zinc Coated ANSI C80 6 Intermediat Metal Conduit ANSI NEMA FB 1 Fittings Cable Assemblies Cast Metal Boxes Zinc Coated and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and
360. tightness of connections Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads within 10 of each other Maintain proper phasing for multi wire branch circuits Check tightness of bolted connections and circuit breaker connections using calibrated torque wrench or torqu screwdriver per manufacturer s written specifications PANEL SCHEDULES As indicated in the Specifications or Drawings Schedules show separate wire and conduit sizes for each individual branch circuit The Contractor may install more than one circuit in a conduit and eliminate unused conduits The Contractor is responsible for resizing the conduits and providing derated conductors per the requirements of NFPA 70 NEC ADJUSTING Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads to within 10 of each other Maintain proper phasing for multi wire branch circuits END OF SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS 262416 7 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health SECTION 262420 PANELBOARD SCHEDULES PART 1 GENERAL Lede SUMMARY A This section includes the attached Panelboard Schedule TZ SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A Refer to Section 262413 and 262416
361. tion is nstaller s option ANCHORS Provide anchors of types sizes and materials indicated with the following construction features Is Toggle Bolts Springhead 3 16 x 4 2 Expansion sleeve anchors by Hilti or Phillips Redhead 2 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 260529 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health SLEEVES AND SEALS A Provide sleeves and seals of types sizes and materials indicated with the following construction features ler Wall and Floor Seals Provide factory assembled watertight wall and floor seals of types and sizes indicated suitable for sealing around conduit pipe or tubing passing through concrete floors and walls Construct seals with steel sleeves malleable iron body neoprene sealing grommets and rings metal pressure rings pressure clamps and cap screws 2 Fire Rated Walls and Floors At all locations where conduits or cables penetrate a fire rated wall or floor provide firestopping in accordance with Division 7 2 4 U CHANNEL STRUT SYSTEMS A Provide U Channel strut system for supporting equipment supplied under this contract 12 ga hot dip galvanized steel or types and sizes indicated with standard green finish and with the fittings which mate and match with U Channel B Auxiliary Steel Supports Provide all required auxiliary steel to install any equipment supplied under th
362. tion is utilized The IP dome camera shall require less than 0 05 lux 0 005 fc to produce a monochrome image when in night mode The IP dome camera shall be sensitive from 800nm to 940nm IR illumination S 7 e J Hi VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 282300 18 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 28 The IP dome camera shall have a feature Lightgrabber II that enhances camera sensitivity by increasing the integration time of the CMOS sensor 29 The IP dome camera shall provide automatic white balance automatic exposure gain control electronic shutter and backlight compensation 30 The IP dome camera shall provide user configurable saturation contrast brightness and sharpness controls from the webpage interface 31 The IP dome camera shall provide a fully programmable motion detection area with adjustments for sensitivity and size to detect motion in various lighting conditions 32 The IP dome camera shall provide a video flip and rotate function to allow the image to be digitally rotated 180 degrees or flip the image horizontally or vertically The IP dome camera shall provide selectable AC Lighting control for 50Hz or 60Hz lighting 34 The IP dome camera shall transmit full duplex bi directional two way audio that is synchronized with the H 264 video stream 33 35 The IP dome camera shall suppo
363. tional communications jack is available which snaps into the enclosure backplate Each VAV box shall have a direct digital controller Multiple VAV boxes controlled by single controller shall not be acceptable Service technician shall be able to view change and program all points associated with VAV box from portable service tool plugged into space sensor or at computer During the occupied mode primary air control damper shall modulate to maintain space temperature On a call for heat air control damper shall go to heat position and reheat coil valve shall modulate to maintain space temperatur setpoint System operator shall be capable of reading primary air CFM at each VAV box from central operator workstation through air monitoring device VARITRAC BOX CONTROL Sequence of Operation 1 The Unit Control Module shall continuously monitor the zone temperatur against its setpoint and varies the primary airflow as required to meet zone setpoints Airflow is limited by minimum and maximum position setpoints Dv The Central Control Panel broadcasts the supply air temperature to the Unit Control Modules which then changes the control action to cooling or heating as appropriate When staged electric reheat is present remot heat will be disabled when the Unit Control Module is in heating control action 3 Electric reheat is energized with on off staged outputs DDC Zone Sensor wit
364. tor alarm condition on Audible base assembly that is programmable to operate when the smok detector is in alarm condition or from any other alarm condition in the system eal Z DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYST 283111 8 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health SPOT TYPE THERMAL DETECTORS General Thermal detectors shall be provided that are appropriate for the area installed and are addressable and programmable It shall be the responsibility of the Equipment Supplier to provide th lowest temperatur setting and operating characteristics of all spot type thermal detectors to provide the arliest detection of abnormal heat without unwanted alarms If the incorrect temperature setting is installed during the first year of operation the Contractor shall be responsible for replacing the unit with the correct temperature device In all cases each spot type thermal detector shall report as individual addressable points on the system Addressable Combination Fixed Temperature Rate of Rise Detectors Ae Addressable self restoring combination Fixed Temperature and Rate of Rise Fixed temperatur lement shall be rated for 135 F and 15 per minute rate of rise Capability shall be provided to disable the rate of ris feature and allow the detector to perform just fixed temperatur detection Coverage area shall be 2500 square feet Non Addressable Devices 1
365. tor and cable shields to eliminate shock and hazard and to minimize ground loops common mode returns noise pick up and other impairments 4 3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Inspection verify that units and controls are properly labeled and interconnecting wires and terminals are identified B Manufacturer s field services have a factory trained service representative to inspect field assembled components and perform system configuration and programming Ge Operational tests schedule system testing after system has been completely installed Perform operational system test to verify compliance with manufacturer s requirements D Retesting Correct problems and retest until total system meets the requirements of the specifications and compliance standards Access Control System 281300 12 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health END OF ADJUSTING Occupancy adjustment when requested within twelve months of date of substantial completion provide on site assistance and reprogramming to meet actual occupied conditions TRAINING Provide a factory trained service representative to explain programming and operation of system train owner s representative on procedures for maintaining the system Provide a minimum of four 4 hours per system training in operation programming and maintenance Schedule training with owner before commissioning of the system and turnover to the owner SECTION 281300 Access Control System
366. tract drawings without prior written approval of the Architect Engineer Report any discrepancies prior to the submission of bid In the event that such discrepancies are not reported and claims for extra charges to the contract result such claims will be allocated to and paid for by the Contractor who in the opinion of the Engineer and the Architect is the responsible party EQUIPMENT WIRING GENERAL Unless otherwise mentioned herein or shown on the drawings provide power wiring to all equipment associated controls and appurtenances Refer to S u pecifications Section 260180 for further information on equipment provided nder the electrical and other contracts TEMPORARY FACILITIES Provide temporary electric and lighting as required by Division 01 PLENUM WIRING This is an air Plenum project Cabling installed in plenums or in areas above hung ceilings used as a plenum shall be plenum rated or installed in conduit SYSTEM WIRING METHODS Unless otherwise mentioned in the specific specification section provide the low voltage system wiring methods listed below Wire Routing Route all device wiring from each device up into accessible ceiling cavity within metallic conduit in recessed or unfinished areas and within surface raceway for renovated non fishable areas Stub all conduits into accessible ceiling cavity and provide bushing for each
367. trical conduits INCREASES AT ROOF All soil vent and waste stacks shall be increased to a minimum of 3 in size immediately before such pipes extend through the roof All stacks extending through the roof shall finish at least 2 above the roof level SHOCK ABSORBERS Furnish and install absorbers where shown on the drawings and where required for proper system operation ESCUTCHEON PLATES All piping passing through walls ceilings and floors shall be provided with escutcheon plates securely fastened in place Where installed on piping in finished areas they shall be chrome plated MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 8 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 10 11 s2 ols 14 ACCESS PANELS Removable panels shall be located so as to provide easy access to all concealed plumbing accessories that may require adjustments or maintenance such as valves water hammer arresters traps strainers cleanouts or others Access panels in finished wall or ceiling surfaces shall be furnished by this Contractor for installation by the General Contractor This Contractor shall pay for any work made necessary by his failure to inform other trades of access panel locations APPLICATIONS OF INSULATION AND COVERING No covering shall be installed by the Contractor until the piping and ducts have been approved by the Architect Engineer P
368. triev liv or recorded video from any of the VMS applications running on any of the operating systems For example a VMS Client running on Microsoft Windows Vista shall be able to simultaneously connect to four 4 different VMS Servers all running on different operating systems such as Windows Server 2003 Windows XP Vista and Linux E hin Client Browser Client Browser shall allow connections to multiple VMS Servers simultaneously to display liv video recorded video and PTZ commands The Client Browser shall operate without installing any software The VMS Server shall transcode the video into a JPEG file of the size as the rowser screen before sending it to the browser The Client Browser shall isplay live or recorded video on a PC Mac Linux PC PDA iPhone or CEL hone using the following browsers Internet Explorer 6 7 or 8 Firefox 2 or 3 Opera 9 and later Safari 2 or 3 The Client Browser shall also connect with non JavaScript browsers and shall be compliant with HTML 4 0 www w3 org s OBS WNESO AO VMS Client on Multiple Monitors The VMS software shall have the capability to run multiple client applications simultaneously on one workstation with multiple monitors Up to twelve 12 monitors shall be configured on a Single workstation with one 1 client application running on each monitor Because decompressing video is CPU intensive the PC workstation shall have
369. tts 2 Taco 3 Bell amp Gossett Up to 2 Bronze body stainless steel and thermoplastic internal parts fabric reinforced diaphragm strainer threaded and single union ends Over 2 Cast iron body bronze fitted elastomeric diaphragm and seat disc flanged RELIEF VALVES Manufacturers PLUMBING PIPING amp SPECIALTIES 230410 3 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti 10 gaol s2 13 1s Watts 2 Bell amp Gossett 3 Taco Bronze body Teflon seat steel stem and springs automatic direct pressure actuated capacities ASME certified and labeled sized for specific application CLEANOUTS anufacturers Zurn Wade Smith Ancon BwWHEH I Exterior Surfaced Areas Round heavy duty dura coated cast iron body with gas and water tight ABS tapered thread plug and round scoriated cover and frame cast nickel bronze access frame and non skid cover Interior Finished Floor Dura Coated cast iron 2 piece body with double drainage flange weep holes and adjustable nickel bronze strainer round with scoriated cover with gas and water tight ABS tapered thread plug Interior Finished Wall Areas Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated gasketed cover and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw Interior Unfinished Accessible Areas Threaded type Provide bolted stack cleanouts on vertical rainwater leaders C
370. tural Drawings END OF SECTION 230440 PLUMBING FIXTURES amp EQUIPMENT 230440 4 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health SECTION 230510 HVAC P IPING amp SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL Lede SECTION INCLUDES A Pipe and Pipe Fittings for Condensate Piping B Valves Ag Gate Valves Zia Ball Valves 3a Butterfly Valves 4 Check Valves Ce Expansion Tanks D Air Vents Air Separators ti Pump Specialties ah EZ REFERENCES A ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes SEC 9 Qualification Standard for Welding and Brazing Procedures Welders Brazers and Welding and Brazing Operators B ASME B16 3 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Class 50 and 300 Sy ASME B16 18 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings D ASME B16 22 Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings E ASME B31 9 Building Services Piping F ASTM A53 Pipe Steel Black and Hot Dipped Zinc Coated Welded and Seamless G ASTM A234 Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures H ASTM B32 Solder Metal Es ASTM B88 Seamless Copper Water Tub J ASTM F708 Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers K AWS A5 8 Brazing Filler Metal L AWS D1 1 Structural Welding Code M MSS SP58 Pipe Hangers and Supports Materials Design and
371. tured for direct burial service 20d VIBRATION ISOLATORS A Neoprene Pad Isolators La Rubber or neoprene waffle pads a 30 durometer b Minimum 1 2 thick om Maximum loading 40 psi d Height of ribs shall not exceed 0 7 times width 2 Configuration Single layer B Rubber Mount or Hanger Molded rubber designed for 0 5 deflection with threaded insert Ce Glass Fiber Pads Neoprene jacketed pre compressed molded glass fiber PART 3 EXECUTION Biol INSTALLATION A Mechanical Identification 1 Install plastic nameplates with corrosive resistant mechanical fasteners or adhesive Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer 2 Install tags with corrosion resistant chain Ss Apply stencil painting in accordance with Section 09900 MECHANICAL GENERAL EQUIPMENT 230100 5 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 10 11 12 13 14 To 16 1 2 10 Install plastic pipe markers in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Install plastic tape pipe markers complete around pipe in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Install underground plastic pipe markers 6 to 8 below finished grade directly above buried pip Identify air handling units pumps heat transfer equipment tanks and water treatment devices with stencil painting Small devices such as in line pumps may be identified with tags Identify control p
372. tware is running Switching between applications shall be accomplished through the use of hot keys on system keyboard or by computer mouse The system shall be configured such that only an operator logged in at the System Administrator level can allow configuration to minimize the system software or switch to other applications If an alarm condition occurs while the system software is minimized the system shall be maximized become the active window in the foreground and display the map and associated map icon in alarm The A SM system software shall be menu driven with the help screens to assist the operator The A SM system keyboard shall be equipped with function keys and a computer mouse to call up help screens and standard operator tasks such as arm disarm lock unlock card holder review alarm acknowledge map call up etc with a single keystroke or click of the mouse button The A SM system software shall include embedded audio visual help files for all standard operator functions Theses audio visual files will graphically show and tell the system operator how to accomplish basic system management and configuration functions as to How to add a Cardholder or How to run a Report or How to Acknowledge an Alarm etc such that the operator can accomplish basic system navigation and configuration tasks without any previous experience with the A SM system The A SM system shall
373. ual passwords and operators with 9 Authority Levels for programming and operation of the system Generation of reports to the keypad display or optional printer on user data with time and date Provide flush mounted door position contacts on all doors to be protected including all leafs on double or multiple door locations and connect to the security system All the doors at one location shall be wired as an individual zone It shall be possible to monitor these door zones to verify an open or closed position These devices shall be programmable by location for 24 hour protection The system shall be expandable up to 512 individual zones Motion Detectors shall be installed where shown with built in addressable zone module or with a point ID module The units shall operate on the Passive Infrared principle INTRUSION DETECTION SYST 281600 1 eal Z 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ACCEPTABLE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS A The equipment supplier shall be an Authorized Dealer of Digital Monitoring Products Inc and in good standing Current documentation within the last 30 days from the manufacturer shall be provided with the submittals to indicate the Authorized status of the Equipment Supplier and that training and experience has been achieved on the products required for the system T Authorized Dealer s known to meet these requirements is as follows a Berksh
374. ude spare parts data recommended maintenance procedures and intervals Ce Submit record copy of all testing performed L 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Install in accordance with application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements Store handle protect ENCLOSED SWITCHES amp CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health xamin prepare install manufacturer s instructions L26 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer Section with minimu Lei REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A Conform to requirem and start the product ents of NFPA 70 xperienc in accordance with the Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this m three years documented B Furnish products listed and classified by UL or testing firm acceptable to authority having ju risdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown 1 8 EXTRA MATERIALS A Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed are packaged with protective covering for storage and are identified with labels describing contents 1 Fuses Provide 3 of each size and type of fuse installed 19 WARRANTY A Provide the warranty specified in Section 260010 PART 2 PRODUCTS Zed MANUFACTURERS A Square D Company B Eaton C
375. ummary 1 A complete wet type sprinkler system including all sprinkler heads piping and special valves Protect all areas shown fully as required System shall be designed for Light Hazard and shall be hydraulically designed to provide 0 10 gpm per square foot over the most hydraulically remote 1 500 square foot area System for areas such as Storage Rooms Mechanical Rooms etc shall be designed for Ordinary Hazard Group 1 and shall be hydraulically designed to provide 0 16 gpm per square feet over the most hydraulically remote 1 500 square foot area 2 All alarm and detecting devices Provide tamper switches for all valves per NFPA 13 3 Inspectors test connections as required 4 Connection to the water main Die Drains as required 6 7 Fire Department connection Water Motor Gong ELECTRICAL WIRING Electrical wiring shall be furnished and installed as part of this contract as described below A full complement of electrical required for intended use and or operation of specified equipment whether integral or remote shall be furnished under this portion of specifications Power wiring Where required through these devices shall be installed under Electrical portion of specifications Control wiring conduit and accessories for these devices flow switches tamper switches etc shall be furnished and installed under this portion of specifications Connect to local Normal Em
376. umps REE ERENCES ANSI 2358 1 SUBMITTALS PLUMBING FIXTUR Emergency SECTION 230440 T S amp EQUIPMENT Eyewash and Shower Equipment ANSI ARI1010 Drinking Fountains and Self Contained Mechanically Refrigerated Drinking Water Coolers Submit in accordance with provisions of Section 230010 Product Data dimensions PRODUCTS HANDICAPPED WATER CLOS utility sizes Provide catalogue illustrations of fixtures and finishes trim ET P 1 sizes rough in Furnish and install American Standard elongated water saver Cadet Toilet Model be vitreous china with siphon jet action seat and Sloan Royal Unit shall hung American 9468 018 Unit shall 1 1 2 top spud and bolt caps black open front battery flush valve 110 1 6 LAVATORY P 2 Furnish and install wall 0355 012 Unit shal splash shields D Faucet shall be Sloan Optima Mod PLUMBING FIXTURES amp ll be vitreous china with front overflow shape bowl and faucet holes suitable for concealed arms elongated bowl be supplied with Church 5321 112 Optima Model 8111 sensor operated Unit shall be handicapped height Standard Lucerne Lavatory Model back and side ETF 600 sensor operated electronic and 230440 1 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health EQUIPMENT faucet 0 5 gpm ADA
377. ural r manufacturer assigned numbers for spaces and devices In addition the quipment Supplier shall reprogram the labels in the system at no charge during he first year of operation as desired by the Building Owner i O t DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A Provide systems demonstration under provisions of Section 260010 B The equipment supplier shall provide on site training of representatives of the building owner The training sessions shall be scheduled to meet the desired times of the Owner and shall be limited by time or number of sessions The project professional shall be advised of these sessions in order that they may attend if desired Documentation shall be provided indicating the topics covered th names of those in attendance dat and time of the training session WARRANTY A Th ntire system shall be under warranty for a period of one year from date of first beneficial use by the Owner The warranty shall include all wiring installation labor and equipment providing the system has not been abused subject to abnormal use vandalized damaged from fire water lightning or other abnormal use of the system B Warranty Includes The warranty shall include the on site labor travel and quipment repair or replacement of all items not operating properly The warranty covers normal working hours of Monday through Friday from 8 00 Am to 5 00 PM excluding Holidays Work desired by the Owner o
378. urbed surface Diy Patches in fire rated walls ceilings and floors shall maintain the fire rating of these barriers by the use of approved materials including special fire rated sealing compounds or materials identical to the barrier materials Refer to the Architectural Specifications for approved methods and materials 3 Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements WORK SEQUENCE Refer to Architectural Drawings and Specifications for Phasing Requirements for this Project and the approved Contractors Phasing Schedule This Contractor shall plan and coordinate his work in accordance with those requirements Provide any and all temporary electrical lighting power and system modifications to keep the occupied areas in service and maintained by the respective contractor ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 260010 9 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health 24 J25 lt 26 EAT 28 29 CLEANING AND FINISHING After all tests have been made and the system proven satisfactory to the Architect the Contractor shall go over th ntire project clean all equipment and material installed by him and leave in a clean and working condition PERFORMANCE OF EQUIPMENT Provide materials equipment and appurtenances of any kind shown on the drawings hereinafter specified or required for the completion of the work in accordance with the intent
379. utler Hammer Westinghouse Cis Siemens Energy and Automation D General Electric a2 ENCLOSED SWITCHES A Fusible Switch Assemblies NEMA KS 1 Type HD switch with externally operable handle interlo cover with switch in ON position Handle lockab Designed to accommodat B Nonfusible Switch Assemblies load interrupter cked to prevent opening front e in OFF position li specified fuses nclosed knife Fuse clips NEMA KS 1 Type HD load interrupter enc losed knife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switc h i NS MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A Circuit Breaker NEMA AB 1 B Service Conditions 1 Temperature 104 F 2 Altitude 6000 n ON position ENCLOS ED SWI CHI 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ES amp CIRCUIT BR EAK ERS 262816 2 Handle lockable in OFF position t Interrupting Rating As indicated on the drawings MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS TRIP UNITS Permanent fixed Trip Circuit Breaker Provide circuit breakers with frame sizes 100 Amps and larger with permanent thermal and magnetic trip units in each pole Provide type HCAR circuit breakers for air conditioning and refrigeration branch circuits OLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS OPTIONS AND FEATURES Provide acce
380. utside these hours for warranty repairs or other work shall be invoiced at the Equipment Supplier s normal published rates SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS A Upon a duct mounted smoke detector alarm condition the auxiliary relay provided with the smoke detector shall be wired by the electrical contractor to the mechanical equipment s starter and shut down its respective unit An alarm or trouble signal shall be sent to the fire alarm control panel eal Z DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYST 283111 14 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health Sel TOWNSHIP FIRE MARSHAL DRAWINGS A The Contractor shall provide CAD Drawings on 11 x 17 sheets showing all device locations with identification numbers attached These drawings shall show all devices within the building These drawings shall be turned over to the township representative fire marshal for their approval END OF SECTION 283111 eal Z DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYST 283111 15 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health
381. vering and clean all grease and cutting from plates or polished piping and trim Where damage to finish furnishing or parts of the building results from pipe stoppage or from failure to clear and flush piping systems properly the Contractor shall at his own expense employ qualified skilled labor to make repairs O mm ERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS The Contractor shall prepare for the Owner 3 hard bound volumes each containing all operating instructions and information necessary for the care and maintenance of the system These volumes shall be complete in every respect and shall include detailed operating instructions for each piece of e t m quipment and diagrams for control wiring and piping so arranged and detailed hat the maintenance staff may trace the control in event of operational alfunctioning The Contractor shall submit 1 of the hard bound volumes to the Architect for approval prior to presenting same to Owner Printed instructions covering the operation and maintenance of each item of equipment shall be posted at locations designated by the Architect The Contractor shall provide Project Records Documents in accordance with requirements of Division 1 CLEANING AND FINISHING After all tests have been made and the system proven satisfactory to the Architect the Contractor shall go over th ntire project clean all equipment and material installed by him and leave in a clean
382. vide alarm verification B Communications The detector shall provide bi directional communications with the FACP The control panel shall be capable of analyzing the signal from the detector s analog value for calibration sensitivity and address identification The detector s sensitivity or application setting for specific hazard profiles shall be individually controlled by the FACP If the detectors sensitivity becomes beyond an acceptable level for a predetermined duration a trouble signal shall be initiated Cx Coverage Area 900 square feet D In addition to the detection capabilities the spot type smoke detectors shall include the following 1 Capability of programming the smoke detector for reporting alarms from smoke conditions only abnormal thermal conditions only or a combination of both 2 Capability of programming the smoke detector for alarm verification 3 Testing the smoke detector in the field before installation on a fixed or portable test unit for proper operation 4 An LED or multiple LED s that indicate a normal condition with one color LED and an alarm condition with a red blinking or steady LED Dis Capability of adding the following auxiliary functions a Relay base assembly for controlling local functions The relay shall be independently programmable from the smoke detector b Remote LED operation for the smoke detec
383. void damage to panelboard internal components enclosure and finish Store in a clean dry environment Maintain factory packaging and if required provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect enclosure s from dirt water construction debris and traffic MAINTENANCE MATERIALS Provide two keys for each panelboard installed ARRANTY Provide the warranty specified in Section 260010 PANELBOARDS 262416 2 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health PART 2 ti PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS T Square D Company Eaton Cutler Hammer Westinghouse T Siemens Energy and Automation E GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS Ground Bus Provide copper ground bus in enclosures and bond the bus to the enclosure Neutral Bus Provide insulated neutral bus in all enclosures where the feeder circuit contains a neutral conductor Bond the neutral bus to the ground bus or enclosur when th nclosure contains the service main disconnect or the disconnect at a building which receives its power from a service in another building Provide bus with current carrying capacity of 100 except wher otherwise indicated Service Equipment Label UL labeled for use as servic gquipment for panelboards with main service disconnect switches Ground Fault Systems Provide ground fault systems and on site testing per NEC Article 230 for pan
384. wall heater shall be Berko Type FRA or accepted substitute by Qmark Navajo White Grille shall be 16 gauge steel with closely spaced downflow discharge bars CABINET HEATERS ECH 1 Furnish and install where indicated on the drawings vertical cabinet vertical recessed or horizontal recessed style cabinet heaters of the capacity indicated on the schedule Units shall include galvanized steel chassis water coil fanboard fanwheel housing motor filter and insulation Units shall b Force Flo Model F vertical cabinet Model H vertical recessed or Model horizontal recessed as manufactured by Trane American Air Filter or equal AO Vertical Cabinet Models Unit shall have 18 gauge steel panels bottom and end panels with channel formed edges around entire panel perimeter stamped outlet grilles with 15 downward deflection stamped lattice inlet grilles and bottom panel hinged at front and camlocked at back All cabinet parts shall be cleaned bonderized phosphatized and coated with baked on primer and enamel finished in a color selected by the Architect Access door and front panel shall be tamper proof For electric type provide electric heating coil with Ni Chrome element single stage UL approved interlocked with fan motor switch Provide on off switch to disconnect power to unit for servicing GAS FIRED ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONERS
385. weatherproof hood The Contractor shall provide suitable gas pressure regulators of a type approved by the local gas company All regulators shall be properly vented to the atmosphere The Contractor shall furnish and install wedge type shutoff valves and unions at each piece of gas fired equipment Valves shall be installed with handle lever on top when installed in vertical configuration Solenoid valves for auto gas shut off shall be normally closed type Installation of gas piping shall be in accordance with NFPA 54 or National Fuel Gas Code ANSI 2223 1 1980 Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections H nstall gate or ball valves for shut off and to isolate equipment part of systems or vertical risers Install ball valves for throttling bypass or manual flow control services PLUMBING PIPING amp SPECIALTIES 230410 8 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health AA BB t Provide plug valves in Natural gas systems for shut off service Provide flow controls in water recirculating systems where indicated Horizontal drainage lines shall be laid to a uniform pitch of 1 4 per foot if practical but in no case less than 1 8 to the foot except where otherwis specifically detailed on the drawings Each length of pipe and each fitting shall be inspected for defects before installation Any defective pipe or fitting dam
386. weekday programming 2 weekend day programming or all 7 day programming to simplify program entry for typical 5 2 day load control A copy feature shall be provided for duplicating full daily schedules where the 5 2 day scheduling is not applicable The time and setpoints shall be programmable to the nearest minute with a minimum ON duration of 1 minute and a maximum of 6 days 23 hours and 59 minutes The time switch shall have a digital LED readout and prompt LEDs for each function to further simplify program entry Each load control shall include an ON OFF pushbutton an ENABLE DISABLE switch and an LED load status indicator The time switch shall provide an operating temperature range of 40 F 40 C to 122 F 50 C 2 The time switch shall provide astronomic programming and momentary or interval programming for any or all circuits independently Astronomic control shall automatically calculate center of time zone times for both sunrise and sunset and allow user selectabl offset of actual times Pulse output shall be programmable for any duration of 1 127 seconds and interval output for up to 6 days 23 hours and 59 minutes Interval output shall also provide for user selectable override to turn load s on for a limited programmed time period up to 6 days 23 hours and 59 minutes See additional specifications to follow Automatic Adjustment The time switch shall p
387. with white enamel E Enclosure Finish Manufacturer s standard enamel Es Provide accessory feet for free standing enclosures G Enclosure 1 Interior Dry Locations Type 1 27 Interior Wet Locations Type 4 3s Exterior Locations Type 3R 4 Kitchen Stainless Steel 5 Dishwashing Rooms Areas Stainless Steel wl 2 CABINETS A Manufacturers 1 Square D Company Zin Hoffman Engineering Sis Hennesy Enclosures B Boxes Galvanized Steel om Box Size As indicated or as required to house the indicated quantity of cables and connections plus 20 spare D Backboard Provide thick plywood backboard for mounting terminal blocks Paint matte white RACEWAYS AND BOX 260533 5 El n 13 0303 00 Lebanon Ridge Oral Health ti Fronts Steel flush or surface type as indicated with concealed trim clamps concealed hinge and flush lock keyed to match branch circuit panelboard Finish with gray baked enamel Es Knockouts As required G Provide metal barriers to separate compartments containing control wiring operating at less than 50 volts from power wiring H Provide accessory feet for free standing equipment Tes Enclosure 1 Interior Dry Locations Type 1 Zig Interior Wet Locations Type 4 3 Exterior Locations Type 3R 4 Kitchen Stainless Steel 5 Dishwashing Rooms Areas Stainless Steel PART 3 EXECUTION Sel EXAMINATION A Verify locations of floor boxes and outlets
388. y Agitair Model RUGO Ze Approved equal by Anemostat Titus Carnes Metalaire Krueger Type Streamlined blades 3 4 minimum depth 3 4 maximum spacing with spring or other device to set blades vertical face Frame 1 1 4 margin with countersunk screw mounting Fabrication Aluminum extrusions with factory off white enamel finish color to be selected Damper Integral gang operated opposed blade type with removable key operator operable from face PART 3 ti x ECUTION INSTALLATION Rectangular ductwork shall be galvanized unless otherwise noted Provide aluminum ductwork for dishwasher exhaust system and for shower room branch ductwork Provide interior epoxy or coated galvanized round ductwork for Fume Hood Exhaust Systems and Dark Room Fan Systems Install in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Install and seal ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible Duct Sizes are inside clear dimensions For lined ducts maintain sizes inside lining Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports Connect terminal units to supply ducts with 1 maximum length of flexible duct Do not use flexible duct to change direction Connect diffusers to low pressure ducts with 8 feet maximum
389. y locked between two 22 ga galvanized steel disks The damper blade assembly shall be connected through a composite nylon stub axle to a cast zinc shaft supported by self lubricating bearings The shaft shall be cast with a damper position indicator The valve assembly shall include a mechanical stop to prevent over striking At 4 0 w g air valve leakage shall not exceed 1 of cataloged airflow Be Electric Heat Coil Factory provided and mounted UL recognized resistance open type heater with airflow switch a disc type automatic pilot duty thermal primary cutoff and manual reset load carrying thermal secondary device Heater element material shall be nickel chromium The heater terminal box shall be provided with 7 8 knockouts for customer power supply Terminal connections shall be plated steel with ceramic insulators Heater control access shall be left hand Right hand control access is optional Field verify G Mercury Contactor Provide an electric heater 24 volt contact for use with Direct Digital Control DDC or Analog Electronic VAV Controls H Power Disconnect Switch for VCEF Provide a factory provided interlocking door disconnect switch located on the electric heater control panel Line Fuse Provide a safety fuse located in the electric heater s line of power to prevent power surge damage to the electric heater for VCEF For VCCF and VCWF the fuse shall be
390. zZ GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Card Access System Accessories USGBC LEED CERTIFICATION The contractor supplier manufacturer sub contractor and or service provider shall understand that this project will be seeking the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design LEED Silver Certification administrated by the United States Green Building Council USGBC Documentation and validation of materials sources and services provided for this work will be required from the respectiv ntities and the responsibility of the prime contractor REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS System UL Listed Conform to National Electric Code QUALITY ASSURANC Gl Manufacturers Companies with headquarters in the United States specializing in Access Control Systems for at least five years SUBMITTALS Submittal Procedures Submittal requirements per specifications Shop Drawings Indicate layout wiring diagrams and dimensions Product Data Submit data sheets for each item of equipment Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Indicate installation instructions Manufacturer s Certificate Certify that the system meets or exceeds specified requirements CLOSE OUT SUBMITTALS Execution Requirements Project record document procedures per specifications As built drawings to indicate actual location of equipment and devices ACCESS CONTR

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

MSD Servo Drive Specification - Functional Safety  User Manual - Chetton Hill  Nissan 2008 NAVIGATION SYSTEM User's Manual  ST1210  Leica Geosystems Surveying Catalog  Weider WEEVSY30810 User's Manual  warning  IOGear GHPB42 User's Manual  354 100-22 - heidenhain  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file